scieee Science in your language
[en] (orig)
Investigations on Hydrodesulfurization Reactions
using Slurry Catalysts and Supercritical Water
vorgelegt von
M. Sc.
Stephan Risse
an der Fakultät III Prozesswissenschaften
der Technischen Universität Berlin
zur Erlangung des akademischen Grades
Doktor der Ingenieurwissenschaften
Dr.-Ing.
genehmigte Dissertation
Promotionsausschuss:
Vositzender: Prof. Dr. Jadran Vrabec
Gutachter: Prof. Dr. Frank Behrendt
Gutachter: Prof. Dr. Rainer Reimert
Tag der wissenschaftlichen Aussprache: 6. November 2020
Berlin 2021
Ich erkläre hiermit, dass ich die vorliegende Arbeit selbständig verfasst und keine
anderen als die angegebenen Quellen und Hilfsmittel verwendet habe.
Berlin, den 21. Dezember 2020
Acknowledgement
I would like to thank a number of people who strongly supported me during the
whole time of this thesis, especially, my former colleague Ivo Schneider, without
whom this thesis would not have been possible. Also my coordinators Prof. Frank
Behrendt and Alba Dieguez Alonso as well as the whole team at the RDH, who
created a very productive and fun atmosphere to work in. I would also like to
express my gratitude to Christian Hecka and Claus Strecker, who not only supported
the research financially, but also supported the progress of this work with intense
discussions. Last but not least, I would like to thank my friends and especially my
family, who kept supporting me through the whole time of my thesis.
Abstract
Depletion of easily accessed and light crude oil sources is shifting future crude oil
supply to less attractive heavier oil fractions. Vacuum residue, as the heaviest frac-
tion found in crude oil and the bottom product of the vacuum distillation column
in a refinery, has therefore been gaining more and more attention in the past years.
It is mostly used as heavy fuel oil in the shipping sector on open seas. Globaliza-
tion and rising demand of international transportation of goods has led to a strong
increase of heavy fuel oil consumption. Sulfur, present in vacuum residue to high
extent, forms environmentally hazardous sulfur oxides (SO2and SO3) when being
burnt in the ships engines. In order to counteract rising sulfur oxide emissions, the
International Maritime Organization has released a number of restrictions of which
the last reduces the maximum allowed sulfur content in fuel for ships on open seas
from 3.5% to 0.5%. These new sulfur regulations have come into force on January
1st 2020 and have led to increasing prices for fuels that comply with the sulfur reg-
ulations. On the other hand, high sulfur fuels exceeding the sulfur cap of 0.5% are
declining in price, also affecting refineries margins when selling high sulfur vacuum
residue. Developing a solution for removing sulfur directly from vacuum residue
therefore bears large economic potential. Existing hydrodesulfurization technologies
severely suffer from catalyst deactivation, coking and plugging as a result of high
asphaltenes, heavy metals, and Conradson Carbon present in the viscous vacuum
residue. Slurry phase hydrodesulfurization presents potentials for overcoming some
of these downsides by using unsupported, highly dispersed catalysts and additives.
In this work, process conditions, catalysts, and additives were tested and evaluated
with respect to their activity in enhancing desulfurization of high sulfur vacuum
residue. Experiments were conducted in a 2 l semi-batch slurry reactor that had
the possibility of collecting oil and residue fractions separately. At low temperature,
long residence time, and high H2partial pressure, undesired conversion reactions
could be minimized while desulfurization reactions could be maximized. Screening
of active substances that influence the reactions, revealed a catalyst and an additive
that showed very different effects on conversion and desulfurization reactions than
the majority of the tested catalysts. Supercritical water, as very cheap additive,
supported solely conversion reactions yielding large amounts of oil, while leaving a
high sulfur residue behind. Investigations on sulfur containing model compounds
underlined the absence of desulfurization reactions with supercritical water. The
novel catalyst showed a strong hydrogenation activity thus destabilizing the sulfur
bonds and enabling desulfurization of the high sulfur vacuum residue. Desulfuriza-
tion of above 90% was achieved while at 400 Cand 310 bar undesired conversion
reactions could be kept below 30%. Both mechanistic pathways behind supercritical
water hydroconversion and hydrodesulfurization with the novel catalyst were inves-
5
tigated intensively and laid basis for an economic assessment of both hydrotreating
routes. On basis of a 50,000 barrels per day vacuum residue upgrading plant, the
two cases were calculated. Catalyst cost displayed a large penalty on the economic
performance in case of the hydrodesulfurization with the novel catalyst. High sulfur
content of the remaining residue in case of the supercritical water process presented
the downside of the investigated hydroconversion path. The potential of utilizing
the novel catalyst in direct hydrodesulfurization of vacuum residue for the produc-
tion of Very Low Sulfur Fuel Oil is given though at the current state of research,
catalyst cost make the process economically unfeasible. The long term price trends
for heavy fuel oils as well as future research on improvement of the novel catalyst
will show the potential for commercial applications.
Zusammenfassung
Die Erschöpfung leicht zugänglicher und leichter Rohölquellen verlagert die künftige
Rohölversorgung auf weniger attraktive schwerere Ölfraktionen. Die Aufbereitung
von Vakuumrückstand, als schwerste Fraktion des Rohöls und Sumpfprodukt der
Vakuumdestillationskolonne einer Raffinerie, hat daher in den vergangenen Jahren
besonders an Bedeutung gewonnen. Vakuumrückstand wird meist als Treibstoff
in der Schifffahrt auf offener See verwendet. Die Globalisierung und die steigende
Nachfrage am internationalen Transport von Gütern hat zu einem starken Anstieg
des Schwerölverbrauchs geführt. Schwefel, der in hohem Maße in Vakuumrückstän-
den enthalten ist, bildet bei der Verbrennung in Schiffsmotoren umweltschädliches
Schwefeldioxid. Um die steigenden Schwefeldioxidemissionen einzugrenzen, hat die
International Maritime Organization eine Reihe von Gesetzen erlassen, von denen
das letzte den maximal zulässigen Schwefelgehalt für auf internationalen Gewässern
verwendeten Schiffstreibstoffen von 3,5% auf 0,5% reduziert. Diese neuen Schwe-
felvorschriften sind am 1. Januar 2020 in Kraft getreten und haben zu steigenden
Preisen für die Kraftstoffe geführt, die den Schwefelvorschriften entsprechen. An-
dererseits ist bei Kraftstoffen mit hohem Schwefelgehalt, die den Schwefelgrenzwert
von 0,5% überschreiten, ein Preisrückgang zu verzeichnen, der sich auch auf die
Gewinnspannen der Raffinerien beim Verkauf von hochschwefelhaltigen Vakuum-
rückständen auswirkt. Die Entwicklung eines Verfahrens zur direkten Entschwe-
felung von Vakuumrückständen birgt daher ein großes wirtschaftliches Potenzial.
Bestehende Entschwefelungstechnologien würden bei der Verarbeitung von Vakuum-
rückstand stark unter der Deaktivierung des Katalysators durch hohen Asphalten,
Schwermetall und Conradson-Kohlenstoff-Gehalt leiden. Die Hydrodesulfurierung
in der Slurry-Phase bietet das Potential, einige dieser Nachteile durch die Verwen-
dung von ungeträgerten, hochdispergierten Katalysatoren und Additiven zu über-
winden. In dieser Arbeit wurden Prozessbedingungen, Katalysatoren und Additive
hinsichtlich ihrer Entschwefelungsaktivität von hochschwefelhaltigem Vakuumrück-
stand untersucht und bewertet. Die Experimente wurden in einem 2 l Semi-Batch-
Slurry-Reaktor durchgeführt, der die Möglichkeit hatte, Öl und Rückstandsfraktio-
nen getrennt zu sammeln. Bei niedriger Temperatur, langer Verweilzeit und ho-
hem H2-Partialdruck konnten unerwünschte Konversionsreaktionen minimiert und
Entschwefelungsreaktionen maximiert werden. Das Screening katalytisch aktiver
Substanzen ergab einen Katalysator und ein Additiv, die sehr unterschiedliche
Auswirkungen auf Umwandlungs- und Entschwefelungsreaktionen zeigten als die
restlichen getesteten Katalysatoren. Überkritisches Wasser, als sehr billiges Addi-
tiv, unterstützte ausschließlich Konversionsreaktionen und lieferte große Mengen an
leichter siedendem Öl, während ein Rückstand zurückblieb, der einen sehr hohen
Schwefelgehalt aufwies. Untersuchungen an schwefelhaltigen Modellverbindungen
7
untermauerten die Abwesenheit von Entschwefelungsaktivitäten des überkritischen
Wassers. Ein neuartiger Katalysator zeigte eine sehr starke Hydrierungsaktivität,
wodurch die Schwefelbindungen destabilisiert wurden und die Entschwefelung des
hochschwefelhaltigen Vakuumrückstandes ermöglicht wurde. Eine Entschwefelung
von über 90% wurde erreicht, während bei 400 Cund 310 bar unerwünschte Kon-
versionsreaktionen unter 30% gehalten werden konnten. Die Reaktionsnetzwerke
hinter der Konversion mittels überkritischem Wasser und der Entschwefelung mit
dem neuartigen Katalysator wurden intensiv untersucht. Die Ergebnisse bildeten
die Grundlage für eine Wirtschaftlichkeitsbetrachtung beider Prozesse. Auf Ba-
sis einer 50 000 b/d Vakuumrückstands-Veredelungsanlage wurden die beiden Fälle
berechnet. Die Kosten des neuartigen Katalysators stellen einen großen Nachteil
für die Wirtschaftlichkeit der Entschwefelungsanlage dar. Der hohe Schwefelgehalt
des verbleibenden Rückstandes im Falle des Konversionsprozesses mit überkritis-
chem Wasser stellt die Kehrseite des untersuchten konversionsprozesses dar. Das
Potential der Verwendung des neuartigen Katalysators bei der direkten Entschwe-
felung von Vakuumrückständen zur Herstellung von sehr schwefelarmem Treibstoff
ist gegeben, obwohl beim derzeitigen Forschungsstand die Katalysatorkosten das
Verfahren wirtschaftlich nicht realsierbar machen. Die langfristigen Preistrends für
schwefelreiche und schwefelarme Schiffstreibstoffe sowie zukünftige Forschungen zur
Verbesserung des neuartigen Katalysators werden das Potential für kommerzielle
Anwendungen zeigen.
Contents
1 Introduction 1
2 Background 5
2.1 Crudeoil.................................. 5
2.1.1 Sulfurincrudeoil......................... 6
2.1.2 Vacuumresidue.......................... 7
2.1.3 Heavyfueloil........................... 13
2.2 Refinery.................................. 14
2.2.1 Distillation ............................ 14
2.2.2 Thermalcracking......................... 16
2.2.3 Catalytic cracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.2.4 Hydroprocessing ......................... 18
2.2.5 Catalytic reforming and isomerization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2.6 Alkylation and polymerization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.3 Catalysts and additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.3.1 Supercritical water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.4 Chemistry and thermodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.4.1 Thermalcracking......................... 25
2.4.2 Catalytic cracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.4.3 Hydrodesulfurization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.4.4 Bondenergy............................ 31
2.5 Reaction mechanisms for heavy feedstock hydroconversion and hy-
drodesulfurization............................. 32
II Contents
3 State of technology of hydrodesulfurization and hydroconversion
technologies 34
3.1 Desulfurization technologies for lighter fractions . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.1.1 Hydrodesulfurization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.2 Residueupgrading ............................ 38
3.2.1 VEBA OEL Combi Cracker (VCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.2.2 ENIEST ............................. 42
3.2.3 UOPUniflex ........................... 43
3.3 Summary of the state of technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4 State of research on hydroprocessing catalysts and additives 46
4.1 Supportedcatalysts............................ 48
4.2 Unsupported catalysts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.2.1 Iron based catalysts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.2.2 Molybdenum based catalysts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.2.3 Supercritical water residue upgrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.3 Conclusion from recent research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
5 Material and methods 55
5.1 Hydrogenationset-up........................... 55
5.1.1 Liquidaddition .......................... 58
5.2 Safetyprecautions ............................ 58
5.3 Materials ................................. 60
5.3.1 Vacuumresidue.......................... 60
5.3.2 Model components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
5.3.3 Catalysts and additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
5.4 Experimental procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
5.4.1 Operation of the hydrogenation setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
5.4.2 Productanalysis ......................... 66
5.5 Calculations................................ 70
5.5.1 Productyields........................... 70
5.5.2 Conversion............................. 72
5.5.3 Desulfurization .......................... 72
Contents III
6 Results and discussion 73
6.1 Investigations without catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
6.1.1 Influence of pressure, H2throughput, agitator rotation speed,
and vacuum residue amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
6.1.2 Influence of residence time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
6.1.3 Influence of temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
6.1.4 Determination of a reaction mechanism and reaction kinetics . 84
6.2 Catalystscreening ............................ 96
6.2.1 Evaluation of the catalysts screening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
6.3 Experiments with supercritical water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
6.3.1 Experimental procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
6.3.2 Effect of temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
6.3.3 Combination of catalyst and supercritical water (SCW) . . . . 105
6.4 Experiments with catalyst B14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
6.4.1 Experimental results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
6.4.2 Interpretation of the observations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
6.5 Dataanalysis ...............................122
6.5.1 Total sulfur removal and sulfur removal from the different
productfractions .........................122
6.5.2 H2consumption, conversion and sulfur removal . . . . . . . . 123
6.5.3 Asphaltene and maltene conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
6.5.4 Denitrification...........................126
6.5.5 Conclusion from the data analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
7 Economic evaluation of findings 128
7.1 Boundaries and assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
7.2 Cost estimation for the large scale process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
7.2.1 Capitalcost............................130
7.2.2 Variablecost ...........................134
7.3 Economic analysis of the desulfurization process with catalyst B14 . . 135
7.4 Economic analysis of SCW upgrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
7.5 Evaluation and comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
8 Summary and outlook 141
IV Contents
A Appendix 146
A.1 Determination of kinetic parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
A.2 List of product specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
A.3 GC/MSofoil ...............................150
A.4 GC/MSofoil ...............................151
A.5 Datapreparation .............................152
A.6 MATLABscripts .............................152
A.7 ExperimentalSetup............................158
Bibliography 161
List of Figures
1.1 Implementation of sulfur limits by the IMO globally and in Emission
ControlledAreas(EMA)......................... 2
1.2 Hypothetical vacuum residue molecule with sulfur and the ideal re-
moval of sulfur via hydrodesulfurization (HDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Sulfur containing structures in crude oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2 Distribution of heteroatoms in crude oil according to the boiling point
fraction .................................. 7
2.3 Solventfractionation ........................... 8
2.4 Atomic Force Microscopy of crude oil asphaltenes . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.5 Hypothetical structure of different asphaltene molecules (the author
does not claim that these exact molecules exist in reality) . . . . . . . 10
2.6 Hypothetical structure of different maltene molecules with (a) resin,
(b) aromatic, (c) resin and (d) saturate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.7 Basic flowsheet of a refinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.8 Vacuum distillation column and the resulting product streams . . . . 16
2.9 Reactions taking place in the isomerization unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.10 Polymerization reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.11 Alkylation reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.12 Phase diagram of water showing the critical point . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.13 Critical curve of the binary mixture H2O - H2............. 26
2.14 Desulfurization reactions via hydrogenation and hydrolysis route for
(a) Benzothiophene (BT) and (b) Dibenzothiophene (DBT) based on
[1,2] .................................... 29
2.15 Stability of sulfur species . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.16 Influence of functional group on the bond dissociation energy . . . . . 31
2.17 Complex mechanistic model of heavy feedstock hydrochracking . . . . 32
VI List of Figures
2.18 Mechanistic model of heavy feedstock hydrochracking and hy-
drodesulfurization............................. 33
2.19 Reaction mechanism for desulfurization reactions . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.1 Process flow scheme for a HDS unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.2 Typical fixed-bed reactor for HDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.3 Residue upgrading technologies according to their operating pressure
andtemperature ............................. 39
3.4 Different reactor types - left: slurry reactor; middle: fixed bed reactor
(counter-current flow); right: ebullated bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.5 Process scheme of the VCC technology for high conversion of residual
feedstock ................................. 41
3.6 Simplified process scheme of the EST technology . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.7 Process scheme of the Uniflex technology for high conversion of resid-
ualfeedstock ............................... 44
5.1 PFD of the experimental setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
5.2 Reactor with internals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
5.3 Explosion limits for H2-O2mixtures at different pressure . . . . . . . 59
5.4 Model compounds used to represent sulfur occurring in vacuum residue 60
5.5 EDX signal and corresponding BSE image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
5.6 Process steps for each experiment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
5.7 Typical temperature and pressure evolution throughout an experi-
mentwithoutSCW............................ 65
5.8 Laboratory vacuum distillation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
5.9 Nomograph for conversion of the boiling point . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.10 Comparison of calculated residence time curve and actually measured
values ................................... 70
6.1 Variation of (a) vacuum residue amount while simultaneously adjust-
ing the H2to maintain a constant ratio, (b) H2- vacuum residue
ratio, (c) agitator rotation speed effect on desulfurization and conver-
sion, and (d) agitator rotation speed effect on temperature difference
between wall and inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
6.2 Variation of pressure for 12 h experiments at 385 C.......... 77
6.3 Coke deposition on the stirrer formed during an experiment at 415 C
and 200 bar after 12 h residence time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
6.4 Conversion to lighter boiling products plotted over residence time . . 79
List of Figures VII
6.5 Desulfurization of the product fractions oil and residue plotted over
theresidencetime............................. 80
6.6 Influence of residence time on desulfurization of (a) the Cold High
Pressure Separator (CHPS) oil fraction and (b) the distilled heavy oil
fraction .................................. 81
6.7 (a) H/C ratio plotted over the residence time and (b) increase of H2
consumption with increasing gas production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
6.8 Variation of temperature with 3 h residence time . . . . . . . . . . . 83
6.9 (a) H/C ratio of the residue plotted over the reaction temperature
and (b) ratio of asphaltenes to maltenes in residue . . . . . . . . . . . 84
6.10 Reaction mechanism of the four lumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
6.11 Simplified reaction scheme for the conversion of vacuum residue to
lowerboilingproducts .......................... 86
6.12 Reaction mechanism for desulfurization reactions . . . . . . . . . . . 86
6.13 Reaction mechanism for desulfurization reactions considering to par-
allelreactions ............................... 86
6.14 Determination of the reaction order for the conversion reaction at
385 Cand 415 C............................. 89
6.15 Determination of the reaction order for the desulfurization reaction
at 385 Cand 415 C........................... 89
6.16 Determination of the activation energy for both the conversion reac-
tions and the desulfurization by plotting ln(k) over 1/T . . . . . . . . 90
6.17 Determination of the accuracy of the reaction rate expressions for
conversion (top) and desulfurization (bottom) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.18 H2S, CH4and C2H6concentration measured in product gas for a 3 h
experiment at 310 bar and 415 C.................... 93
6.19 Desulfurization over conversion for experiments without a catalyst . . 94
6.20 Effect of cracking of the feedstock on the desulfurization . . . . . . . 94
6.21 Conversion and residue desulfurization for the tested catalysts . . . . 97
6.22 Comparison of chromatograms obtained from oil fractions from ex-
periments with different catalysts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
6.23 GC/MS chromatograms of the light (a) and heavy (b) oil fractions and
the identified sulfur species for the experiment with activated lignite
(Herdofenkoks) (HOK) and the process conditions from parameter set 1100
6.24 Paths for cooling and depressurization with SCW . . . . . . . . . . . 103
6.25 Foam produced from SCW and vacuum residue . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
VIII List of Figures
6.26 Influence of temperature on the (a) conversion reactions, (b) conver-
sion of asphaltenes and maltenes, (c) total organic sulfur content and
(d) sulfur content in the residue fraction for experiments with SCW
in comparison with no additive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
6.27 Results from experiments with model components . . . . . . . . . . . 107
6.28 Results from experiments with crude oil based vacuum residue; Top:
product fractions asphaltenes, maltenes, oil and gas; Bottom: the
sulfur distribution among the fractions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
6.29 gas chromatography - mass spectrometry (GC/MS) analysis of the oil
fraction obtained from an experiment with SCW . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
6.30 Possible mechanistic pathway for an asphaltene molecule reacting un-
derSCWconditions............................111
6.31 Gas composition throughout the residence time for a) H2S for model
compounds, b) H2S for vacuum residue, c) CH4for vacuum residue
and d) C2H6for vacuum residue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
6.32 SEM images of (a) virgin HOK (300 m2/g) and (b) HOK after being
exposed to the process conditions (60 m2/g) ..............113
6.33 Behavior of gas composition over time with use of 7.5% catalyst B14
(a) H2S, CH4and C2H6(b) total mass flow out of the system . . . . . 115
6.34 Repeatability of the detected gas composition with catalyst B14 . . . 116
6.35 H/C ratio of the residue fraction and asphaltene content . . . . . . . 118
6.36 Comparison of the H2S content in the product gas during experiments
with catalyst B14 and with no catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
6.37 Reaction path proposed for the desulfurization using catalyst B14 . . 120
6.38 Desulfurization of oil and residue over total desulfurization . . . . . . 122
6.39 Clustering data for a) 3D-plot of H2consumption, conversion and
sulfur removal in residue fraction, b) 2D-plot of H2consumption
over conversion, c) 2D-plot of H2consumption over sulfur removal
in residue fraction and d) 2D-plot of sulfur removal over over conversion124
6.40 Influence of residue fractions on conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
6.41 a) Clusters in residue transformation b) Desulfurization of residue
over asphaltene content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
6.42 Correlation of desulfurization and denitrification . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
7.1 Boundaries of the economic evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
7.2 Basic flow diagram of the residue desulfurization process . . . . . . . 131
7.3 Economics of the vacuum residue upgrading using catalyst B14 . . . . 135
7.4 Sensitivity analysis for the recycle ratio of catalyst B14 . . . . . . . . 136
List of Figures IX
7.5 Economics of the vacuum residue upgrading using SCW . . . . . . . . 137
7.6 Price development for HFO and VLSFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
7.7 Long term price trend for bunker fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
A.1 Determination of the reaction order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
A.2 Determination of the activation energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
A.3 Compressor ................................158
A.4 Reactor ..................................159
List of Tables
2.1 Fuel types and sulfur regulations for the use of heavy oils as fuel on
openseas[3,4]............................... 13
2.2 ASTM boiling range of crude oil distillation products . . . . . . . . . 15
2.3 Bond dissociation energies in diatomic molecules [5] . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.1 Residue upgrading technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.1 Overview on relevant research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
5.1 Composition of vacuum residue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
5.2 Catalysts and additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
5.3 Inlet temperature for chosen hydrogen throughput . . . . . . . . . . . 64
6.1 Values for the reaction rate coefficient for the conversion kcon(T) and
the desulfurization reactions kdesulf (T) their logarithmic ln(kcon(T))
ln(kdesulf (T)) ............................... 90
6.2 Literatur values for the activation energy EA............. 91
6.3 k0and EAfor conversion and desulfurization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6.4 Choice of process parameters to achieve good desulfurization and high
conversion................................. 95
6.5 Results from catalyst screening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
6.6 Performed experiments for SCW combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
6.7 Desulfurization results with catalyst B14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
6.8 Variation of the catalyst composition for B14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
6.9 Improvements for catalyst B14 at 400 C................117
6.10 Residue analysis from catalyst B14 with * as the molar ratio . . . . . 118
6.11 Centroids for the clusters conversion - sulfur reduction residue - hy-
drogenconsumption ...........................123
List of Tables XI
7.1 Key figures from the experiments the economic calculations are based
on .....................................130
7.2 Unit operations in the large scale plant together with the correspond-
ing capacity for each unit operation and the resulting cost . . . . . . 133
7.3 OPEXforbothcases...........................134
7.4 Produced products for both cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
7.5 Economic comparison of both cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
8.1 Choice of process parameters to achieve good desulfurization and high
conversion.................................141
A.1 List of product specifications; not for every experiment all product
specifications were retrieved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
A.2 Table of identified compounds from the oil fraction from experiment
withHOK.................................150
A.3 Table of identified compounds from the oil fraction from experiments
withcatalystB14.............................151
Abbreviations
AFM atomic force microscope
AGO Atmospheric Gas Oil
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
BET Brunauer-Emmett-Teller
BP boiling point
BSE back-scattered electrons
BT Benzothiophene
CAPEX capital expenditures
CHPS Cold High Pressure Separator
COS carbonyl sulfide
CSTR continuous stirred-tank reactors
DBT Dibenzothiophene
DDS direct desulfurization
DMDS Dimethyldisulfide
EAC equivalent annual cost
ECA Emission Controlled Areas
EBR ebullated bed reactor
EDX energy-dispersive X-ray spectroscopy
EGCS exhaust gas purification systems
EMA Emission Controlled Area
EST ENI Slurry Technology
FCC Fluid Catalytic Cracking
GC gas chromatography
GC/MS gas chromatography - mass spectrometry
IMO International Maritime Organization
IFO Intermediate Fuel Oils
HDCCR Hydro-removal of Conradson Carbon
HDM hydrodemetallization
HDN hydrodenitrification
HDO hydrodeoxidization
List of Tables XIII
HDS hydrodesulfurization
HFO Heavy Fuel Oil
HPLC high-pressure liquid chromatography
HOK activated lignite (Herdofenkoks)
HS hydrogen sulfide
HSFO High Sulfur Fuel Oil
HYD Hydrogenation
LEL lower explosion limit
LNG Liquefied Natural Gas
LSF2020 Low Sulfur Fuel Regulations
LSFO Low Sulfur Fuel Oil
MARPOL International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships
(Maritime Pollution)
MDO Marine Diesel Oil
MGO Marine Gas Oil
ODS oxidative desulfurization
OPEX operational expenditures
PFD process flow diagram
PID piping and instrumentation diagram
RFCC Residue Fluid Catalytic Cracking
ROI return on invest
SEM scanning electron microscope
SCW supercritical water
TIC total investment cost
ULSFO Ultra Low Sulfur Fuel Oil
UEL upper explosion limit
VCC VEBA Combi Cracking
VGO Vacuum Gas Oil
VLSFO Very Low Sulfur Fuel Oil
VR Vacuum Residue
Symbols
Roman letters
Sign Description Unit
CCapacity t/a
cConcentration mol/l
EAActivation energy kJ/mol
IInvestment cost e
KwSelf-dissociation constant of water -
kpre-exponential factor kg/kg*h (de-
pending on
reaction order
n)
MMolar mass g/mol
mMass kg
nH/Cmolar ratio H/C mol/mol
pPressure bar
RMolar gas constant J/mol*K
rrate of reaction kg/kg*h (de-
pending on
reaction order
n)
TTemperature C
tTime h
Greek letters
Sign Description Unit
δp Pressure drop bar
SDesulfurization kg/kg
τResidence time s
ωMass fraction kg/kg
List of Tables XV
Subscripts
Sign Description
0Initial value
AReacting specie
feed Feed
gas Gas fraction
istands for the different fractions residue, oil and gas
nNumber - denotes the number of a state, order of
reaction etc.
org atom chemically integrated into organic matter
oil Oil fraction
res Residue fraction
Chapter 1
Introduction
Though non-fossil fuels are increasingly gaining importance in the transportation
sector, combustion engines driven by crude oil based fuels are still dominant. Espe-
cially in the shipping sector, where mostly heavy oils are used, a strong increase in
demand is predicted, which is estimated at 200 Mt/a in 2020 [6,7]. Marine engines
mostly run on Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) mainly composed of vacuum residue. De-
pending on the crude oil source, the fraction of vacuum residue varies, but globally
around 15% of the annual crude oil consumption is vacuum residue (750 Mt/a in
2020 [8]). Naturally, this heavy fraction of crude oil is high in undesired species,
especially in sulfur.
On January 1st, 2020 new Low Sulfur Fuel Regulations (LSF2020) came into force
reducing the sulfur cap from 3.5% to 0.5% [4]. These regulations are the latest in
a series of International Maritime Organization (IMO) measures to reduce marine
pollution in response to the threat of air pollution. The LSF2020 emissions legisla-
tion means that ships must significantly reduce their emissions both on open seas
and in coastal areas.
The question for both refineries and shipping industry now is how to comply with
these new regulations. Generally, three options are discussed:
Switching to a different fuel with lower sulfur content - Marine Gas Oil (MGO)
or Marine Diesel Oil (MDO)
Installation of exhaust gas purification systems (EGCS) on board the ship
Switching to Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) powered ships
All three options are associated with considerable costs and changes in infrastructure
and therefore present refineries as well as shipping companies with major economic
2 Chapter 1 Introduction
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
2005 2010 2015 2020 2025 2030
Sulfur limit (wt-%)
Yea r
Global
EMA (Emission Controlled Areas)
Figure 1.1: Implementation of sulfur limits by the IMO globally and in EMA
challenges. An alternative with fewer downsides would be of great benefit for the
sector.
A different option could be the removal of sulfur directly from the vacuum residue
which could then be further used as Very Low Sulfur Fuel Oil (VLSFO) comply-
ing with the new sulfur regulations. The complete infrastructure for fuel handling,
starting at the refinery and ending with the consumption of fuel in heavy engines
of ships, would not have to undergo any costly changes. Additionally, the precise
removal of sulfur from vacuum residue without conversion to lower boiling prod-
ucts could reduce H2consumption during the hydrotreating process thus reducing
cost for refineries. This could lead to a less expensive supply chain for maritime
fuel, compared to the scenario that the shipping industry switches to lower boiling
products like MGO.
Around the world, refineries are equipped with desulfurization units - mostly in the
form of hydrodesulfurization (HDS) processes using expensive, highly active fixed
bed catalysts - to meet the strict sulfur limits for low boiling fuels like diesel and
gasoline [9]. These processes enable the explicit removal of sulfur in the form of
H2S with minimal cracking of the feedstock. Due to the high viscosity and the
coke-forming tendencies, vacuum residue causes severe problems when being sent
over these fixed bed catalysts. Therefore, different process options are investigated
to remove sulfur from vacuum residue, ideally as presented in Fig. 1.2 with no
cracking and thus minimal H2consumption.
A potential procedure for desulfurization of vacuum residue is possible by alteration
of the Bergius-Pier process, which applies a high H2partial pressure of above 300 bar,
intermediate temperature of 400 C-500 C, together with a dispersed catalyst, in
3
Figure 1.2: The authors understanding of a hypothetical vacuum residue molecule with sulfur and
the ideal removal of sulfur via HDS (the author does not claim that these exact molecules exist in
reality)
a slurry reactor. The process was originally designed for the liquefaction of coal and
has been adopted for the conversion of other feedstocks including vacuum residue
[10]. In case of HDS, the aim is to keep conversion at minimum level, while maximiz-
ing the sulfur removal at the same time. Thermodynamically, the removal of sulfur
is preferred before rupture of simple carbon - carbon bonds, implying that theo-
retically, HDS should be possible at less severe conditions, compared to conversion
processes. Consequently, the choice of an adequate slurry phase catalyst together
with optimal choice of reaction conditions could display a route to desulfurization
of vacuum residue at minimal conversion and H2consumption.
This work focuses on the investigation of HDS of vacuum residue in a slurry reactor.
Optimization of the process conditions in a semi-continuous stirred tank reactor
was performed and global reaction kinetics of HDS and hydroconversion reactions of
high sulfur vacuum residue were studied and are presented in Chapter 6.1. Several
catalysts and additives were tested an their suitability for HDS of vacuum residue
was evaluated in Chapter 6.2. A novel catalyst for slurry phase HDS was developed
and the fundamental reaction mechanism is discussed in Chapter 6.4. In Chapter 7
4 Chapter 1 Introduction
the economic feasibility of applying this novel catalyst at large scale HDS of vacuum
residue is evaluated.
Chapter 2
Background
2.1 Crude oil
Crude oil is a natural product and consists of numerous different hydrocarbons rang-
ing from CH4to molecules with hundreds of carbon atoms. Because of its natural
offspring, the diverse structure also includes heteroatoms like oxygen, nitrogen, and
sulfur, as well as metals like vanadium and nickel [11].
The composition of crude oil may vary strongly, also affecting its physical properties
including the boiling range, carbon chain length as well as asphaltene content. In
its naturally occurring state, crude oil is of low value. It is therefore sent to a refin-
ery, where separation and upgrading into different marketable products like diesel,
gasoline, waxes, and heavy fuel oil are performed. In total, refinery products supply
a third to half of the worlds energy supply [7]. Removal of undesired heteroatoms,
of which sulfur is the most prominent, from crude oil is also one major task for
refiners. Marketable HFO, as one fraction resulting from the refining process, is the
main focus of the sulfur removal addressed in this work since HFO mainly consists
of vacuum residue [12]. Sulfur and sulfur chemistry found in crude oil, together
with the path molecules take within a refinery that end up in the vacuum residue
fraction, are essential for the understanding of the nature of the vacuum residue
and the complexity of the sulfur removal from this fraction. Therefore, in Sections
2.1.1 and 2.1.2 an overview on the nature of sulfur in crude oil and the properties
of vacuum residue are given, followed by a short description of a refinery in Section
2.2.
6 Chapter 2 Background
Thiole
Sulfide
Disulfide
Thiane
Thiophene
Benzothiophene
Dibenzothiophene
Figure 2.1: Sulfur containing structures in crude oil
2.1.1 Sulfur in crude oil
Of the different heteroatoms found in crude oil, sulfur is often the most concentrated
[13]. Sulfur content may vary significantly and correlates strongly with the gravity
of the feedstock ranging up to 20 wt%. Below a sulfur level of 1 wt% the crude is
referred to as low sulfur; above, as high sulfur. Sulfur may occur as elemental sulfur,
2.1 Crude oil 7
carbonyl sulfide (COS), inorganic sulfur, including hydrogen sulfide (HS) or, the
largest fraction, as heteroatoms within the carbon matrix. This largest fraction is
comprised of mercaptans, sulfides as well as polycyclic sulfides [14].
Figure 2.1 shows the main organic sulfur bond types existing in crude oil. While
most of the elemental sulfur, hydrogen sulfide, as well as cabonyl sulfide, are not
included in vacuum residue after distillation, the portion of sulfides, thioles, and
polycyclic sulfides increase. The predominant structures present in vacuum residue
are BT and DBT derivatives built into complex macro molecules [15].
0%
2000%
4000%
6000%
8000%
10000%
12000%
0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
Increasing aromaticity, decreasing hydrogen content
Increasing nitrogen sulfur and metals content
Increasing boiling point and molecule size
Distillable fractions Maltenes and Asphaltenes
Figure 2.2: Distribution of heteroatoms in crude oil according to the boiling point fraction
2.1.2 Vacuum residue
Vacuum residue is the crude oil fraction with the highest initial boiling point and
therefore the bottom product from the vacuum distillation step, which is further
described in Section 2.2.1. Depending on the conditions applied in the vacuum
distillation, the initial boiling point of the vacuum residue varies but it is mostly
above 500 C. Because it is the bottom product of the distillation, it accumulates
most of the undesired and potentially catalyst impairing, as well as environmentally
polluting components like sulfur and heavy metals. Vacuum residue is of high vis-
cosity and almost solid at room temperature due to the large molecule sizes. Its
chemical composition is complex and because of low or not existing volatility of the
constituents, an exact characterization of the material is difficult. The quality of
8 Chapter 2 Background
the vacuum residue is specified by the quality of the crude oil used in the refinery
and with decreasing amounts of crude oil reservoirs the crude oil quality is more
and more becoming of heavier composition. Therefore, upgrading of the residue is
gaining higher importance.
Though the characterization of vacuum residue is difficult, one can distinguish dif-
ferent molecule classes present in heavy oils and residua according to their solubility.
Several, different procedures exist for the separation [16–20] and depending on the
applied method, the cut point between fractions varies. Therefore, a precise ex-
planation of the used method is important. The method applied in this work is
described in Section 5.4.2.2. A simplification indicating, which fraction is soluble in
which solvent is presented in Fig. 2.3.
Heavy oil
Asphaltenes /
Coke
Maltenes
Aromats ResinsSaturates Asphaltenes Coke
soluble insoluble
n-heptane/n-hexane
toluene
soluble
methanol
soluble
n-heptane
soluble soluble insoluble
toluene
Figure 2.3: Solvent fractionation
From the properties of the solvents, in which the different fractions dissolve, one can
conclude the character of the respective fraction.
2.1.2.1 Coke
Coke will mostly not be present in crude oil but can form when retrograde reactions
take place and no hydrogen is present to saturate the forming radicals. Coke is a
solid carbon structure insoluble in solvents. For most processes, formation of coke
is undesired. Especially in HDS reactions and processes, where catalysts are used,
the formation of coke is very problematic and process conditions are chosen in such
a manner that reactions leading to coke are minimized.
2.1 Crude oil 9
2.1.2.2 Asphaltenes
Asphaltenes are the heaviest fraction (molar mass of 500 - 3,000 g/mol) found in
crude oil and are composed of macromolecular carbon structures containing large
amounts of heteroatoms (sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen) and heavy metal (nickel, iron,
vanadium) giving them a polar character. They are predominantly black or dark
brown solids (non-volatile) with a very low H/C ratio, strongly influencing the high
viscosity of vacuum residue [21–27]. DIN 51595 defines asphaltenes as the insoluble
components of a crude oil sample diluted with 30 times the amount of a non-polar
solvent (n-heptane) at temperatures between 18 and 28 C[16]. Asphaltenes are
therefore not an organic group of substances in the sense of the term, because they
are not defined chemically by their molecular or chemical structure, but by their
physical properties. Therefore, also the molecular and chemical structure of an as-
phaltene molecule is discussed intensively in literature and several different example
molecules with varying characteristics can be found in literature [28–34]. In Fig. 2.4
atomic force microscope (AFM) pictures are shown of different asphaltenes found in
crude oil.
Unraveling the Molecular Structures of Asphaltenes by Atomic Force
Microscopy
Bruno Schuler,*
,
Gerhard Meyer,
Diego Pena,
Oliver C. Mullins,
§
and Leo Gross*
,
IBM Research Zurich, Saumerstrasse 4, 8803 Ruschlikon, Switzerland
CIQUS and Facultad de Química, Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, E-15782 Santiago de Compostela, Spain
§
Schlumberger-Doll Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139, United States
*
SSupporting Information
ABSTRACT: Petroleum is one of the most precious and
complex molecular mixtures existing. Because of its chemical
complexity, the solid component of crude oil, the asphaltenes,
poses an exceptional challenge for structure analysis, with
tremendous economic relevance. Here, we combine atomic-
resolution imaging using atomic force microscopy and
molecular orbital imaging using scanning tunnelling micros-
copy to study more than 100 asphaltene molecules. The
complexity and range of asphaltene polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons are established in detail. Identifying molecular
structures provides a foundation to understand all aspects of petroleum science from colloidal structure and interfacial
interactions to petroleum thermodynamics, enabling a rst-principles approach to optimize resource utilization. Particularly, the
ndings contribute to a long-standing debate about asphaltene molecular architecture. Our technique constitutes a paradigm shift
for the analysis of complex molecular mixtures, with possible applications in molecular electronics, organic light emitting diodes,
and photovoltaic devices.
INTRODUCTION
In nature, molecules generally exist in mixtures. Petroleum is
probably the most prominent of such mixtures and one of the
most complex materials encountered with possibly over
100,000 distinct chemical constituents.
1,2
The primary
unresolved component of crude oil is asphaltene.
24
Under-
standing the structure of asphaltenes is of immense economic
importance
2,48
and a prerequisite to establishing the
structurefunction relationship in petroleomics,
2
but their
molecular architecture has been subject to a long-standing
debate.
3,913
Specically, some studies indicate that individual
asphaltene molecules contain primarily one polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbon (PAH)
3,12
(island), while other studies indicate
that structures with multiple PAHs (archipelago) contrib-
ute.
13
Diculties associated with resolving this issue include
formation of archipelago from island structures in experi-
ments
14
and the potential inability to disaggregate asphaltene
aggregates.
15
Recent experiments using laser desorption have
established disaggregation of asphaltenes and have obtained
dominance of island structures,
16
consistent with other mass
spectral measurements.
17
Asphaltenes are linked to many key economic issues in the
petroleum industry today. Unwanted asphaltene phase
transitions hinder petroleum production, transportation, and
rening.
2,4
Asphaltene interfacial activity with rocks aects
wettability, oering a focal point for enhanced oil recovery.
8
New asphaltene thermodynamics is used to evaluate the extent
of uid equilibrium in reservoirs, indicating ow connectivity,
the most important reservoir uncertainty.
18
In addition,
understanding the chemical processes that occur in oil
reservoirs
6,7
is improved by accurate structural characterization.
The capability to address all of these concerns is founded on an
accurate representation of asphaltene molecules. However, the
structure analysis of asphaltenes has posed an exceptional
challenge because of their chemical complexity that is only now
being resolved.
19
Scanning probe microscopy oers the unique capability of
imaging single adsorbates at the atomic scale. The character-
ization of asphaltenes had been attempted with scanning
tunnelling microscopy (STM),
20,21
but to date no atomic-
resolution could be achieved on asphaltene molecules. Recent
progress in atomic force microscopy (AFM) enabled visual-
ization of the atomic structure of individual molecules in real
space.
22
This method was also used to analyze bond order,
23
identify the molecular structure of natural compounds
24,25
and
graphene nanoribbons,
26
and detect products of chemical
synthesis
27
and on-surface reactions.
28,29
By using STM and
ultrathin insulating lms as a substrate, one can also map
molecular orbitals.
3032
Here, we present atomic-resolution low-temperature AFM
data of individual molecules of asphaltene, one of the most
complex and intriguing natural mixtures existing. Additionally,
orbital imaging with the STM is used to access the polycyclic
Received: April 20, 2015
Published: July 14, 2015
Article
pubs.acs.org/JACS
© 2015 American Chemical Society 9870 DOI: 10.1021/jacs.5b04056
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2015, 137, 98709876
Downloaded via TU BERLIN on November 29, 2019 at 12:04:03 (UTC).
See https://pubs.acs.org/sharingguidelines for options on how to legitimately share published articles.
the surface compared to the PAH.
46,47
The side-chains
sometimes also undergo tip-induced conformational changes
when being scanned in STM or AFM mode. As shown in
Figure 5a, they often appear as zigzag-like patterns, associated
with alkanes. In STM orbital images, these side-chains do not
contribute (see Figure 5e,f). A similar example is PA2 (Figure
5gi), which has a side-chain of about 20 Å in length. Also
here, the PAH core alone composes the orbital, which allows
conclusions on its structure. Imaging orbitals are particularly
important for PA as the peripheral alkanes can make
interpretation of AFM images of PA dicult. Typically, PAs
also exhibit more substituents and ve-membered rings than
CAs do. Exemplary, PA3, shown in Figure 5jl, features three
such pentagonal rings.
In summary, we nd that asphaltene molecules consist of a
central aromatic core with peripheral alkane chains. In some
cases, this central core is divided into several distinct PAHs
connected by a single bond, which proves the presence of
archipelago-type molecules. Nevertheless, a single aromatic
core with peripheral alkanes is the dominant asphaltene
molecular architecture, proving the main aspects proposed by
the YenMullins model.
11
The diverse PAH architecture
(number and type of rings and overall shape) of CAs and
PAs is similar, despite signicant dierences in their formation
and postprocessing. The main dierence is the presence of
longer side groups in PA. Additionally, PA contains more
substituted rings. Both, CA and PA molecules are larger than
expected from previous studies.
3,12,44
The preparation procedure and single-molecule analysis
presented here might raise doubts concerning the signicance
for the vast set of molecule structures in the mixture. In the
following we address the main issues connected with the
preparation and discuss the benets and limitations related to
our single-molecule approach. Thermally evaporating the
molecules in UHV involves mainly two concerns: (i)
sublimation of volatile, light components (about 100 u or
less) in UHV at room temperature before evaporation onto the
sample and (ii) dissociation of large molecules, which crack at
temperatures lower than their sublimation temperature. The
latter is expected to occur (in part) for molecules of about 1000
u or more.
27
Therefore, very large asphaltenes will not be
detected, however, their relative abundance is known to be
small
3,9,12,16,17,48,49
and visually we do not observe any residuals
in the evaporator. Also for asphaltene samples we observe
molecules with masses above 500 u on the surface, e.g., CA6,
CA11,CA17,CA18,PA1, and PA14 indicating that molecules
of this size can be deposited without fragmentation. Non-
covalently bonded globular aggregates that were shown to
comprise a signicant part of asphaltenes
2,15,4951
are most
likely disaggregated upon evaporation. Note that all molecules
that are evaporated in the solid angle of the surface will be
adsorbed because both the Cu and NaCl substrates have a
sticking coecient of unity at 10 K. On the surface we nd
almost exclusively individual molecules and no larger
aggregates. The observation of no signicant qualitative
dierence of the molecular structures on Cu and NaCl
indicates that bond cleavage catalyzed by the Cu(111) surface
is not an issue. However, the conformation of the molecules is
inuenced by the surface, as upon adsorption the molecules
usually adopt a planarized conformation with respect to the gas
phase. To study single molecules as opposed to an entire
ensemble not only bears limitations but also unique benets:
Most importantly the existence of a specic molecule within a
complex mixture can be provided even if the molecule is rare
and the mixture divers, as it is the case in our study. On the
downside, a universal quantication such as the mean molecular
weight or the relative abundance is not feasible. These dierent
advantages and challenges with respect to conventional
techniques for structure elucidation as nuclear magnetic
resonance, X-ray diraction, and mass spectrometry render
AFM a valuable complementary tool for the characterization of
molecular mixtures.
CONCLUSIONS
This study shows that complex, polydisperse molecule mixtures
can be analyzed by AFM and STM on a single-molecule basis
with atomic-resolution. Understanding the chemistry and
physics of asphaltenes, so important in many economic
settings, requires proper characterization of the molecular
architecture, and not just in terms of the mean molecular
properties but also the range of molecular architectures found.
Molecular imaging presented herein has resolved uncertainties
about the mean molecular structures and also provided the rst
direct measurement of the tremendous range of molecular
structures in asphaltenes.
More generally, this technique might be useful to study the
traceability of a sample, that is, to characterize and identify the
Figure 5. Petroleum asphaltenes PA1-PA3. (a,b) AFM images of PA1
on NaCl(2 ML)/Cu(111) at dierent set-points zfrom (I= 1 pA, V=
0.2 V). (c) Laplace-ltered image of (b). (df) STM images (I=1
pA) of PA1 recorded at 0.2, 1.95, and 2.4 V, respectively. (g,h) AFM
image of PA2 on NaCl(2 ML)/Cu(111) (g) and its Laplace-ltered
version (h). (i) STM orbital image (I= 0.6 pA) of PA2 corresponding
to the LUMO resonance. On the left side of (gi) there is a small
patch of third-layer NaCl. (j,k) AFM images of PA3 on NaCl(2 ML)/
Cu(111) at dierent set-points zfrom (I= 1.8 pA, V= 0.2 V). (l)
Laplace-ltered image of (k).
Journal of the American Chemical Society Article
DOI: 10.1021/jacs.5b04056
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2015, 137, 98709876
9874
argued before). Although not all structures can be assigned based
on their respective AFM image, they contain important
information on size, planarity, compactness of each molecule
and content and size of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAHs), aliphatic side chains, and methyl side groups. The
complete sets of AFM images and their analysis are detailed in
the Supporting Information.
Common to all samples is that the island-type architec-
ture,
1720
i.e., a central aromatic core with attached side chains, is
predominant over archipelago-type molecules (that were also
detected but only with occurrences of less than 10% in all
samples, e.g., B2.1). On the structural moiety level, we frequently
observe uoranthene and uorene-type motifs. For the latter, we
can distinguish at least four dierent AFM patterns, which we
tentatively assign to uorene, dibenzothiophene, uorenone, and
carbazole. Note, however, that cyclopentadienone and furan are
dicult to dierentiate by AFM
21
and both might be considered
as alternative options in the assignments of Figure 3. Several
methyl groups, identied by AFM before,
5
attached to the PAH
are common for all eight samples, too. Interestingly many
uorene-type moieties have such a methyl group at their 1 or 8
position, for instance molecules A1.4,A2.2,C1.1,C1.2,C1.4,
and D2.3, which might indicate a specic pathway for their
formation. Five-membered rings also occur in fused pairs (C1.5
and D2.3). Occasionally we nd saturated ve-membered (A1.3,
C1.4, and C2.2) and six-membered (C2.1) rings fused to
aromatic rings. These groups could be assigned based on a recent
study of aliphatic model compounds.
6
If longer aliphatic chains
exist in a sample, they tend to be present either as a long
unbranched strand attached to a PAH (along with methyl
groups) (A1.6,B2.3 left, and D1.2 right) or just as an isolated
alkane (A1.2,A1.5,A2.1,B1.3,B1.4, and D1.4). Such chains can
be 570 Å long and are typically buckled or twisted in certain
reoccurring patterns. However, often a (at least partially) straight
conformation is adopted such that a characteristic zigzag pattern
can be recognized.
5,6
The isolated alkane chains represent
coprecipitated waxes that are not asphaltenes by denition but
can be found in asphaltene samples if they are not extensively
puried.
22
Next, we summarize some observations made for each pair of
samples based on AFM measurements of individual molecules.
In samples Awe nd the comparably largest diversity of dierent
structures: molecules with an extended aromatic core, isolated
aliphatic chains, and more three-dimensional (bulky) mole-
cules with roughly equal proportionality. This was characteristic
for the Asamples whereas other samples were typically
dominated by one or two out of these three types of molecule
structures. In tendency, the deposit A2 contains less bulky
molecules compared to the crude A1, which is consistent with
earlier works showing that the average molar H/C ratio for A1 is
greater than the ratio for A2.
23
Particular for sample B1 is that its molecules can be essentially
classied into aromatics, among which we nd even fully
aromatic molecules such as B1.1 and isolated aliphatic chains
with similar abundance. The hydroprocessed sample B2 in
contrast contains more bulky molecules at the expense of the
aromatic fraction. This can be rationalized by the hydrotreat-
ment, which adds hydrogens to the molecules. Surprisingly, we
still nd longer aliphatic side chains (B2.3 left), indicating an
incomplete cracking process.
The steam cracker tar asphaltene C1 is very well suited for
AFM-based structure identication as most of the molecules
were highly aromatic. Accordingly, a large portion of molecules
could be assigned completely. They are more homogeneous in
size compared to the other samples and typically feature methyl
substituted aromatic hydrocarbons. Nonetheless, we found also
Figure 2. AFM measurements. Characteristic selection of CO-tip AFM raw data of individual heavy oil molecules. The labels indicate the sample name
and molecule number. For molecule A1.6 the inset shows a part of the same frame recorded at a larger scan height. The asterisk indicates a manipulation
image where the molecule rotates around a pinning site. A more comprehensive set of measurements for each sample can be found in the Supporting
Information. Scale bars: 5 Å.
Energy & Fuels Article
DOI: 10.1021/acs.energyfuels.7b00805
Energy Fuels 2017, 31, 68566861
6858
argued before). Although not all structures can be assigned based
on their respective AFM image, they contain important
information on size, planarity, compactness of each molecule
and content and size of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAHs), aliphatic side chains, and methyl side groups. The
complete sets of AFM images and their analysis are detailed in
the Supporting Information.
Common to all samples is that the island-type architec-
ture,
1720
i.e., a central aromatic core with attached side chains, is
predominant over archipelago-type molecules (that were also
detected but only with occurrences of less than 10% in all
samples, e.g., B2.1). On the structural moiety level, we frequently
observe uoranthene and uorene-type motifs. For the latter, we
can distinguish at least four dierent AFM patterns, which we
tentatively assign to uorene, dibenzothiophene, uorenone, and
carbazole. Note, however, that cyclopentadienone and furan are
dicult to dierentiate by AFM
21
and both might be considered
as alternative options in the assignments of Figure 3. Several
methyl groups, identied by AFM before,
5
attached to the PAH
are common for all eight samples, too. Interestingly many
uorene-type moieties have such a methyl group at their 1 or 8
position, for instance molecules A1.4,A2.2,C1.1,C1.2,C1.4,
and D2.3, which might indicate a specic pathway for their
formation. Five-membered rings also occur in fused pairs (C1.5
and D2.3). Occasionally we nd saturated ve-membered (A1.3,
C1.4, and C2.2) and six-membered (C2.1) rings fused to
aromatic rings. These groups could be assigned based on a recent
study of aliphatic model compounds.
6
If longer aliphatic chains
exist in a sample, they tend to be present either as a long
unbranched strand attached to a PAH (along with methyl
groups) (A1.6,B2.3 left, and D1.2 right) or just as an isolated
alkane (A1.2,A1.5,A2.1,B1.3,B1.4, and D1.4). Such chains can
be 570 Å long and are typically buckled or twisted in certain
reoccurring patterns. However, often a (at least partially) straight
conformation is adopted such that a characteristic zigzag pattern
can be recognized.
5,6
The isolated alkane chains represent
coprecipitated waxes that are not asphaltenes by denition but
can be found in asphaltene samples if they are not extensively
puried.
22
Next, we summarize some observations made for each pair of
samples based on AFM measurements of individual molecules.
In samples Awe nd the comparably largest diversity of dierent
structures: molecules with an extended aromatic core, isolated
aliphatic chains, and more three-dimensional (bulky) mole-
cules with roughly equal proportionality. This was characteristic
for the Asamples whereas other samples were typically
dominated by one or two out of these three types of molecule
structures. In tendency, the deposit A2 contains less bulky
molecules compared to the crude A1, which is consistent with
earlier works showing that the average molar H/C ratio for A1 is
greater than the ratio for A2.
23
Particular for sample B1 is that its molecules can be essentially
classied into aromatics, among which we nd even fully
aromatic molecules such as B1.1 and isolated aliphatic chains
with similar abundance. The hydroprocessed sample B2 in
contrast contains more bulky molecules at the expense of the
aromatic fraction. This can be rationalized by the hydrotreat-
ment, which adds hydrogens to the molecules. Surprisingly, we
still nd longer aliphatic side chains (B2.3 left), indicating an
incomplete cracking process.
The steam cracker tar asphaltene C1 is very well suited for
AFM-based structure identication as most of the molecules
were highly aromatic. Accordingly, a large portion of molecules
could be assigned completely. They are more homogeneous in
size compared to the other samples and typically feature methyl
substituted aromatic hydrocarbons. Nonetheless, we found also
Figure 2. AFM measurements. Characteristic selection of CO-tip AFM raw data of individual heavy oil molecules. The labels indicate the sample name
and molecule number. For molecule A1.6 the inset shows a part of the same frame recorded at a larger scan height. The asterisk indicates a manipulation
image where the molecule rotates around a pinning site. A more comprehensive set of measurements for each sample can be found in the Supporting
Information. Scale bars: 5 Å.
Energy & Fuels Article
DOI: 10.1021/acs.energyfuels.7b00805
Energy Fuels 2017, 31, 68566861
6858
argued before). Although not all structures can be assigned based
on their respective AFM image, they contain important
information on size, planarity, compactness of each molecule
and content and size of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAHs), aliphatic side chains, and methyl side groups. The
complete sets of AFM images and their analysis are detailed in
the Supporting Information.
Common to all samples is that the island-type architec-
ture,
1720
i.e., a central aromatic core with attached side chains, is
predominant over archipelago-type molecules (that were also
detected but only with occurrences of less than 10% in all
samples, e.g., B2.1). On the structural moiety level, we frequently
observe uoranthene and uorene-type motifs. For the latter, we
can distinguish at least four dierent AFM patterns, which we
tentatively assign to uorene, dibenzothiophene, uorenone, and
carbazole. Note, however, that cyclopentadienone and furan are
dicult to dierentiate by AFM
21
and both might be considered
as alternative options in the assignments of Figure 3. Several
methyl groups, identied by AFM before,
5
attached to the PAH
are common for all eight samples, too. Interestingly many
uorene-type moieties have such a methyl group at their 1 or 8
position, for instance molecules A1.4,A2.2,C1.1,C1.2,C1.4,
and D2.3, which might indicate a specic pathway for their
formation. Five-membered rings also occur in fused pairs (C1.5
and D2.3). Occasionally we nd saturated ve-membered (A1.3,
C1.4, and C2.2) and six-membered (C2.1) rings fused to
aromatic rings. These groups could be assigned based on a recent
study of aliphatic model compounds.
6
If longer aliphatic chains
exist in a sample, they tend to be present either as a long
unbranched strand attached to a PAH (along with methyl
groups) (A1.6,B2.3 left, and D1.2 right) or just as an isolated
alkane (A1.2,A1.5,A2.1,B1.3,B1.4, and D1.4). Such chains can
be 570 Å long and are typically buckled or twisted in certain
reoccurring patterns. However, often a (at least partially) straight
conformation is adopted such that a characteristic zigzag pattern
can be recognized.
5,6
The isolated alkane chains represent
coprecipitated waxes that are not asphaltenes by denition but
can be found in asphaltene samples if they are not extensively
puried.
22
Next, we summarize some observations made for each pair of
samples based on AFM measurements of individual molecules.
In samples Awe nd the comparably largest diversity of dierent
structures: molecules with an extended aromatic core, isolated
aliphatic chains, and more three-dimensional (bulky) mole-
cules with roughly equal proportionality. This was characteristic
for the Asamples whereas other samples were typically
dominated by one or two out of these three types of molecule
structures. In tendency, the deposit A2 contains less bulky
molecules compared to the crude A1, which is consistent with
earlier works showing that the average molar H/C ratio for A1 is
greater than the ratio for A2.
23
Particular for sample B1 is that its molecules can be essentially
classied into aromatics, among which we nd even fully
aromatic molecules such as B1.1 and isolated aliphatic chains
with similar abundance. The hydroprocessed sample B2 in
contrast contains more bulky molecules at the expense of the
aromatic fraction. This can be rationalized by the hydrotreat-
ment, which adds hydrogens to the molecules. Surprisingly, we
still nd longer aliphatic side chains (B2.3 left), indicating an
incomplete cracking process.
The steam cracker tar asphaltene C1 is very well suited for
AFM-based structure identication as most of the molecules
were highly aromatic. Accordingly, a large portion of molecules
could be assigned completely. They are more homogeneous in
size compared to the other samples and typically feature methyl
substituted aromatic hydrocarbons. Nonetheless, we found also
Figure 2. AFM measurements. Characteristic selection of CO-tip AFM raw data of individual heavy oil molecules. The labels indicate the sample name
and molecule number. For molecule A1.6 the inset shows a part of the same frame recorded at a larger scan height. The asterisk indicates a manipulation
image where the molecule rotates around a pinning site. A more comprehensive set of measurements for each sample can be found in the Supporting
Information. Scale bars: 5 Å.
Energy & Fuels Article
DOI: 10.1021/acs.energyfuels.7b00805
Energy Fuels 2017, 31, 68566861
6858
argued before). Although not all structures can be assigned based
on their respective AFM image, they contain important
information on size, planarity, compactness of each molecule
and content and size of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAHs), aliphatic side chains, and methyl side groups. The
complete sets of AFM images and their analysis are detailed in
the Supporting Information.
Common to all samples is that the island-type architec-
ture,
1720
i.e., a central aromatic core with attached side chains, is
predominant over archipelago-type molecules (that were also
detected but only with occurrences of less than 10% in all
samples, e.g., B2.1). On the structural moiety level, we frequently
observe uoranthene and uorene-type motifs. For the latter, we
can distinguish at least four dierent AFM patterns, which we
tentatively assign to uorene, dibenzothiophene, uorenone, and
carbazole. Note, however, that cyclopentadienone and furan are
dicult to dierentiate by AFM
21
and both might be considered
as alternative options in the assignments of Figure 3. Several
methyl groups, identied by AFM before,
5
attached to the PAH
are common for all eight samples, too. Interestingly many
uorene-type moieties have such a methyl group at their 1 or 8
position, for instance molecules A1.4,A2.2,C1.1,C1.2,C1.4,
and D2.3, which might indicate a specic pathway for their
formation. Five-membered rings also occur in fused pairs (C1.5
and D2.3). Occasionally we nd saturated ve-membered (A1.3,
C1.4, and C2.2) and six-membered (C2.1) rings fused to
aromatic rings. These groups could be assigned based on a recent
study of aliphatic model compounds.
6
If longer aliphatic chains
exist in a sample, they tend to be present either as a long
unbranched strand attached to a PAH (along with methyl
groups) (A1.6,B2.3 left, and D1.2 right) or just as an isolated
alkane (A1.2,A1.5,A2.1,B1.3,B1.4, and D1.4). Such chains can
be 570 Å long and are typically buckled or twisted in certain
reoccurring patterns. However, often a (at least partially) straight
conformation is adopted such that a characteristic zigzag pattern
can be recognized.
5,6
The isolated alkane chains represent
coprecipitated waxes that are not asphaltenes by denition but
can be found in asphaltene samples if they are not extensively
puried.
22
Next, we summarize some observations made for each pair of
samples based on AFM measurements of individual molecules.
In samples Awe nd the comparably largest diversity of dierent
structures: molecules with an extended aromatic core, isolated
aliphatic chains, and more three-dimensional (bulky) mole-
cules with roughly equal proportionality. This was characteristic
for the Asamples whereas other samples were typically
dominated by one or two out of these three types of molecule
structures. In tendency, the deposit A2 contains less bulky
molecules compared to the crude A1, which is consistent with
earlier works showing that the average molar H/C ratio for A1 is
greater than the ratio for A2.
23
Particular for sample B1 is that its molecules can be essentially
classied into aromatics, among which we nd even fully
aromatic molecules such as B1.1 and isolated aliphatic chains
with similar abundance. The hydroprocessed sample B2 in
contrast contains more bulky molecules at the expense of the
aromatic fraction. This can be rationalized by the hydrotreat-
ment, which adds hydrogens to the molecules. Surprisingly, we
still nd longer aliphatic side chains (B2.3 left), indicating an
incomplete cracking process.
The steam cracker tar asphaltene C1 is very well suited for
AFM-based structure identication as most of the molecules
were highly aromatic. Accordingly, a large portion of molecules
could be assigned completely. They are more homogeneous in
size compared to the other samples and typically feature methyl
substituted aromatic hydrocarbons. Nonetheless, we found also
Figure 2. AFM measurements. Characteristic selection of CO-tip AFM raw data of individual heavy oil molecules. The labels indicate the sample name
and molecule number. For molecule A1.6 the inset shows a part of the same frame recorded at a larger scan height. The asterisk indicates a manipulation
image where the molecule rotates around a pinning site. A more comprehensive set of measurements for each sample can be found in the Supporting
Information. Scale bars: 5 Å.
Energy & Fuels Article
DOI: 10.1021/acs.energyfuels.7b00805
Energy Fuels 2017, 31, 68566861
6858
argued before). Although not all structures can be assigned based
on their respective AFM image, they contain important
information on size, planarity, compactness of each molecule
and content and size of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAHs), aliphatic side chains, and methyl side groups. The
complete sets of AFM images and their analysis are detailed in
the Supporting Information.
Common to all samples is that the island-type architec-
ture,
1720
i.e., a central aromatic core with attached side chains, is
predominant over archipelago-type molecules (that were also
detected but only with occurrences of less than 10% in all
samples, e.g., B2.1). On the structural moiety level, we frequently
observe uoranthene and uorene-type motifs. For the latter, we
can distinguish at least four dierent AFM patterns, which we
tentatively assign to uorene, dibenzothiophene, uorenone, and
carbazole. Note, however, that cyclopentadienone and furan are
dicult to dierentiate by AFM
21
and both might be considered
as alternative options in the assignments of Figure 3. Several
methyl groups, identied by AFM before,
5
attached to the PAH
are common for all eight samples, too. Interestingly many
uorene-type moieties have such a methyl group at their 1 or 8
position, for instance molecules A1.4,A2.2,C1.1,C1.2,C1.4,
and D2.3, which might indicate a specic pathway for their
formation. Five-membered rings also occur in fused pairs (C1.5
and D2.3). Occasionally we nd saturated ve-membered (A1.3,
C1.4, and C2.2) and six-membered (C2.1) rings fused to
aromatic rings. These groups could be assigned based on a recent
study of aliphatic model compounds.
6
If longer aliphatic chains
exist in a sample, they tend to be present either as a long
unbranched strand attached to a PAH (along with methyl
groups) (A1.6,B2.3 left, and D1.2 right) or just as an isolated
alkane (A1.2,A1.5,A2.1,B1.3,B1.4, and D1.4). Such chains can
be 570 Å long and are typically buckled or twisted in certain
reoccurring patterns. However, often a (at least partially) straight
conformation is adopted such that a characteristic zigzag pattern
can be recognized.
5,6
The isolated alkane chains represent
coprecipitated waxes that are not asphaltenes by denition but
can be found in asphaltene samples if they are not extensively
puried.
22
Next, we summarize some observations made for each pair of
samples based on AFM measurements of individual molecules.
In samples Awe nd the comparably largest diversity of dierent
structures: molecules with an extended aromatic core, isolated
aliphatic chains, and more three-dimensional (bulky) mole-
cules with roughly equal proportionality. This was characteristic
for the Asamples whereas other samples were typically
dominated by one or two out of these three types of molecule
structures. In tendency, the deposit A2 contains less bulky
molecules compared to the crude A1, which is consistent with
earlier works showing that the average molar H/C ratio for A1 is
greater than the ratio for A2.
23
Particular for sample B1 is that its molecules can be essentially
classied into aromatics, among which we nd even fully
aromatic molecules such as B1.1 and isolated aliphatic chains
with similar abundance. The hydroprocessed sample B2 in
contrast contains more bulky molecules at the expense of the
aromatic fraction. This can be rationalized by the hydrotreat-
ment, which adds hydrogens to the molecules. Surprisingly, we
still nd longer aliphatic side chains (B2.3 left), indicating an
incomplete cracking process.
The steam cracker tar asphaltene C1 is very well suited for
AFM-based structure identication as most of the molecules
were highly aromatic. Accordingly, a large portion of molecules
could be assigned completely. They are more homogeneous in
size compared to the other samples and typically feature methyl
substituted aromatic hydrocarbons. Nonetheless, we found also
Figure 2. AFM measurements. Characteristic selection of CO-tip AFM raw data of individual heavy oil molecules. The labels indicate the sample name
and molecule number. For molecule A1.6 the inset shows a part of the same frame recorded at a larger scan height. The asterisk indicates a manipulation
image where the molecule rotates around a pinning site. A more comprehensive set of measurements for each sample can be found in the Supporting
Information. Scale bars: 5 Å.
Energy & Fuels Article
DOI: 10.1021/acs.energyfuels.7b00805
Energy Fuels 2017, 31, 68566861
6858
Unraveling the Molecular Structures of Asphaltenes by Atomic Force
Microscopy
Bruno Schuler,*
,
Gerhard Meyer,
Diego Pena,
Oliver C. Mullins,
§
and Leo Gross*
,
IBM Research Zurich, Saumerstrasse 4, 8803 Ruschlikon, Switzerland
CIQUS and Facultad de Química, Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, E-15782 Santiago de Compostela, Spain
§
Schlumberger-Doll Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139, United States
*
SSupporting Information
ABSTRACT: Petroleum is one of the most precious and
complex molecular mixtures existing. Because of its chemical
complexity, the solid component of crude oil, the asphaltenes,
poses an exceptional challenge for structure analysis, with
tremendous economic relevance. Here, we combine atomic-
resolution imaging using atomic force microscopy and
molecular orbital imaging using scanning tunnelling micros-
copy to study more than 100 asphaltene molecules. The
complexity and range of asphaltene polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons are established in detail. Identifying molecular
structures provides a foundation to understand all aspects of petroleum science from colloidal structure and interfacial
interactions to petroleum thermodynamics, enabling a rst-principles approach to optimize resource utilization. Particularly, the
ndings contribute to a long-standing debate about asphaltene molecular architecture. Our technique constitutes a paradigm shift
for the analysis of complex molecular mixtures, with possible applications in molecular electronics, organic light emitting diodes,
and photovoltaic devices.
INTRODUCTION
In nature, molecules generally exist in mixtures. Petroleum is
probably the most prominent of such mixtures and one of the
most complex materials encountered with possibly over
100,000 distinct chemical constituents.
1,2
The primary
unresolved component of crude oil is asphaltene.
24
Under-
standing the structure of asphaltenes is of immense economic
importance
2,48
and a prerequisite to establishing the
structurefunction relationship in petroleomics,
2
but their
molecular architecture has been subject to a long-standing
debate.
3,913
Specically, some studies indicate that individual
asphaltene molecules contain primarily one polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbon (PAH)
3,12
(island), while other studies indicate
that structures with multiple PAHs (archipelago) contrib-
ute.
13
Diculties associated with resolving this issue include
formation of archipelago from island structures in experi-
ments
14
and the potential inability to disaggregate asphaltene
aggregates.
15
Recent experiments using laser desorption have
established disaggregation of asphaltenes and have obtained
dominance of island structures,
16
consistent with other mass
spectral measurements.
17
Asphaltenes are linked to many key economic issues in the
petroleum industry today. Unwanted asphaltene phase
transitions hinder petroleum production, transportation, and
rening.
2,4
Asphaltene interfacial activity with rocks aects
wettability, oering a focal point for enhanced oil recovery.
8
New asphaltene thermodynamics is used to evaluate the extent
of uid equilibrium in reservoirs, indicating ow connectivity,
the most important reservoir uncertainty.
18
In addition,
understanding the chemical processes that occur in oil
reservoirs
6,7
is improved by accurate structural characterization.
The capability to address all of these concerns is founded on an
accurate representation of asphaltene molecules. However, the
structure analysis of asphaltenes has posed an exceptional
challenge because of their chemical complexity that is only now
being resolved.
19
Scanning probe microscopy oers the unique capability of
imaging single adsorbates at the atomic scale. The character-
ization of asphaltenes had been attempted with scanning
tunnelling microscopy (STM),
20,21
but to date no atomic-
resolution could be achieved on asphaltene molecules. Recent
progress in atomic force microscopy (AFM) enabled visual-
ization of the atomic structure of individual molecules in real
space.
22
This method was also used to analyze bond order,
23
identify the molecular structure of natural compounds
24,25
and
graphene nanoribbons,
26
and detect products of chemical
synthesis
27
and on-surface reactions.
28,29
By using STM and
ultrathin insulating lms as a substrate, one can also map
molecular orbitals.
3032
Here, we present atomic-resolution low-temperature AFM
data of individual molecules of asphaltene, one of the most
complex and intriguing natural mixtures existing. Additionally,
orbital imaging with the STM is used to access the polycyclic
Received: April 20, 2015
Published: July 14, 2015
Article
pubs.acs.org/JACS
© 2015 American Chemical Society 9870 DOI: 10.1021/jacs.5b04056
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2015, 137, 98709876
Downloaded via TU BERLIN on November 29, 2019 at 12:04:03 (UTC).
See https://pubs.acs.org/sharingguidelines for options on how to legitimately share published articles.
the surface compared to the PAH.
46,47
The side-chains
sometimes also undergo tip-induced conformational changes
when being scanned in STM or AFM mode. As shown in
Figure 5a, they often appear as zigzag-like patterns, associated
with alkanes. In STM orbital images, these side-chains do not
contribute (see Figure 5e,f). A similar example is PA2 (Figure
5gi), which has a side-chain of about 20 Å in length. Also
here, the PAH core alone composes the orbital, which allows
conclusions on its structure. Imaging orbitals are particularly
important for PA as the peripheral alkanes can make
interpretation of AFM images of PA dicult. Typically, PAs
also exhibit more substituents and ve-membered rings than
CAs do. Exemplary, PA3, shown in Figure 5jl, features three
such pentagonal rings.
In summary, we nd that asphaltene molecules consist of a
central aromatic core with peripheral alkane chains. In some
cases, this central core is divided into several distinct PAHs
connected by a single bond, which proves the presence of
archipelago-type molecules. Nevertheless, a single aromatic
core with peripheral alkanes is the dominant asphaltene
molecular architecture, proving the main aspects proposed by
the YenMullins model.
11
The diverse PAH architecture
(number and type of rings and overall shape) of CAs and
PAs is similar, despite signicant dierences in their formation
and postprocessing. The main dierence is the presence of
longer side groups in PA. Additionally, PA contains more
substituted rings. Both, CA and PA molecules are larger than
expected from previous studies.
3,12,44
The preparation procedure and single-molecule analysis
presented here might raise doubts concerning the signicance
for the vast set of molecule structures in the mixture. In the
following we address the main issues connected with the
preparation and discuss the benets and limitations related to
our single-molecule approach. Thermally evaporating the
molecules in UHV involves mainly two concerns: (i)
sublimation of volatile, light components (about 100 u or
less) in UHV at room temperature before evaporation onto the
sample and (ii) dissociation of large molecules, which crack at
temperatures lower than their sublimation temperature. The
latter is expected to occur (in part) for molecules of about 1000
u or more.
27
Therefore, very large asphaltenes will not be
detected, however, their relative abundance is known to be
small
3,9,12,16,17,48,49
and visually we do not observe any residuals
in the evaporator. Also for asphaltene samples we observe
molecules with masses above 500 u on the surface, e.g., CA6,
CA11,CA17,CA18,PA1, and PA14 indicating that molecules
of this size can be deposited without fragmentation. Non-
covalently bonded globular aggregates that were shown to
comprise a signicant part of asphaltenes
2,15,4951
are most
likely disaggregated upon evaporation. Note that all molecules
that are evaporated in the solid angle of the surface will be
adsorbed because both the Cu and NaCl substrates have a
sticking coecient of unity at 10 K. On the surface we nd
almost exclusively individual molecules and no larger
aggregates. The observation of no signicant qualitative
dierence of the molecular structures on Cu and NaCl
indicates that bond cleavage catalyzed by the Cu(111) surface
is not an issue. However, the conformation of the molecules is
inuenced by the surface, as upon adsorption the molecules
usually adopt a planarized conformation with respect to the gas
phase. To study single molecules as opposed to an entire
ensemble not only bears limitations but also unique benets:
Most importantly the existence of a specic molecule within a
complex mixture can be provided even if the molecule is rare
and the mixture divers, as it is the case in our study. On the
downside, a universal quantication such as the mean molecular
weight or the relative abundance is not feasible. These dierent
advantages and challenges with respect to conventional
techniques for structure elucidation as nuclear magnetic
resonance, X-ray diraction, and mass spectrometry render
AFM a valuable complementary tool for the characterization of
molecular mixtures.
CONCLUSIONS
This study shows that complex, polydisperse molecule mixtures
can be analyzed by AFM and STM on a single-molecule basis
with atomic-resolution. Understanding the chemistry and
physics of asphaltenes, so important in many economic
settings, requires proper characterization of the molecular
architecture, and not just in terms of the mean molecular
properties but also the range of molecular architectures found.
Molecular imaging presented herein has resolved uncertainties
about the mean molecular structures and also provided the rst
direct measurement of the tremendous range of molecular
structures in asphaltenes.
More generally, this technique might be useful to study the
traceability of a sample, that is, to characterize and identify the
Figure 5. Petroleum asphaltenes PA1-PA3. (a,b) AFM images of PA1
on NaCl(2 ML)/Cu(111) at dierent set-points zfrom (I= 1 pA, V=
0.2 V). (c) Laplace-ltered image of (b). (df) STM images (I=1
pA) of PA1 recorded at 0.2, 1.95, and 2.4 V, respectively. (g,h) AFM
image of PA2 on NaCl(2 ML)/Cu(111) (g) and its Laplace-ltered
version (h). (i) STM orbital image (I= 0.6 pA) of PA2 corresponding
to the LUMO resonance. On the left side of (gi) there is a small
patch of third-layer NaCl. (j,k) AFM images of PA3 on NaCl(2 ML)/
Cu(111) at dierent set-points zfrom (I= 1.8 pA, V= 0.2 V). (l)
Laplace-ltered image of (k).
Journal of the American Chemical Society Article
DOI: 10.1021/jacs.5b04056
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2015, 137, 98709876
9874
the surface compared to the PAH.
46,47
The side-chains
sometimes also undergo tip-induced conformational changes
when being scanned in STM or AFM mode. As shown in
Figure 5a, they often appear as zigzag-like patterns, associated
with alkanes. In STM orbital images, these side-chains do not
contribute (see Figure 5e,f). A similar example is PA2 (Figure
5gi), which has a side-chain of about 20 Å in length. Also
here, the PAH core alone composes the orbital, which allows
conclusions on its structure. Imaging orbitals are particularly
important for PA as the peripheral alkanes can make
interpretation of AFM images of PA dicult. Typically, PAs
also exhibit more substituents and ve-membered rings than
CAs do. Exemplary, PA3, shown in Figure 5jl, features three
such pentagonal rings.
In summary, we nd that asphaltene molecules consist of a
central aromatic core with peripheral alkane chains. In some
cases, this central core is divided into several distinct PAHs
connected by a single bond, which proves the presence of
archipelago-type molecules. Nevertheless, a single aromatic
core with peripheral alkanes is the dominant asphaltene
molecular architecture, proving the main aspects proposed by
the YenMullins model.
11
The diverse PAH architecture
(number and type of rings and overall shape) of CAs and
PAs is similar, despite signicant dierences in their formation
and postprocessing. The main dierence is the presence of
longer side groups in PA. Additionally, PA contains more
substituted rings. Both, CA and PA molecules are larger than
expected from previous studies.
3,12,44
The preparation procedure and single-molecule analysis
presented here might raise doubts concerning the signicance
for the vast set of molecule structures in the mixture. In the
following we address the main issues connected with the
preparation and discuss the benets and limitations related to
our single-molecule approach. Thermally evaporating the
molecules in UHV involves mainly two concerns: (i)
sublimation of volatile, light components (about 100 u or
less) in UHV at room temperature before evaporation onto the
sample and (ii) dissociation of large molecules, which crack at
temperatures lower than their sublimation temperature. The
latter is expected to occur (in part) for molecules of about 1000
u or more.
27
Therefore, very large asphaltenes will not be
detected, however, their relative abundance is known to be
small
3,9,12,16,17,48,49
and visually we do not observe any residuals
in the evaporator. Also for asphaltene samples we observe
molecules with masses above 500 u on the surface, e.g., CA6,
CA11,CA17,CA18,PA1, and PA14 indicating that molecules
of this size can be deposited without fragmentation. Non-
covalently bonded globular aggregates that were shown to
comprise a signicant part of asphaltenes
2,15,4951
are most
likely disaggregated upon evaporation. Note that all molecules
that are evaporated in the solid angle of the surface will be
adsorbed because both the Cu and NaCl substrates have a
sticking coecient of unity at 10 K. On the surface we nd
almost exclusively individual molecules and no larger
aggregates. The observation of no signicant qualitative
dierence of the molecular structures on Cu and NaCl
indicates that bond cleavage catalyzed by the Cu(111) surface
is not an issue. However, the conformation of the molecules is
inuenced by the surface, as upon adsorption the molecules
usually adopt a planarized conformation with respect to the gas
phase. To study single molecules as opposed to an entire
ensemble not only bears limitations but also unique benets:
Most importantly the existence of a specic molecule within a
complex mixture can be provided even if the molecule is rare
and the mixture divers, as it is the case in our study. On the
downside, a universal quantication such as the mean molecular
weight or the relative abundance is not feasible. These dierent
advantages and challenges with respect to conventional
techniques for structure elucidation as nuclear magnetic
resonance, X-ray diraction, and mass spectrometry render
AFM a valuable complementary tool for the characterization of
molecular mixtures.
CONCLUSIONS
This study shows that complex, polydisperse molecule mixtures
can be analyzed by AFM and STM on a single-molecule basis
with atomic-resolution. Understanding the chemistry and
physics of asphaltenes, so important in many economic
settings, requires proper characterization of the molecular
architecture, and not just in terms of the mean molecular
properties but also the range of molecular architectures found.
Molecular imaging presented herein has resolved uncertainties
about the mean molecular structures and also provided the rst
direct measurement of the tremendous range of molecular
structures in asphaltenes.
More generally, this technique might be useful to study the
traceability of a sample, that is, to characterize and identify the
Figure 5. Petroleum asphaltenes PA1-PA3. (a,b) AFM images of PA1
on NaCl(2 ML)/Cu(111) at dierent set-points zfrom (I= 1 pA, V=
0.2 V). (c) Laplace-ltered image of (b). (df) STM images (I=1
pA) of PA1 recorded at 0.2, 1.95, and 2.4 V, respectively. (g,h) AFM
image of PA2 on NaCl(2 ML)/Cu(111) (g) and its Laplace-ltered
version (h). (i) STM orbital image (I= 0.6 pA) of PA2 corresponding
to the LUMO resonance. On the left side of (gi) there is a small
patch of third-layer NaCl. (j,k) AFM images of PA3 on NaCl(2 ML)/
Cu(111) at dierent set-points zfrom (I= 1.8 pA, V= 0.2 V). (l)
Laplace-ltered image of (k).
Journal of the American Chemical Society Article
DOI: 10.1021/jacs.5b04056
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2015, 137, 98709876
9874
argued before). Although not all structures can be assigned based
on their respective AFM image, they contain important
information on size, planarity, compactness of each molecule
and content and size of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAHs), aliphatic side chains, and methyl side groups. The
complete sets of AFM images and their analysis are detailed in
the Supporting Information.
Common to all samples is that the island-type architec-
ture,
1720
i.e., a central aromatic core with attached side chains, is
predominant over archipelago-type molecules (that were also
detected but only with occurrences of less than 10% in all
samples, e.g., B2.1). On the structural moiety level, we frequently
observe uoranthene and uorene-type motifs. For the latter, we
can distinguish at least four dierent AFM patterns, which we
tentatively assign to uorene, dibenzothiophene, uorenone, and
carbazole. Note, however, that cyclopentadienone and furan are
dicult to dierentiate by AFM
21
and both might be considered
as alternative options in the assignments of Figure 3. Several
methyl groups, identied by AFM before,
5
attached to the PAH
are common for all eight samples, too. Interestingly many
uorene-type moieties have such a methyl group at their 1 or 8
position, for instance molecules A1.4,A2.2,C1.1,C1.2,C1.4,
and D2.3, which might indicate a specic pathway for their
formation. Five-membered rings also occur in fused pairs (C1.5
and D2.3). Occasionally we nd saturated ve-membered (A1.3,
C1.4, and C2.2) and six-membered (C2.1) rings fused to
aromatic rings. These groups could be assigned based on a recent
study of aliphatic model compounds.
6
If longer aliphatic chains
exist in a sample, they tend to be present either as a long
unbranched strand attached to a PAH (along with methyl
groups) (A1.6,B2.3 left, and D1.2 right) or just as an isolated
alkane (A1.2,A1.5,A2.1,B1.3,B1.4, and D1.4). Such chains can
be 570 Å long and are typically buckled or twisted in certain
reoccurring patterns. However, often a (at least partially) straight
conformation is adopted such that a characteristic zigzag pattern
can be recognized.
5,6
The isolated alkane chains represent
coprecipitated waxes that are not asphaltenes by denition but
can be found in asphaltene samples if they are not extensively
puried.
22
Next, we summarize some observations made for each pair of
samples based on AFM measurements of individual molecules.
In samples Awe nd the comparably largest diversity of dierent
structures: molecules with an extended aromatic core, isolated
aliphatic chains, and more three-dimensional (bulky) mole-
cules with roughly equal proportionality. This was characteristic
for the Asamples whereas other samples were typically
dominated by one or two out of these three types of molecule
structures. In tendency, the deposit A2 contains less bulky
molecules compared to the crude A1, which is consistent with
earlier works showing that the average molar H/C ratio for A1 is
greater than the ratio for A2.
23
Particular for sample B1 is that its molecules can be essentially
classied into aromatics, among which we nd even fully
aromatic molecules such as B1.1 and isolated aliphatic chains
with similar abundance. The hydroprocessed sample B2 in
contrast contains more bulky molecules at the expense of the
aromatic fraction. This can be rationalized by the hydrotreat-
ment, which adds hydrogens to the molecules. Surprisingly, we
still nd longer aliphatic side chains (B2.3 left), indicating an
incomplete cracking process.
The steam cracker tar asphaltene C1 is very well suited for
AFM-based structure identication as most of the molecules
were highly aromatic. Accordingly, a large portion of molecules
could be assigned completely. They are more homogeneous in
size compared to the other samples and typically feature methyl
substituted aromatic hydrocarbons. Nonetheless, we found also
Figure 2. AFM measurements. Characteristic selection of CO-tip AFM raw data of individual heavy oil molecules. The labels indicate the sample name
and molecule number. For molecule A1.6 the inset shows a part of the same frame recorded at a larger scan height. The asterisk indicates a manipulation
image where the molecule rotates around a pinning site. A more comprehensive set of measurements for each sample can be found in the Supporting
Information. Scale bars: 5 Å.
Energy & Fuels Article
DOI: 10.1021/acs.energyfuels.7b00805
Energy Fuels 2017, 31, 68566861
6858
argued before). Although not all structures can be assigned based
on their respective AFM image, they contain important
information on size, planarity, compactness of each molecule
and content and size of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAHs), aliphatic side chains, and methyl side groups. The
complete sets of AFM images and their analysis are detailed in
the Supporting Information.
Common to all samples is that the island-type architec-
ture,
1720
i.e., a central aromatic core with attached side chains, is
predominant over archipelago-type molecules (that were also
detected but only with occurrences of less than 10% in all
samples, e.g., B2.1). On the structural moiety level, we frequently
observe uoranthene and uorene-type motifs. For the latter, we
can distinguish at least four dierent AFM patterns, which we
tentatively assign to uorene, dibenzothiophene, uorenone, and
carbazole. Note, however, that cyclopentadienone and furan are
dicult to dierentiate by AFM
21
and both might be considered
as alternative options in the assignments of Figure 3. Several
methyl groups, identied by AFM before,
5
attached to the PAH
are common for all eight samples, too. Interestingly many
uorene-type moieties have such a methyl group at their 1 or 8
position, for instance molecules A1.4,A2.2,C1.1,C1.2,C1.4,
and D2.3, which might indicate a specic pathway for their
formation. Five-membered rings also occur in fused pairs (C1.5
and D2.3). Occasionally we nd saturated ve-membered (A1.3,
C1.4, and C2.2) and six-membered (C2.1) rings fused to
aromatic rings. These groups could be assigned based on a recent
study of aliphatic model compounds.
6
If longer aliphatic chains
exist in a sample, they tend to be present either as a long
unbranched strand attached to a PAH (along with methyl
groups) (A1.6,B2.3 left, and D1.2 right) or just as an isolated
alkane (A1.2,A1.5,A2.1,B1.3,B1.4, and D1.4). Such chains can
be 570 Å long and are typically buckled or twisted in certain
reoccurring patterns. However, often a (at least partially) straight
conformation is adopted such that a characteristic zigzag pattern
can be recognized.
5,6
The isolated alkane chains represent
coprecipitated waxes that are not asphaltenes by denition but
can be found in asphaltene samples if they are not extensively
puried.
22
Next, we summarize some observations made for each pair of
samples based on AFM measurements of individual molecules.
In samples Awe nd the comparably largest diversity of dierent
structures: molecules with an extended aromatic core, isolated
aliphatic chains, and more three-dimensional (bulky) mole-
cules with roughly equal proportionality. This was characteristic
for the Asamples whereas other samples were typically
dominated by one or two out of these three types of molecule
structures. In tendency, the deposit A2 contains less bulky
molecules compared to the crude A1, which is consistent with
earlier works showing that the average molar H/C ratio for A1 is
greater than the ratio for A2.
23
Particular for sample B1 is that its molecules can be essentially
classied into aromatics, among which we nd even fully
aromatic molecules such as B1.1 and isolated aliphatic chains
with similar abundance. The hydroprocessed sample B2 in
contrast contains more bulky molecules at the expense of the
aromatic fraction. This can be rationalized by the hydrotreat-
ment, which adds hydrogens to the molecules. Surprisingly, we
still nd longer aliphatic side chains (B2.3 left), indicating an
incomplete cracking process.
The steam cracker tar asphaltene C1 is very well suited for
AFM-based structure identication as most of the molecules
were highly aromatic. Accordingly, a large portion of molecules
could be assigned completely. They are more homogeneous in
size compared to the other samples and typically feature methyl
substituted aromatic hydrocarbons. Nonetheless, we found also
Figure 2. AFM measurements. Characteristic selection of CO-tip AFM raw data of individual heavy oil molecules. The labels indicate the sample name
and molecule number. For molecule A1.6 the inset shows a part of the same frame recorded at a larger scan height. The asterisk indicates a manipulation
image where the molecule rotates around a pinning site. A more comprehensive set of measurements for each sample can be found in the Supporting
Information. Scale bars: 5 Å.
Energy & Fuels Article
DOI: 10.1021/acs.energyfuels.7b00805
Energy Fuels 2017, 31, 68566861
6858
argued before). Although not all structures can be assigned based
on their respective AFM image, they contain important
information on size, planarity, compactness of each molecule
and content and size of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAHs), aliphatic side chains, and methyl side groups. The
complete sets of AFM images and their analysis are detailed in
the Supporting Information.
Common to all samples is that the island-type architec-
ture,
1720
i.e., a central aromatic core with attached side chains, is
predominant over archipelago-type molecules (that were also
detected but only with occurrences of less than 10% in all
samples, e.g., B2.1). On the structural moiety level, we frequently
observe uoranthene and uorene-type motifs. For the latter, we
can distinguish at least four dierent AFM patterns, which we
tentatively assign to uorene, dibenzothiophene, uorenone, and
carbazole. Note, however, that cyclopentadienone and furan are
dicult to dierentiate by AFM
21
and both might be considered
as alternative options in the assignments of Figure 3. Several
methyl groups, identied by AFM before,
5
attached to the PAH
are common for all eight samples, too. Interestingly many
uorene-type moieties have such a methyl group at their 1 or 8
position, for instance molecules A1.4,A2.2,C1.1,C1.2,C1.4,
and D2.3, which might indicate a specic pathway for their
formation. Five-membered rings also occur in fused pairs (C1.5
and D2.3). Occasionally we nd saturated ve-membered (A1.3,
C1.4, and C2.2) and six-membered (C2.1) rings fused to
aromatic rings. These groups could be assigned based on a recent
study of aliphatic model compounds.
6
If longer aliphatic chains
exist in a sample, they tend to be present either as a long
unbranched strand attached to a PAH (along with methyl
groups) (A1.6,B2.3 left, and D1.2 right) or just as an isolated
alkane (A1.2,A1.5,A2.1,B1.3,B1.4, and D1.4). Such chains can
be 570 Å long and are typically buckled or twisted in certain
reoccurring patterns. However, often a (at least partially) straight
conformation is adopted such that a characteristic zigzag pattern
can be recognized.
5,6
The isolated alkane chains represent
coprecipitated waxes that are not asphaltenes by denition but
can be found in asphaltene samples if they are not extensively
puried.
22
Next, we summarize some observations made for each pair of
samples based on AFM measurements of individual molecules.
In samples Awe nd the comparably largest diversity of dierent
structures: molecules with an extended aromatic core, isolated
aliphatic chains, and more three-dimensional (bulky) mole-
cules with roughly equal proportionality. This was characteristic
for the Asamples whereas other samples were typically
dominated by one or two out of these three types of molecule
structures. In tendency, the deposit A2 contains less bulky
molecules compared to the crude A1, which is consistent with
earlier works showing that the average molar H/C ratio for A1 is
greater than the ratio for A2.
23
Particular for sample B1 is that its molecules can be essentially
classied into aromatics, among which we nd even fully
aromatic molecules such as B1.1 and isolated aliphatic chains
with similar abundance. The hydroprocessed sample B2 in
contrast contains more bulky molecules at the expense of the
aromatic fraction. This can be rationalized by the hydrotreat-
ment, which adds hydrogens to the molecules. Surprisingly, we
still nd longer aliphatic side chains (B2.3 left), indicating an
incomplete cracking process.
The steam cracker tar asphaltene C1 is very well suited for
AFM-based structure identication as most of the molecules
were highly aromatic. Accordingly, a large portion of molecules
could be assigned completely. They are more homogeneous in
size compared to the other samples and typically feature methyl
substituted aromatic hydrocarbons. Nonetheless, we found also
Figure 2. AFM measurements. Characteristic selection of CO-tip AFM raw data of individual heavy oil molecules. The labels indicate the sample name
and molecule number. For molecule A1.6 the inset shows a part of the same frame recorded at a larger scan height. The asterisk indicates a manipulation
image where the molecule rotates around a pinning site. A more comprehensive set of measurements for each sample can be found in the Supporting
Information. Scale bars: 5 Å.
Energy & Fuels Article
DOI: 10.1021/acs.energyfuels.7b00805
Energy Fuels 2017, 31, 68566861
6858
Figure 2.4: AFM of crude oil asphaltenes with permition from [28,30]
Asphaltenes are composed of condensed aromatics (unsaturated cyclic compounds
composed of one or more benzene rings) with aliphatic chains (saturated and un-
saturated open chained compounds with no rings) attached to them. In most cases,
the condensed aromatics are arranged in layers and can be connected to each other
10 Chapter 2 Background
both within one layer as well as between layers by aliphatic chains. In a stable mix-
ture of asphaltenes and maltenes the maltenes surround the asphaltenic structures
and prevent them from building clusters that precipitate. [35–37] The aggregation
and three-dimensional structure of asphaltenes together with their aromaticity and
aliphatic chains, strongly contributes to the difficulty to remove sulfur from residue
[31, 38–43]. The sulfur containing core of different asphaltenes were identified by
Grinko et al. [40] and Liu et al. [44]. Macromolecules with a molar mass of be-
tween 500 and 3,000 g/mol are possible for asphaltenes from heavy crude oil vacuum
residue [45–47].
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Figure 2.5: Hypothetical structure of different asphaltene molecules (the author does not claim
that these exact molecules exist in reality)
2.1 Crude oil 11
Though, as mentioned above, several descriptions of asphaltenes exist in literature,
some common characteristics can be identified. These are listed in the following and
are further used in this work for the definition of asphaltenes.
Aromatic core
Low H/C ratio
High concentration of heteroatoms
Thiphenic, benzothiophenic, and dibenzothiophenic sulfur structures
Aliphatic chains attached
Molecule size of more than 50 carbon atoms
Based on these characteristics, some structures of hypothetical asphaltene molecules
are designed and shown in Fig. 2.5.
Apart from the large size of each asphaltene molecule, formation of molecule ag-
gregates and colloids is reported by several researchers [33, 48–52]. According to
Brandt et al. [48], polycyclic aromatic compounds with saturated substituents group
together forming sheets of asphaltene molecules. These individual aromatic layers
may stack forming larger elementary particles. Interactions within these sheets
involve ππinteractions between polycondensed aromatic structures as well as hy-
drogen bounds [53]. According to Eriksson et al. [49], these particles may reach an
estimated molecular weight of 10,000 g/mol. Apart from being coke precursors in
thermal processes, these clusters of asphaltenes also precipitate when the mixture is
not stable [33]. In analytics, these aggregates are problematic, because the colloids
make a precise analysis of the molecular weight of asphaltenes difficult [32]. As-
phaltenes are the reason for the high viscosity of heavy and residual oils of around
106Pa*s [50].
2.1.2.3 Maltenes
Maltenes are defined as the n-alkane-soluble fraction of crude oil residue, thus, the
remaining fraction after asphaltenes have been precipitated. Maltenes can further
be separated into aromatics, resins, and saturates [54]. The aromatics are molecules
composed of only armomatic structures, while saturates are completely aliphatic
molecules. For resins different definitions exist, all having in common a relatively
12 Chapter 2 Background
similar molecular description to asphaltenes [55]. Potential structures for maltenes
are shown in Fig. 2.6.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Figure 2.6: Hypothetical structure of different maltene molecules with (a) resin, (b) aromatic, (c)
resin and (d) saturate
The similarity of resins to asphaltenes gives them an important role in stabilizing
asphaltenes in maltenes [21, 56]. If resins are all converted or removed from the
mixture, while asphaltenes are still present, they will precipitate and will not be
stable in the mixture [21, 57]. The stabilization is enabled by the nature of the
resins. The polar side of the resins agglomerate around the asphaltenes or clusters
of asphaltenes and the aliphatic end of the resin extends into the oil phase [58].
2.1 Crude oil 13
2.1.3 Heavy fuel oil
The term heavy fuel oil (HFO) refers to fossile fuels, which are characterized by a
particularly high viscosity and high density. The International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships (Maritime Pollution) (MARPOL) Convention
defines HFO as either having a density of more than 900 kg/m3at 15 Cor a kine-
matic viscosity of more than 180 mm2/s at 50 C[59]. The heavy oils contain large
percentages of heavy molecules such as asphaltenes and maltenes with high degree
of aromaticity. Their color is black and at ambient conditions they are nearly solid.
Mostly, heavy oils are used as marine fuels but, also older locomotives and oil-fired
power plants run on these low value fuels [60].
HFO is produced during refining of crude oil, mostly consisting of the vacuum residue
described in Section 2.1.2. In order to achieve different specifications and quality
levels, these residual oils are blended with lighter fractions. The resulting blends are
known as Intermediate Fuel Oils (IFO) or Marine Diesel and have a higher economic
value than the pure residue fraction. The most commonly used grades are IFO 180
and IFO 380 with a viscosity of 180 mm2/s and 380 mm2/s, respectively [61]. The
fuel is assigned to the heavy oil category, if the residue fraction exceeds that of
the distillate blend-in fractions. In general, HFO cannot be pumped at ambient
temperature and must therefore be preheated in order to lower its viscosity [60].
An essential distinguishing feature of heavy oils and the reason for the investigations
in this work is their sulfur content. With regard to the sulfur content, the classes
presented in Tab. 2.1 are distinguished.
Table 2.1: Fuel types and sulfur regulations for the use of heavy oils as fuel on open seas [3,4]
Fuel type Sulfur content [%] Usage on open seas after 2020
High sulfur fuel oil HSFO <3.5only with scrubber
Low sulfur fuel oil LSFO <1.0only with scrubber
Ultra low sulfur fuel oil ULSFO <0.1globally and in ECA
From the year 2020, the maximum allowed sulfur content in fuels used globally on
open seas is reduced from 3.5% to 0.5% according to the LSF2020 [4], if no scrubber
is installed on board the ship to remove sulfur emissions from the off-gas. The
investigations in this work address the reduction of the sulfur content of vacuum
residue to comply this new sulfur level of 0.5%.
14 Chapter 2 Background
2.2 Refinery
Crude oil is generally sent to a refinery where it is separated and subsequently up-
graded to marketable products like diesel, jet fuel, or gasoline. In order to understand
where the vacuum residue fraction results from and where processes dealing with
vacuum residue are located within a refinery, a brief overview on a refinery setup is
given here. Refineries consist of a variety of different unit operations dealing with
fractionation, conversion and purification of crude oil in order to receive high value
product streams. Although refineries can differ significantly in their exact structure,
they are all designed along the process chain separation (distillation) followed by
upgrading and conversion (e.g. desulfurization, conversion, or isomerization). Top-
ping and hydroskimming refineries do not include a vacuum distillation step [62].
Since the vacuum residue is subject of the present work, a simplified flow scheme of
a more complex, full conversion crude oil refinery plant is displayed in Fig. 2.7 [63].
Atmospheric distillation
Hydrotreating
Naphtha Reforming Reformate
Alkylation Alkylate
C1 C4
Hydrotreating
Mid. distillate Diesel and jet fuel
Heavy atmospheric gas oil FCC feed
hydrorefining FCC
Gasoline
Fuel oil
Vacuum distillation
Vacuum residue
Heavy fuel oil
Thermal
processing
Light vacuum gas oil
Heavy vacuum gas oil Hydrocracking
Coke
Fuel gas and coker gasoline
Crude oil
Figure 2.7: Simplified flow diagram of a refinery
2.2.1 Distillation
The core of every refinery is the atmospheric distillation column. After desalting
and dewatering, the crude oil is heated and enters the atmospheric distillation just
above the bottom tray. The constituents of the crude oil are separated according
2.2 Refinery 15
to their boiling point and the products are collected from the top, bottom, and side
of the column. Desired side streams like naphtha are removed from trays where the
temperature corresponds to the cut-points for the corresponding product fraction.
Side-draws can be returned to the column to control its temperature and enhance
separation efficiency. Also, reflux can be adjusted to control temperature and im-
prove separation. The evaporation heat is supplied by a reboiler at the bottom of
the column, which is normally kept below 350 Cto prevent cracking of C-C bonds,
which is an undesired process in the distillation due to coke deposition [64]. The
reboiler ratio ensures the bottom product quality and that no light boiling compo-
nents exit through the bottom product. A list of American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) products from the distillation with their corresponding boiling
points is given in Tab. 2.2 [65].
Table 2.2: ASTM boiling range of crude oil distillation products
Fraction Boiling range in C
Light naphtha 30-99
Heavy naphtha 88-204
Kerosene 171-271
Atmospheric Gas Oil (AGO) 288-438
Vacuum Gas Oil (VGO) 399-566
Vacuum residue 538+
The bottom product from the atmospheric distillation is sent to the vacuum distilla-
tion in modern refineries. In the vacuum distillation, a vacuum of up to 15 mbar and
temperatures of 350 Care applied to separate the heavy fractions. By decreasing
the pressure in the vacuum distillation, light and heavy vacuum gas oil can be evap-
orated without exceeding 350 Cwhere cracking reactions would substantially start
to occur. Lighter fractions can be sent to the distillate hydrotreater or fluid catalytic
cracker. The bottom product from the vacuum distillation is called vacuum residue
and is further described in Section 2.1.2 [14].
Most of the distillates have to be further upgraded to give a marketable product.
Therefore, refiners have developed a variety of processes to treat product streams
yielding desired products. The processes can be divided into
Thermal cracking
Catalytic cracking
Hydroprocessing
Catalytic reforming and isomerization
16 Chapter 2 Background
Atmospheric
residue
Vacuum residue
Vacuum system
Vacuum gas oil
Lubricating oil
Figure 2.8: Vacuum distillation column and the resulting product streams
Alkylation and polymerization
Each of the upgrading processes is briefly described in the Subsections 2.2.2 - 2.2.6.
2.2.2 Thermal cracking
Thermal cracking is applied to feedstock and refinery intermediate streams of low
quality (in Fig. 2.7 located in the bottom product stream from the vacuum distilla-
tion unit) and high molecular weight in order to receive a product stream with lower
molecular weight. As the name indicates, thermal energy is used to break carbon
bonds to achieve a molecular weight reduction. The chemical process behind ther-
mal cracking is displayed and described in detail in Section 2.4.1. Different process
forms exist in this unit operation segment, which are thermal crackers, visbreakers
and cokers. The term thermal cracking is mostly used when the process feed is
atmospheric residue, while visbreaking refers to upgrading of the vacuum residue.
The product streams from both processes are comprised of remaining residue (since
both processes do usually not achieve 100 % conversion) and lighter fractions LPG,
naphtha and middle distillates. Coking describes a process form at more severe con-
ditions leading to full conversion. The cost of this full conversion is the formation
of coke. All three process types have a similar configuration composed of a cracking
furnace, a "soaking"vessel (in more complex and modern setups) or coils and a prod-
uct recovery section. In the cracking furnace, the feed is kept at temperatures above
2.2 Refinery 17
500 Cfor a defined period of time. The "Soaker"enables an extended section where
cracking occurs. In the coking process, oil is passed through several coking drums
after the furnace. In the coking drums, coke is formed at long residence times while
at the same time short chained hydrocarbons are released. Products from the cok-
ing process have a higher fraction of unsaturated hydrocarbons compared to other
cracking processes. The composition of the products is highly dependent on the
feed, cracking severity and residence time in the reaction zone. Solid coke remains
in the coking drum while liquid and gas products are sent to the product recovery.
In the product recovery section, which is again similar for all three thermal cracking
processes, the different streams are separated and sent to further processing steps
[65–67].
2.2.3 Catalytic cracking
Catalytic cracking is one of the most commonly used processes to reduce average
molecular weight of the oil and upgrading the feed stream to higher quality products.
It is mostly performed in a Fluid Catalytic Cracking (FCC) facility, processing high
boiling fractions from the atmospheric distillation but also fractions derived from the
vacuum distillation unit as displayed in Fig. 2.7. The FCC process is operated with
a finely powdered catalyst (nowadays highly active and selective zeolites [68, 69]),
which is mixed with the substrate oil. The hot catalyst coming from the regeneration
zone leads to cracking reactions of the feed oil. In the reactor, catalyst particles are
suspended in a rising flow of feedstock in a fluidized bed so that contact between oil
and catalyst is very high, exposing a large portion of the oil to the hot catalyst. In
catalytic cracking, a carbonium ion is formed initiating the break down of large chain
length molecules. The further reaction path taken by the carbonium ion decides on
the product being formed. A detailed description of the cracking process is given
in Section 2.4.2. Cracked products leave through the top of the reactor as vapor.
Downstream of the reactor, a recovery section is operated to remove the distillate
products from the residue. Residue is recycled to the reaction zone. During cracking
reactions, the catalyst gradually deactivates and therefore it is sent to a regeneration
zone. In the regenerator, carbon on the catalysts surface is removed by contact with
air at high temperature. The heat stored in the catalyst then provides the energy
for the cracking reaction in the reaction zone. The product oil spectrum exhibits
mostly naphtha and lighter boiling products but also a smaller fraction of heavy
hydrocarbons [65,70,71].
18 Chapter 2 Background
2.2.4 Hydroprocessing
The term hydroprocessing in the context of a refinery includes a number of dif-
ferent processes, all involving the reaction of crude oil with H2. The processes
can be subdivided into two major groups, which are hydrotreating (downstream
of the atmospheric distillation unit in Fig. 2.7) and hydroconversion (downstream
of the vacuum distillation unit in Fig. 2.7). The first, hydrotreating, refers to
processes that aim at the removal of undesired heteroatoms (sulfur, nitrogen, and
oxygen) and heavy metals (nickel, vanadium, etc.) while increasing the hydrogen
content of the product but not the boiling range. Often the removal of these con-
taminants is necessary to prevent downstream catalysts from poisoning or to meet
product specifications. The processes are called HDS, hydrodenitrification (HDN),
hydrodeoxidization (HDO), and hydrodemetallization (HDM). The second group,
the hydroconversion processes, aims at changing the average molecular weight and
structure of the crude oil. Hydrocracking, hydrogenation, hydrodearomatization
as well as hydroisomerization processes are all processes that belong in this group
[71,72].
Hydrotreating units are very common in refineries for the removal of impurities from
lighter distillate products like naphtha and diesel. The setup is described by example
of a naphtha hydrodesulfurization unit. H2rich gas from the catalytic reformer
is added to the naphtha stream coming from the naphtha splitter. The stream
is heated to about 350 Cbefore entering a reactor containing the desulfurizing
catalyst. The catalyst is mostly a very active Co-Mo or Co-Mo-Ni catalyst supported
on an alumina base. Sulfur is removed from the feed stream under reaction with
H2forming H2S. The chemical reaction is described in detail in Section 2.4.3. The
product stream is cooled and flashed in a product separator. H2S is removed with
the gas phase stream and can be sent to the Claus unit [73,74]. Novel hydrotreating
processes for the upgrading of vacuum residue exist scarcely in refineries. They will
be discussed in Section 3.
Hydrocracking is a relatively new upgrading process within the family of unit op-
erations in a refinery. In the presence of high H2partial pressure (50 bar for mild
processes and up to 260 bar for residue hydrocracking) the feed constituents are
cracked and the forming radicals are saturated with H2. The high H2partial pres-
sure makes the process costly and therefore, FCC units and thermal crackers have
mostly been installed as preferred upgrading step, though the hydrocracking process
delivers high value products and can deal with a wide spectrum of different feeds
[65].
2.2 Refinery 19
The process has a similar setup to the hydrotreating process composed of a heater,
a recycle gas section, a reactor and a recovery section. Feed oil is preheated and
H2(both fresh and recycled) is introduced into the hot feed before entering the
reaction zone. Often, a hydrotreating catalyst is installed upstream of the hydro-
cracking catalyst to prevent catalyst poisoning. The hydrocracking catalysts are
mostly bi-functional catalysts that can be divided into two types, an amorphous
type (non-crystalline) and a zeolite type (crystalline) [75]. The amorphous type are
mostly composite oxides with controlled pore structure and surface acidity, which
produces high yields of middle distillates. The zeolite type are crystalline aluminosil-
icate structures with high catalytic activity due to strong acidity but less selectivity
towards middle distillates. The difference in selectivity is controlled by the pore
size of the zeolite catalysts. Beacause of a very defined pore size, zeolite catalysts
yield smaller hydrocarbons than the amorphous catalysts [76–78]. Downstream of
the reactor, the effluent is cooled down and partially condensed. The removed heat
is used to heat up the feed stream. In a flash drum, unreacted H2is removed from
the product stream and recycled to the feed. The liquid phase is often passed to a
second separation step, which is operated at a lower pressure (6-7 bar). This pressure
reduction leads to the evaporation of light hydrocarbons (mostly C3 and C4 com-
pounds), that can be removed as gas. Liquid products are sent to the fractionation
column [79,80].
2.2.5 Catalytic reforming and isomerization
Aside cracking processes that break down large molecules in order to produce
smaller, more valuable products, also unit operations exist in a refinery that deal
with reformation and isomerization of naphtha fraction. These processes have be-
come increasingly important as they yield high octane naphtha to meet the demand
for rising motor gasoline and aviation fuel consumption. The reformation and iso-
erization step in Fig. 2.7 is indicated only by the reformation step downstream of
the hydrogenation reactor for the naphtha fraction. In reformation, a fraction of the
hydrocarbons in the naphtha feed reacts, forming hydrocarbons with higher octane
value. The octane value is a measurement for how far a fuel can be compressed
before self ignition, with the reference point 100 defined as a fuel with 100% iso-
octane. Reformation reactions involve formation of cyclic products from n-alkanes,
removal of H2from cyclic hydrocarbons forming aromatic rings, and isomerization
of n-alkanes to iso-alkanes. Example reactions are given in Fig. 2.9.
20 Chapter 2 Background
a) Cyclization
b) Aromatization
c) Isomerization
Figure 2.9: Reactions taking place in the isomerization unit
One necessary step within the reformation reactor is the aromatization of cyclic
paraffins (parafines are non-cyclic syturated hydrocarbons). H2is released during
this reaction, necessary for the hydrotreating section of a refinery. After sulfur and
N2removal from the bottom product of the naphtha splitter, the reformation units
feed is preheated by the heat from the product stream of the reformation unit.
Together with unreacted and recycled H2, the feed is passed through several (often
three or four) reactors subsequently with intermediate heating, to maintain the
reformation temperature needed in the reaction sections. The products are cooled
down and condensed partially in the heat exchanger supplying heat to the inlet feed.
Downstream, H2is recovered in a flash unit from which the reformed product stream
is retrieved as liquid product. The liquid fraction is sent to a stabilizer column,
where butane and lighter hydrocarbons are removed and the bottom product is the
debutanized reformate (desired products from the reformation step), which is further
sent to the gasoline pool [81]. Especially in the production of low sulfur fuel, the
blending with isomerates (products from isomerization reactions) plays an important
role due to the low sulfur content in the isomeration products. In order to meet the
rising demand of high octane and low sulfur fuels, n-butane is often isomerized to
iso-butane in a separate isomerization reactor, mostly using bifunctional catalysts
(platinum on chlorided alumina). The isomerization unit in a refinery is very similar
to the catalytic reforming. Reactions are also carried out in presence of H2, though
H2is neither produced nor consumed in the process but it is employed to inhibit
undesirable side reactions [82].
2.2 Refinery 21
2.2.6 Alkylation and polymerization
During catalytic cracking, light gases are produced, which are unsaturated to a
high extent [83]. In order to increase the fraction of valuable products in a refin-
ery, these hydrocarbons are usually sent to polymerization or alkylation processes
for conversion into high octane gasoline species. Polymerization in this context
does not mean the build up of long chained molecules, but only linking mostly two
monomers. Light olefines (olefines are hydrocarbons containing one or more double
bonds) polymerized from propylene and butylene monomers are the products from
this unit operation as displayed in Fig. 2.10. Mostly, iso-olefines are produced, but
also n-olefines belong to the product range [84].
Figure 2.10: Polymerization reaction
Thermal polymerization needs to be operated at 480 650 C, while by applying
a catalyst, temperatures can be reduced. Catalysts consist of phosphoric acid on
pellets of diatomite. Pressures of 30 75 bar are required at temperatures of around
175 230 C[14,85].
Alkylation in petroleum refining is mostly used for conversion of smaller olefins
(<C6) with iso-butane into highly branched iso-paraffins as displayed in Fig. 2.11
[84].
Figure 2.11: Alkylation reaction
Liquid and solid acids are used as catalysts of which hydrofluoric (HF) alkylation
and sulfuric acid alkylation are the most commonly used processes [86]. The pro-
cess using sulfuric acid as catalyst is operated at low temperature of 27Cwhere
refrigeration is necessary in order to remove the heat generated by the alkylation
reaction [14,87]. When using hydrofluoric acid for alkylation, the reaction temper-
ature may be higher (up to 50 C) though the chemistry behind the reaction is very
similar to the reaction in sulfuric acid. Main advantage is avoiding refrigeration but
22 Chapter 2 Background
reactors have to resist the very corrosive HF acid. Recovery of the acid is realized
in a distillation unit downstream of the reactor [14,88].
2.3 Catalysts and additives
Catalysts play an important role in most modern chemical conversion processes.
They lower activation energy and are used to catalyze specific reactions, increasing
selectivity. Several catalytic unit operations within a refinery have been discussed
in the previous Section 2.2.
In the context of slurry residue upgrading, catalysts can be divided into two groups.
The first group is often referred to as additive because of its minor catalytic ca-
pacity, while the second plays a catalytic role in hydrogenation or bond breaking
[89]. The most prominent representatives of the additives are carbonaceous solids,
which provide a large surface area. The surface area is used to adsorb coke pre-
cursors. Catalysts are often chosen as oxides or sulfides from group IV to group
VIII metals including transition metal-based catalysts, derived from organic acid
salts or metal–organic compounds of molybdenum, vanadium, tungsten, chromium
or iron. Commonly, these metals are combined as dual catalysts (CoMo, NiMo,
and NiW) often supported on a carrier material. Typical supports consist of alu-
minum oxides, silicone oxides, titan oxides, mesoporous aluminosilicate, and zeolites
[90]. Molybdenum, tungsten, and iron based HDS catalysts are sulfided in order
to transform them into the active phase [91]. This can be achieved by presulfid-
ing the catalyst with H2S forming MoS2, WS2, andFeS2. Catalysts used in slurry
phase hydroconversion are often dispersed MoS2. MoS2shows good reduction of
coke formation and removal of heteroatoms but needs to be produced from costly
precursors [92, 93]. Since catalysts deactivate significantly in slurry processing of
vacuum residue, expensive catalysts display a large downside, if they cannot be re-
cycled and regenerated [93, 94]. Research on different catalysts is summarized in
Chapter 4.
HOK has been used as additive in coal liquefaction in the Bergius-Pier Technology
and later also in the conversion of residue in the VEBA Combi Cracking (VCC) pro-
cess [95]. Since its catalytic activity is minimal, it has been doted with molybdenum
to combine the ability to suppress coke formation with the hydrogenation activity
[96].
2.3 Catalysts and additives 23
SCW can also be used as additive in slurry processes. Because of its particular role
in this work, supercritical water will be discussed in detail with its unique attributes
in Section 2.3.1.
2.3.1 Supercritical water
Water changes its properties above the critical point at 373.95 Cand 220.64 bar.
The resulting dense supercritical phases have unique properties that form the basis
of innovative technologies and have also led to the search for technical applications
as an ecologically clean solvent for chemical reactions [97]. By adjusting pressure
and temperature, conditions are reached, where water mixes completely with non-
polar substances, while, at the same time polar and ionic substances are dissolved
in high concentrations [98]. In addition, the viscosity remains low, even at liquid-
like densities, so that mass transport and diffusion-controlled chemical reactions can
be accelerated. The phase diagram of H2O is displayed in Fig. 2.12. Relevant
properties of H2O at supercritical conditions are given in this section.
Critical point
Triple point
0.0000
0.0001
0.1000
100.0000
0100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Pressure [bar]
Temperature [K]
Vapor
Solid
Liquid
Supercritical
Figure 2.12: Phase diagram of water showing the critical point
2.3.1.1 Self-dissociation
The self-dissociation constant Kwis a measure of how strongly water tends to dis-
sociate forming H+or H3O+as well as OHions under given conditions.
24 Chapter 2 Background
H2O*
) H++ OH(2.1)
With known activity αof the ions, the self-dissociation constant Kwcan be calculated
according to Eq. 5.10.
Kw=α(H+)α(OH)(2.2)
Calculations for Kwperformed by Holzapfel and Franck [99] and later improved by
Marshall and Franck [100], laid basis for description of Kw, dependent on tempera-
ture and pressure at above critical conditions. According to Iwamura et al. [101],
Kwreaches a maximum of 105(compared to close to 107at ambient conditions)
at the critical point and drops drastically afterwards ( >1022 at 450 C). Between
200 and 450 Cand above critical pressure, acid and base conditions could be ap-
plied without addition of a strong acid or base, simply by adjusting temperature
and pressure [101]. This tunable acid-base equilibrium may enable H2O to play a
catalytic role in desulfurization reactions according to Savage et al. [102].
2.3.1.2 Transport properties
Both heat and mass transport properties play an important role in HDS. While
mass transfer is generally better in gas phase due to the mean free path [103],
heat conductivity in liquids is better than in gases [104]. For example at ambient
conditions water exhibits a thermal conductivity of 0.6W/m K, while gases like H2
and air show far lower values of 0.18 W/m K and 0.026 W/m K respectively [104].
Water at supercritical conditions combines both advantages, because the density is
similar to that of a liquid (322.39kg/m3at the critical point), while maintaining
a high diffusion coefficient for H2[105, 106]. In comparison to oil, SCW has a
more than twice as high thermal conductivity coefficient at 400 Cand 300 bar of
about 0.4 W/mK [106]. In this manner, both heat and reactants can effectively be
transported to and away from the reaction site.
2.3.1.3 Dielectric properties
Water at ambient conditions is not suitable as solvent for crude oil fractions because
of the polar character of water. Reason for this is the dielectric constant which
is a measure for the polarity of a solvent. At ambient conditions, water has a
2.4 Chemistry and thermodynamics 25
dielectric constant of 80.10 [107], while organic solvents exhibit far lower values (e.g.
benzene 2.30, n-hexane 1.89). At SCW conditions, this "constant"drops below five
and enables dissolving organic substances like crude oil [108].
2.3.1.4 Supercritical conditions of mixtures
When a mixture of two or more compounds is investigated according to their critical
behavior, the phase rule states that a critical point does not exist, but a critical
line. If pressure and temperature are above this critical line, the mixture acts as
one supercritical phase. In the system investigated in this work, the mixture is
composed of vacuum residue, H2, oil, and water, while water and H2represent
the largest fraction according to the number of moles (vacuum residue has a very
large molecular weight of >500 g/mol) and therefore represents only a few mole in
the system), which is the relevant figure for determining the critical line [109,110].
Therefore, the critical line is mostly defined by the behavior of these two components.
Seward and Franck [109] investigated the behavior of the critical conditions for the
mixture of H2O-H2. The resulting critical line for the system H2O-H2is displayed
in Fig. 2.13.
The critical point of pure H2is not displayed in the diagram because it is with
251.95 Cand 12.96 bar far outside the displayed range. The critical line between
both critical points of the pure components will show an interruption at high pres-
sures and therefore it belongs to the type III phase diagram described by Konynen-
burg and Scott [111] [110].
2.4 Chemistry and thermodynamics
The chemistry behind conversion and desulfurization of heavy oil is governed by
thermal and catalytic rupture of C-C as well as C-S bonds and subsequent recom-
bination reactions of the formed fragments or the addition of H2to the fragments.
For a deeper understanding of the experimental investigations in this work, a short
overview of the chemistry behind different occurring reactions is given.
2.4.1 Thermal cracking
Thermal cracking reactions break longer chain alkenes into shorter alkanes. The
basic mechanism behind non-catalyzed cracking is a free radical mechanism where
26 Chapter 2 Background
pure
water
0.5 mol-%
1 mol-%
3 mol-%
6 mol-%
9 mol-%
12 mol-%
20 mol-%
30 mol-%
35 mol-%
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
100 150 200 250 300 350
p [bar]
T [°C]
Figure 2.13: Critical curve of the binary mixture H2O-H2: the black line indicates the critical
curve for the mixtures with the labeled molar ratio of hydrogen in water; the dotted curve shows the
vapor pressure line for pure water ending in the critical point of pure water
carbon atoms with unpaired electrons, but no electronic charge, display the reactive
specie. Thermal cracking involves three steps (initiation, propagation and termina-
tion) presented in Eq. 2.3 - 2.5 [112].
Initiation
RH R1
+ R2
(2.3)
Propagation
R1
+ RH R1H+R(2.4)
Termination
R3
+ R4
R3R4(2.5)
2.4 Chemistry and thermodynamics 27
Free radical chain reaction is initiated by thermal rupture of the weakest C-C bond
in the reacting alkane (RH), forming two free radicals R1
and R2
, each with
one unpaired electron. After the initiation step, two different propagation steps
are possible for each radical. Once formed by the initiation step, the free radical
can go through two different propagation reactions. The two options are hydrogen
abstraction and β-elimination of which the former is preferred at higher pressures.
In hydrogen abstraction, the radical R1removes a hydrogen atom from a different
alkane present in the mixture, producing a shorter alkane (R1H) as well as one
new radical, which propagates the free radical chain mechanism. In the case of β-
elimination, the radical undergoes a reaction producing an olefin by breaking the
C-C bond in β-position in relation to the location of the unpaired electrons and a
radical, which can propagate the chain. Both propagation steps have in common
that a free radical is formed propagating the chain reaction. In contrast to the
propagation, the termination step describes a reaction involving the combination of
two radicals ending the chain reaction [113].
2.4.2 Catalytic cracking
Catalytic cracking has several advantages compared to thermal cracking, including
the reduction of the activation energy and the possibility of increasing selectivity.
The largest difference in the mechanism between thermal and catalytic cracking,
leading to a very different product spectrum, is the formation of a carbonium ion
instead of a radical. Additionally, the physical adsorption of the hydrocarbon on a
bi-functional catalysts surface (as described in Section 2.2.3) lowers the activation
energy necessary for the cleavage of the C-C bond. It is generally accepted that the
dual mechanism involves adsorption of a paraffin molecule on a metal site of the
bi-functional catalyst, followed by reversible dehydrogenation to form an olefin. In
the second step, migration to the acid site of the catalyst takes place. The acid site
of a catalysts starts the protonation of the olefin and proceeds by an attack of the
proton on the π-electrons of the olefin. The following reactions can either be further
cracking on an acid site or hydrogenation on a metal site [114,115].
2.4.3 Hydrodesulfurization
Analogue to the cleavage of C-C bonds, the easiest desulfurization mechanism pro-
ceeds via β-elimination. Sulfur bound to adjacent the α-carbon atom leaves the
28 Chapter 2 Background
molecule in hydrogenated form as H2S, leaving behind a double bond, which will at
high H2partial pressure be hydrogenated directly as displayed in Eq. 2.6 and 2.7.
RCH2CH2SH RCH
CH2+ H2S(2.6)
RCH
CH2+ H2 RCH2CH3(2.7)
In catalytic HDS, hydrogenolysis is the predominant mechanism by which sulfur
is removed. Hydrogenolysis is a reaction in which the C-S bond is opened with
catalytically activated H2to form a hydrocarbon molecule and H2S as displayed in
Eq. 2.8.
RCH2CH2SH + H2 RCHCH3+ H2S(2.8)
The steps in catalytic hydrogenolysis proceed analogue to the catalytic cracking
of C-C bonds. Elimination can take place on the surface of the carrier material,
while hydrogenolysis and hydrogenation take place on the metal sulfide surface of
the catalyst.
The mechanism of catalytic HDS has been studied extensively and investigations
show, there are the two possible reaction pathways displayed in Eq. 2.6 - 2.8. Reac-
tions might proceed via an active center for direct desulfurization by hydrogenolysis
or an active center for the hydrogenation of sulfur compounds initiates the removal.
The exact mechanisms on the catalyst surface is difficulty to clarify completely,
partly because the catalyst surface is not stable in presence of the reactants and dif-
ferent active centers can be transferred into each other, depending on the interacting
gas species [1,2,116]
Thiophene, BT and DBT derivatives, which are as outlined in Section 2.1.1, the
predominant species in vacuum residue, are desulfurized via both hydrogenolysis
and hydrogenation. H2may react directly with the sulfur atom to form H2S or H2
can react with the π-bond of the aromatic structure surrounding the sulfur atom.
Hydorgenation of the ring destabilizes the C-S bond so that subsequently H2can
cleave the bond forming H2S. Alkylation of BT and DBT lowers their HDS reactivity,
drastically. The steric hindrance of the alkyl groups are most probably the reason
for the lowered reactivity [117,118]. Steric hindrance is an effect resulting from the
from and conformation of functional groups in a molecule and may reduce reaction
2.4 Chemistry and thermodynamics 29
rates or selectivity of reactions. BT and DBT and their alkylated derivatives are
most present in vacuum residue and therefore the HDS reactions are presented for
both model substances.
(a)
(b)
Figure 2.14: Desulfurization reactions via hydrogenation and hydrolysis route for (a) BT and (b)
DBT based on [1,2]
HDS reaction of BT can proceed via two main reaction paths. Either the hydrogena-
tion of the ring (HYD) followed by the removal of H2S or the direct hydrogenolysis
(DDS). Because of the stabilizing function of the aromatic ring, hydrogenation is
30 Chapter 2 Background
difficult, leading to a preferred direct hydrogenolysis of the C-S bond. The reaction
network is displayed in Fig. 2.14 [1].
Similar to the reaction of BT, DBT is desulfurized. The reaction network is also
given in Fig. 2.14. Hydrogenation of either of the rings followed by the removal of
the destabilized sulfur atom displays the first path, hydrolysis of the C-S bond the
second. Hydrogenolysis and hydrogenation are promoted by different centers on the
catalyst surface as it is explained in Section 2.4.2 [1].
The alkyl chains at different positions have a strong influence on the reaction rate of
both alkylated BT and DBT. Alkyl groups positioned adjacent of the sulfur atom
shield the sulfur atom and the direct hydrogenolysis is hindered. For instance, in
HDS of DBT, the alkyl groups in positions 4 and 6 (displayed in Fig. 2.15 as the
most refractory compound) sterically hinder the catalyst [119, 120]. The order of
stability of the sulfur species is given in Fig. 2.15 based on [15,119,121–123]
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
00.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 11.2
Revaltive reaction rate
Difficulty for HDS and molecule size
Presence in vacuum residue
Figure 2.15: Stability of sulfur species based on [15]
Vacuum residue, as the heaviest crude oil fraction, contains large percentages of the
most stable C-S bonds.
2.4 Chemistry and thermodynamics 31
2.4.4 Bond energy
The chemical bonds of interest for this work are C-C bonds and C-S bonds. When
only taking into account the energy needed to break these bonds without taking
into consideration the surrounding functional groups, the energy needed for the
desulfurization (breaking C-S bonds) is lower than for cracking reactions (breaking
C-C bonds) as listed in Tab. 2.3.
Table 2.3: Bond dissociation energies in diatomic molecules [5]
Bond Bond energy in kJ/mol
CC 347
C
C 614
CS 259
SS 266
Though these bond energies are generalizations for bond energies that can vary, de-
pending on the complete molecular structure and the surrounding functional groups,
it can be seen that in a system of simple sulfur and carbon bonds, the sulfur bonds
are more easy to break due to a lower bond energy. Influence of the various functional
groups can be found in literature [124–126] and be determined via computational
methods [127]. For example, as displayed in Fig. 2.16, the exchange of the linear
hydrocarbon group containing 5 carbon atoms by a phenyl group, increases the bond
energy from 300.8 kJ/mol to 357.3 kJ/mol. A reduction of the number of carbon
atoms from 5 to 3 also increases the bond energy slightly to 306.7 kJ/mol.
Figure 2.16: Influence of functional group on the bond dissociation energy [126]
It is well known that in systems with the complex composition of residual molecules
like asphaltenes and maltenes, these bond dissociation energies fail to include the
various steric effects that are a consequence of complex molecules containing three-
dimensional structures [121].
32 Chapter 2 Background
2.5 Reaction mechanisms for heavy feedstock hydroconversion
and hydrodesulfurization
For a better understanding and mostly as basis for modeling of hydroconversion and
HDS reactions, mechanistic models were developed to describe the reaction paths
taken by heavy feedstocks during hydroconversion and HDS. For hydrocracking
reactions of heavy feedstock, a wide variety of different mechanistic models exist,
comprised of very detailed models [23, 115, 128–131]. Detailed models use up to
seven different lumps, mostly distigished according to boiling points, as displayed in
Fig. 2.18 [132].
Feed
gasoil
Product
distillate
Product gasoil
(intermediate)
Product
gasoil
Product
naphtha
Feed residue
“easy“
Feed residue
hard
Figure 2.17: Complex mechanistic model of heavy feedstock hydrochracking based on [132]
Very simple models use only four lumps (asphaltenes, maltenes, oil, and gas) have
also been reported [23]. With increasing number of different lumps, and thus in-
creasing degree of accuracy, also the number of obtained data points and product
specifications, needed to determine kinetic parameters for the model, increase.
Hydrodesulfurization of light fractions have been described with models intensively.
Mostly, publications focuse on model compounds, especially thiophene and BT based
[133–135]. HDS reactions can then be described by the mechanisms presented in Sec-
tion 2.4.3. For HDS of heavy fractions, only very few works have been reported [134].
According to Ancheyta et al. [134], this is because of the very complex mechanisms
and different behavior of the different sulfur structures present in heavy feedstock.
Mostly, kinetics and mechanistic models are therefore reduced to two lumps, the sul-
fur containing feedstock and the desulfurized product [134]. A mechanism for HDS
combined with hydroconversion of atmospheric and vacuum residue is reported by
Alvarez et al. citeAlvarez2019 and the assumed mechanism is presented in Fig. 2.18.
2.5 Reaction mechanisms for heavy feedstock hydroconversion and hydrodesulfurization 33
Residue
(510°C+)
Naphtha
(40-180°C)
Residue with sulfur
(510°C+)
H2S
VGO
(350-510°C)
Distillates
(180-350°C)
Gas
(C1-C4)
Figure 2.18: Mechanistic model of heavy feedstock hydrochracking and hydrodesulfurization based
on [136]
In the displayed mechanism, HDS reactions are only influenced by the sulfur content
of the feed. Further, it is assumed that prior to hydroconversion reactions, HDS
reactions have removed all sulfur from the heavy feedstock. As presented in. HDS
reactions of cracking products are not considered. A different approach is reported
by Marek et al. [131], where parallel to the feedstock decomposition, organic sulfur
reacts to hydrogen sulfide, as displayed in Fig. 2.19.
Sorg H2S
ks
Figure 2.19: Reaction mechanism for desulfurization reactions based on [131]
According to Scott et al. [137], overall HDS reactions of heavy feedstock can be seen
as the sum of a number of competing first order reactions, since all model sulfur
compounds react with a different reaction rate. Also Marifi et al. [138] described a
similar approach. HDS could be described best by a first order kinetic for removal of
simple sulfur compounds and a first order kinetic for more complex compounds, that
are removed slower. In this work, in Section 6.1.4.1, based on experimental results,
a mechanism for the observed HDS and hydroconversion reactions is developed and
the influence of cracking reactions on HDS is discussed.
Chapter 3
State of technology of hydrodesulfurization
and hydroconversion technologies
More and more stringent regulations for sulfur emissions do not only affect the han-
dling of the residue fraction but also most fractions leaving a refinery. In fact, sulfur
levels for diesel and gasoline fuels have had regulations on sulfur emissions since 1993
[139]. Aside the regulations for product streams, sulfur displays a catalyst impair-
ing and corrosive contaminant. Both reasons forced refiners to develop processes
to reduce sulfur levels since sulfur content in crude oil can vary from 0.05-6.00%
[15]. These developed processes are designed for lighter crude oil fractions and have
difficulties to cope with the heavy vacuum residue fraction. Therefore, in refineries,
vacuum residue is commonly used for heating purposes, blended to comply with
HFO regulations, or converted to lower boiling product, mostly via coking. Aside
coking, also conversion via hydrogen addition technologies is possible. Both con-
version technologies for vacuum residue as well as desulfurization technologies for
lighter fractions play a significant role when developing a process for vacuum residue
desulfurization. While the reactor and the and type of reaction system used in this
work is based on the slurry technology, the purpose of this work is hydrodesulfur-
ization. Therefore, the research presented in this work is located in between slurry
phase residue hydroconversion processes and (fixed bed) HDS processes for light
fractions. For this reason, state of technology for both areas is presented in this
chapter.
3.1 Desulfurization technologies for lighter fractions 35
3.1 Desulfurization technologies for lighter fractions
Sulfur is removed from crude oil and crude oil products within a refinery in different
ways. Aside HDS, which is the process mainly used in refineries, technologies like
oxidative desulfurization, adsorptive desulfurization, and biodesulfurization can be
considered. They play an inferior role in modern refineries and will not be discussed
here.
3.1.1 Hydrodesulfurization
Hydrogenation serves many purposes in a refinery including the conversion of low
ranked streams into more valuable products, improving product quality or trans-
formation of high molecular weight compounds into liquid products. It is also the
main process for sulfur removal. The processes can be further differentiated with
regard to the breaking up of C-C bonds as it is discussed in Section 2.2.4. HDS com-
monly used in refineries for sulfur removal belongs to the process types not aiming
at destruction of C-C bonds [72].
Both distillate streams from the atmospheric distillation and vacuum distillation of
crude oil and streams from conversion reactions like the FCC or hydrocracking units
are desulfurized by HDS in refineries. It is performed either before or after conversion
processes like FCC. However, it is always performed upstream of the reformer unit,
because of the platinum catalysts used in reforming. Platinum is easily poisoned by
sulfur and to prevent fast deactivation, sulfur needs to be removed before this step.
The products of the HDS step are desulfurized hydrocarbons and H2S. Since HDS is
applied at several steps during the refining of crude oil and intermediate streams, the
exact process details including temperature, pressure, and catalyst vary. Generally,
conditions are temperatures of 290-455 Cand pressures of 10-200 bar [15]. A process
flow scheme is displayed in Fig. 3.1.
After preheating the feed together with H2, the mixture is fed to the HDS reactor.
Commonly, HDS reactors are fixed-bed reactors, which must be shut down in order
to remove spent and deactivated catalyst. Catalysts deactivation proceeds gradually
due to the accumulation of coke, metals, and other contaminants and exchange of
the catalyst is needed when the activity falls below a certain level. Aside fixed-bed
reactors, also moving and ebullated bed reactors exist for the hydrodesulfurization.
The reaction generally takes place as a heterogeneous reaction between the oil in
gas phase and the catalyst [140].
36 Chapter 3 State of technology of hydrodesulfurization and hydroconversion technologies
277Hydrodesulfurization
(Chapter10). Alternatively, the hydrogen could be produced as a by-product from one of the many
catalytic reforming processes that are available to refinery operators. These are the processes by
which high-octane naphtha is produced from low-octane naphtha.
The reactions involved in this type of process are extremely complex. The overall effect of a
reforming process is that the change in the boiling point of the feedstock passed through a reform-
ing unit is relatively small. It is not the intent of the process to induce severe thermal degradation
of the components of the charge stock but to rearrange the structure of the components and thus
produce higher-octane naphtha. During the reforming process, dehydrogenation of certain molecu-
lar types occurs with the production of hydrogen gas that is then available for any one or more of
the processes that require extraneous hydrogen. However, depending on the needs of any particular
refinery, it may be necessary to have a hydrogen production plant to produce hydrogen in addition
to that produced by a reforming unit.
Hydrogen requirements for the hydrodesulfurization process depend on the nature of the feed-
stock as well as on the extent of the desulfurization (Speight and Ozum, 2002; Parkash, 2003; Hsu
and Robinson, 2006; Gary et al., 2007; Speight, 2013, 2014). For example, the heavier feedstocks
require substantially more hydrogen to produce a given product than the lower-boiling feedstocks
or to produce a product with a predetermined amount of sulfur (Speight and Ozum, 2002; Parkash,
2003; Hsu and Robinson, 2006; Gary et al., 2007; Speight, 2013, 2014). The theoretical hydro-
gen requirements often differ markedly from the experimental values because of the nitrogen and
oxygen contents of the feedstock. These atoms are removed during the process as their respective
hydrogen analoguesammonia and water. There is also the occurrence of hydrocracking during
the desulfurization. The metals content of the feedstock may also influence the hydrogen consump-
tion by altering the characteristics of the catalyst. It is conceivable that metal deposition onto the
catalyst may serve to increase the hydrocracking activity of the catalyst to the detriment of the
hydrotreating activity, thereby promoting higher consumption of hydrogen in the process (Speight
and Ozum, 2002; Parkash, 2003; Hsu and Robinson, 2006; Gary et al., 2007; Speight, 2013, 2014).
Sulfur removal by a hydrodesulfurization process is usually good to excellent and may even be
on the order of 9095%. The products formed by the removal of sulfur from the various molecu-
lar types that may make up any of a variety of feedstocks usually are considerably more volatile
than the parent sulfur compounds. Certain amounts of these low-boiling compounds may have
to be removed from the product mix to maintain an acceptable volatility. This is especially true
when the feedstock to be desulfurized is a naphtha or middle distillate (light fuel oil). In the case
O gas
Hydrogen recycle
H
ydrogen
makeu
pFuel gas
F
eed
ReactorStripperHigh-pressure
separator
Desulfurized product
Unstabilized
light distillate
FIGURE 10.3 Hydrodesulfurization process for petroleum distillates. (From Speight, J.G. 2000. The
Desulfurization of Heavy Oils and Residua. 2nd Edition. Marcel Dekker Inc., New York. Figure 5.1, p. 171.)
Figure 3.1: Process flow scheme for a HDS unit taken from [15]
Mostly, fixed-bed reactors are operated in cocurrent flow. The mixture of H2and feed
is heated and sent to the reactor. The desulfurization reaction itself is exothermic,
therefore heat must be removed in order to maintain an optimal temperature. By
introducing fresh H2after every packed bed of catalyst, the temperature can be
controlled and the H2partial pressure is kept high as displayed in Fig. 3.2 [15,72].
284 Handbook of Refinery Desulfurization
Removal of the metal contaminants is not usually economical, or efficient, during rapid regenera-
tion. In fact, the deposited metals are believed to form sulfates during the removal of carbon and sulfur
compounds by combustion that produce a permanent poisoning effect. Thus, if fixed-bed reactors are
to be used for heavy feedstock hydrodesulfurization (in place of the more usual distillate hydrodesul-
furization), it may be necessary to first process the heavier feedstocks to remove the metals (especially
vanadium and nickel) and thus decrease the extent of catalyst bed plugging. Precautions should also
be taken to ensure that plugging of the bed does not lead to the formation of channels within the cata-
lyst bed, which will also reduce the efficiency of the process and may even lead to pressure variances
within the reactor because of the distorted flow patterns with eventual damage.
10.3.2 RADIAL-FLOW FIXED-BED REACTOR
The radial-flow fixed-bed hydrodesulfurization reactor (Figure 10.6) is a variance of the downflow
fixed-bed reactor (Salmi et al., 2011). Again, the feedstock enters the top of the reactor, but instead
of flowing downward through the catalyst bed, the feedstock is encouraged to flow through the bed
in a radial direction and then out through the base of the reactor. There are certain advantages of
this type of reactor, not the least of which is a low pressure drop through the catalyst bed; in addi-
tion, a radial bed reactor has a larger catalyst cross-sectional area as well as a shorter bed depth than
the corresponding downflow reactor. It is this latter property that gives rise to the smaller pressure
drop across the catalyst bed.
However, there are more chances of localized heating in the catalyst bed, and (in addition to
the more expensive reactor design per unit volume of catalyst bed) it may be more difficult to
remove contaminants from the bed as part of the catalyst regeneration sequence. For this reason
alone, it is preferable that this type of reactor is limited to hydrodesulfurization of low-boiling feed-
stocks such as naphtha and kerosene, and application to the higher-boiling feedstocks is usually not
recommended.
In summary, fixed-bed processes have advantages in ease of scale-up and operation. The reactors
operate in a downflow mode, with liquid feed trickling downward over the solid catalyst concurrent
Recycle gasFeedstock
Catalyst bed
Cold-recycle quench gas
Reactor euent
FIGURE 10.5 Fixed-bed downflow reactor. (From Speight, J.G. 2000. The Desulfurization of Heavy Oils
and Residua. 2nd Edition. Marcel Dekker Inc., New York. Figure 5.6, p. 180.)
Figure 3.2: Typical fixed-bed reactor for HDS altered from [15]
Alternatively to the cocurrent flow reactor, H2and the oil can flow in opposite direc-
tions resulting in a counter current flow reactor. In counter current flow processes,
the H2concentration is at maximum, where only very difficult to remove sulfur is still
present in the oil. Consequently, the H2concentration is lower, where simple sulfur
containing hydrocarbons are desulfurized [15]. This effect results from the fact, that
at the beginning simple sulfur bonds, like mercaptanes, sulfides, and disulfides, as
3.1 Desulfurization technologies for lighter fractions 37
displayed in Fig. 2.1 are hydrogenated at high reaction rate. Further downstream in
the reactor, only the stable sulfur containing bonds are still present. This is where
fresh H2is introduced and H2partial pressure is highest. This operation mode is
therefore beneficial for removal of highly complex sulfur species. Generally, HDS
is very reliable in removing inorganic sulfur or simple organic sulfur species. More
complicated polycyclic and aromatic compounds, that include BT, DBT and their
derivatives, are difficult to desulfurize in common HDS processes [141,142].
HDS is performed in excess of H2related to the stoichiometricly needed amount of
H2. The relatively high H2partial pressure suppresses coke formation and enhances
the desulfurization. The total consumption of H2is dictated by:
removal of the sulfur, nitrogen, and oxygen, and formation of their hydro-
genated forms
stabilization and saturation of intermediates formed during the removal of
sulfur, nitrogen, and oxygen
saturation of unsaturated groups and aromatics
Unconsumed H2always has to be recycled in order to make the process econom-
ically feasible. Therefore, downstream of the reactor a high pressure separator is
operated that removes gases from the desulfurized liquid oil. For the recycling of
H2, the formed hydrogen compounds (mostly H2S) are removed from the flue gas by
scrubbing, mostly using amines. Scrubbing with amines is based on the principle of
chemisorption. H2S reacts reversible with the amine increasing both selectivity as
well as capacity in comparison to scrubbing liquids which only dissolve H2S. The
liquid oil is further sent to a stripper to obtain the desulfurized product oil [15].
3.1.1.1 Hydrodesulfurization catalysts
Generally, hydroprocessing catalysts are composed of transition metal sulfides
(mostly Group VIB and VIII metal oxides that are sulfurized to give the active
sulfides) dispersed on supporting materials, providing large surface area[90]. Com-
monly used catalysts are Mo, W, Ni or Co compositions in the sulfide form on a
support composed of Al2O3, SiO2or carbon materials [91,140,143,144].
Plugging of the catalyst is a severe problem encountered when operating fixed bed
HDS reactors because it always leads to expensive shutdowns and possibly complete
38 Chapter 3 State of technology of hydrodesulfurization and hydroconversion technologies
renewal of the expensive catalyst bed. Reasons for the plugging of the bed are diverse
but mostly they can be traced down to deposition of rust, coke, or metal salts or
asphaltenes from heavy feedstock. Also, the exothermic reactions can display the
reason for plugging, due to build up of temperature hot-spots leading to coagulation
and coking of asphaltenes. Generally, deposition of heavy constituents of the feed
may lead to plugging and deactivation of the catalyst. This is the reason, why HDS
of vacuum residue displays a very challenging task, which cannot be performed in
conventional HDS reactors [15,121,145]
3.1.1.2 Hydrodesulfurization technologies
A large number of manufacturers and vendors for HDS technologies exist. The basic
principle of the technologies is always as explained in Section 3.1.1. The differences
between the technologies lies within the applied catalysts, operation temperatures,
and pressures. Some process technologies are also combined with dearomatization,
denitrification and demetallization [146,147]. As a result, product qualities differ,
according to the manufacturers. Companies having HDS technologies under license
are ConocoPhillips, Haldor Topsoe, Axens and ExxonMobil among others [146–
149]. Detailed information on state of the art fixed bed HDS processes for distillate
fractions can be found in technical literature as well as on the web pages of the
manufacturers [146–149].
3.2 Residue upgrading
Processes dealing with residue utilization are widely used in refineries. Generally,
upgrading technologies are divided into carbon rejection and hydrogen addition tech-
nologies. Here, focus is put on residue hydroprocessing and its process technologies
located in the field of hydrogen addition. These are, in contrast to processes like cok-
ing or visbreaking, not as widely used, mostly due to large operating and investment
cost [67,155]. The technologies presented here are all demonstrated at commercial
scale while processes still under development or in research are presented in Chapter
4. Several processes are presented in Fig. 3.3 and the corresponding table Tab. 3.1.
While carbon rejection technologies are operated at low pressure and temperatures
mostly above 500 C, hydrogen addition is achieved at elevated pressure and lower
temperature. Moreover, processes can be distinguished according to the reactor de-
3.2 Residue upgrading 39
0
50
100
150
200
250
0100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Pressure [bar]
Temperature [°C]
3
45
12
7
8
9
10
6
11
17
16
15
14
13
12
Hydrogen addition
Carbon rejection
Figure 3.3: Residue upgrading technologies according to their operating pressure and temperature
Table 3.1: Residue upgrading technologies
No.Process Ref.
Carbon rejection
1 Visbreaking [150]
2 Delayed coking [65,67]
3 Fluid coking [14,151]
4 Flexi coking [14,65]
5 RFCC [134,152]
Hydrogen addition
Fixed bed
6 HYCON [153]
7 Hyvahl [13,63]
8 OCR [154]
9 IMP [155]
Ebulated bed
10 H-Oil [152]
11 LC-Fining [152]
Slurry
12 VCC [95,156]
13 HDH plus [134]
14 CANMET / Uniflex [152,155,157]
15 SOC [128]
16 EST [157,158]
17 HCAT [159]
18 T Star [152]
19 MICROCAT [128,134]
sign. The three different reactor designs operated for residue upgrading are presented
in Fig. 3.4.
Fixed bed reactors are the most common type of reactors used in heterogeneous
catalysis. The catalyst bed is mostly filled with catalyst pellets leading to a high
40 Chapter 3 State of technology of hydrodesulfurization and hydroconversion technologies
Gas
Liquid
Gas in
Products out
Liquid in
Dispersed
Catalyst
Solid
Catalyst
Liquid + Gas in
Products out
Gas
Liquid
Catalyst out
Products out
Liquid in
Catalyst
Particle
Gas in
Catalyst in
Figure 3.4: Different reactor types - left: slurry reactor; middle: fixed bed reactor (counter-current
flow); right: ebullated bed
pressure drop during operation. Temperature control can be difficult because of
the often chosen adiabatic operation (no heat removal through the reactor walls).
The catalytic section is therefore often divided into segments, in between which cold
H2is introduced to control the temperature [84]. As a result, the temperature in
axial direction shows a profile as displayed in Fig. 3.2 on the right side. The main
difference between slurry reactors and ebullated bed reactor (EBR) is that in the
former, the catalyst is very finely dispersed and dissolved in the liquid phase, so
that it is seen as one phase, while in the EBR the catalyst particles are so big, that
they are considered as a separate solid phase. The finely dispersed catalyst together
with H2and feed vacuum residue form the slurry [160]. A significant advantage of
slurry reactors compared to the two other designs is a nearly isothermal operation
of the reactor because of the well mixed slurry phase. The resulting absence of
temperature gradients in axial and radial directions, which often strongly exist in
fixed bed reactors, enables far more severe reaction conditions and therefore higher
space yields. Also, the use of a highly active and dispersed catalyst reduces intra-
particle diffusion limitations, thus also increasing overall reaction rates. The finely
dispersed catalyst also avoids high pressure drop, which is especially problematic
with the highly viscous vacuum residue [161,162].
The reactor operated for the investigations in this work is a slurry hydrogenation
reactor and therefore, only slurry technologies for the residue upgrading are consid-
ered for review on the state of technology. In the following, process technologies
3.2 Residue upgrading 41
for hydrogen addition are presented. Vacuum or atmospheric residue feedstock is
treated at high H2partial pressure, mostly in presence of a catalyst in order to
receive a product oil of higher value.
3.2.1 VEBA OEL Combi Cracker (VCC)
The VCC technology of the VEBA is based on the coal liquefaction technology and
goes back to the 1913 applied patent of Friedrich Bergius. Several changes have been
applied to the concept of the coal liquefaction plant resulting in the VCC process
now licensed by the American engineering company KBR [163]. The process scheme
of the VCC technology is presented in Fig. 3.5.
Conventional + New Technology
Residual Oil
Additive
Hydrogen
Slurry Reactors Hot
Separators
VGO
Residue
Diesel
Gas Clean-up
& Separation
Light Ends
Naphtha
Fixed Bed
Reactors
Vacuum
Flash
Conventional Technology
New Technology
Figure 3.5: Process scheme of the VCC technology for high conversion of residual feedstock taken
from [156]
A finely ground additive is mixed with the slurry feedstock and recycle gas as well
as fresh H2. The mixture is fed to the slurry reactors operated in once through
mode. Key aspects of the process are a system pressure of 200 bar and an operation
temperature of 450-470 Cin the slurry reactors. The temperature is controlled by
addition of cold quench gas (recirculated and fresh H2) [95,155]. Full back mixing
in the reactor together with nearly isothermal conditions ensure absence of hot-
spots and a safe operation at high temperature. A single train is designed for a
capacity of 3.6 Mt/a. The process is operated with a carbon based additive. This
additive is said to have a number of advantages compared to a common metal HDS
catalyst. These include good coke precursor adsorption and asphaltene conversion
without the environmental downsides of the need to dispose metal containing spent
catalysts [156]. The vapor phase reaction products, together with the recycle gas,
42 Chapter 3 State of technology of hydrodesulfurization and hydroconversion technologies
are separated from unconverted residual oil and additive in the hot separators. The
residue is sent to a vacuum flash unit to recover additional light products. Both the
light products from the vacuum flash and the top products from the hot separators
are sent to the fixed bed hydrogenation reactor operated at the same pressure as
the slurry reactor but lower temperature. The products are cooled and separated
into gases, naphtha, diesel and VGO. Heavy feed conversion of 95% yielding lower
boiling products is achieved. The residue from the vacuum flash displays less than
5% of the feed and can be used in combustion, gasification or coking [95,156].
According to KBR, one VCC plant has been put in operation in 2017 for the up-
grading of vacuum residue and VGO in Russia and two more are planned for the
next two years in Cambodia and Jordan [156].
3.2.2 ENI EST
The ENI Slurry Technology (EST) technology was developed by Snamprogetti (in
2006 bought by SAIPEM) and EniTecnologie. An oil-soluble molybdenum based
catalyst precursor is mixed with the residual feed to protect the acidic cracking
catalyst against impurities. The acid catalyst is very prone to deactivation by metal
and sulfur contaminates in the feed. The slurry is introduced into the reactor.
Operation temperature of the reactor lies between 400-450 Cwith a pressure of
150 bar. In the reactor, H2is distributed from the bottom and ensures conditions
under which the catalyst precursor is transformed into the active phase. This active
phase for demetallization and desulfurization is a crystalline layered MoS2, called
molybdenite, of a few nm particle size. The acidic, not further specified catalyst
for hydroconversion is protected by the MoS2nano-slabs. The in-situ preparation
of the catalyst enables the MoS2catalyst to be dispersed predominately as single
layers with a stable size and shape also for longer runs [157,164]. A very simplified
process flow scheme is shown in Fig. 3.6.
Downstream of the slurry reactor the formed products are separated in consecutive
flash units and distillation columns. The catalyst is recycled back to the slurry
reactor with the bottom product of a vacuum distillation step. Only 1-3% of the
fresh feed have to be purged to prevent accumulation of coke precursors and heavy
metal sulfides. The small amount of MoS2lost with the purge has to be substituted
in order to keep a constant catalyst concentration. Further treating of the purge is
possible for recovery of lost catalyst. The high value products from the process are
gas, naphtha, atmospheric gas oil and vacuum gas oil [157,158]. Key figures are:
3.2 Residue upgrading 43
Figure 3.6: Simplified process scheme of the EST technology taken from [157]
> 97% conversion of heavy feedstock to light products
> 97% reduction of coke precursors HDCCR
> 85% removal of sulfur HDS
> 90% removal of nitrogen HDN
99% removal of metals HDM
After the start of research in the early 1990, the start up of a pilot plant followed by
a commercial demonstration plant in 2005 led to the first industrial plant in 2013.
The industrial plant has a capacity of 23,000 barrels per day. A fire broke out at
the EST site in December 2016 forcing the process to be shut down [158,165]. In
2018 ENI sold a license to the Chinese company Sinopec for a 46,000 barrels per day
plant. Heavy refining residue will be processed beginning 2020 replacing an existing
pet-coke production [166].
3.2.3 UOP Uniflex
The UOP Uniflex process is based on the CANMET Hydrocracking process devel-
oped by Petro-Canada in Montreal in 1986. A conversion process was developed for
44 Chapter 3 State of technology of hydrodesulfurization and hydroconversion technologies
the processing of heavy pitch, vacuum residue, atmospheric residue and residue from
the visbreaker using an additive doted with iron sulfate. The catalysts function was
promotion of hydrogenation reactions and prevention of coke formation while at the
same time withstanding the high metal content of the feed. The disposable catalyst
is slurried with the feed and H2before being fed to the single-stage up-flow hydro-
genation reactor. Typically, the reactor is operated at a temperature of 440-460 C
and a pressure between 100-150 bar. The products were further upgraded in an in-
tegrated hydroprocessing unit designed for the treating of light and heavy fractions.
The cooperation of UOP and Natural Resources Canada began in 2006 in order to
improve the technology, resulting in the acquisition of the exclusive rights by UOP
in 2007. The Uniflex process was then the result of the UOP’s own Unicracking
and Unifining processes together with the knowledge on the CANMET technology
[152, 155, 157]. UOP significantly improved catalyst performance, engineering de-
sign and feedstock flexibility together with input from the Alberta Energy Research
Institute. The process flow scheme of the Uniflex process is given in Fig. 3.7.
Figure 3.7: Process scheme of the Uniflex technology for high conversion of residual feedstock
taken from [167]
Highly integrated schemes with a reactor for product upgrading or recycle of heavy
fractions are also supplied by UOP. A new nano-sized catalyst developed by UOP
is reported to increase residue conversion to above 98%. UOP nowadys promotes
the usage of a molybdenum-based catalyst supported on a carbonaceous base called
(MicroCat). Also, here the catalyst is slurried with the feed and enhances asphal-
tene conversion while preventing coke formation. Gas (recycle and fresh H2) and
3.3 Summary of the state of technology 45
vacuum residue are preheated separately. Only a small fraction of the gas is used to
slurry the vacuum residue feed before being fed to the first of two slurry reactors.
Nearly isothermal conditions in the reactor together with good back mixing in the
up-flow reactor enable higher temperatures than in the CANMET process (up to
470 Cat 138 bar). A series of separation steps (blue and yellow in Fig 3.7) reroute
hydrogenation residue to the reaction zone, recycle gas to the feed and the products
to the respective fraction [159,168].
Two Uniflex processes were constructed, including the CANMET plant in Canada,
with a total capacity of 1.65 Mt/a. For 2020 another plant is scheduled in Pakistan
with a capacity of 0.6 Mt/a [168].
3.3 Summary of the state of technology
The state of research on both HDS technologies and slurry technologies for heavy
feedstock conversion were presented in Sections 3.1 and 3.2. The problems en-
countered, when subjecting vacuum residue to common HDS units were explained
in Section 3.1.1.1. Existing slurry hydrogenation technologies were presented and
their aim of full conversion of the feedstock under severe conditions was shown in
Section 3.2. Residue HDS may be performed ideally combining both slurry hydro-
genation and knowledge form hydrodesulfurization of low boiling fractions. Research
on these topics is discussed in Section 4.
Chapter 4
State of research on hydroprocessing
catalysts and additives
Chapter 3 dealt with the state of technology for desulfurization processes, as well as
for slurry phase conversion processes for vacuum residue. Aside HDS technologies,
there are several other technologies including bio-desulfurization, oxidative desulfu-
rization, selective adsorption or extraction being research for desulfurization [169].
These will not be addressed here. Similar to the state of technology, research has
mostly focused on the development and testing of new catalysts, additives, and
processes for the hydroconversion of residues and only scarcely on HDS of heavy
fractions as the overview in Tab. 4.1 shows. For slurry processes, finely dispersed
and often unsupported bulk catalysts and additives are of interest. Since often no
clear line between HDS and hydroconversion can be drawn, publications often report
desulfurization as well as conversion effects. The purpose of this chapter is to show,
what topics research is focused on (mostly hydroconversion) and to identify the gap
where this work will contribute knowledge. Extensive reviews on laboratory setups
and research [159,170,171], as well as on catalysts [172], can be found in literature
and, therefore, only several relevant topics will be addressed. The chapter is sub-
divided into research on supported and unsupported catalysts and additives used
in hydroprocessing of residue fractions. Some researches used model compounds,
while others used vacuum residue or other crude oil feedstock. In order to structure
the reported research, Tab. 4.1 summarizes the research, presented in detail in the
following sections.
47
Table 4.1: Overview on relevant research
Reactor Topic Feed Catalysts Key finding relevant Ref.
for this work
Fixed-bed HDS AR Mo/Al2O3and 90% sulfur removal; incapable [173]
NiMo/Al2O3of converting aromatic structures
Fixed-bed HDS MC NiMoO4and Removal of methyl groups drastic- [174,175]
Ni-Co ally increases desulfurization
Fixed-bed HDS VR CoMo 57.4% desulfurization; [176]
15% coke formation
Slurry HDS MC Sulfides from Unsupported catalysts show high [177]
Nb, Mo, Ru, HDS performance; MoS2
Rh and Pd showed best performance
Slurry HC VR Red mud Conversion is thermally controlled [178]
- no effect of red mud; 51.5%
desulfurization only of oil phase
Slurry HC VR Mo, Ni, Ru, Hydroconversion activity: [179,180]
Co, V and Fe Mo>NiRu>Co>V>Fe;
In-situ generated Mo nano-slabs
best activity at low temperature
Slurry HC VR MoS2>80% conversion and [93]
3% coke formation
Slurry HC VR MoS2200 h on stream was reached [164]
maintaining high activity
Slurry HDS MC NiMoW and Co-catalysts promote DDS path; [181]
CoMoW Ni-catalysts promote HYD route
sulfides
Slurry HDS MC SCW Simple MC were desulfurized to [182]
high extent; more complex com
-pounds only to less than 5%
Slurry HDS MC SCW + HDS cat. HDS is only possible with a [183]
catalysts and H2; SCW
alone not suitable for HDS
Slurry HC VR SCW + HDS cat. SCW can replace external H2; [184,185]
SCW suppresses coke formation
Slurry HDS MC SCW + In-situ formed H2is more [186]
NiMo/Al2O3active in HDS than externally
added H2
Slurry HDS B SCW SCW showed same behavior [187]
as N2
Topics: HC: hydroconversion; HDS: hydrodesulfurization
Substrates: AR: atmospheric residue; B: bitumen; MC: model compounds; VR: vacuum residue
48 Chapter 4 State of research on hydroprocessing catalysts and additives
From the overview table it becomes clear that research on slurry phase HDS of
vacuum residue has not been the main focus. Often, model compounds were used
to represent sulfur in vacuum residue, which does not represent the real behavior of
vacuum residue. The research topics listed in Tab. 4.1 are discussed in more detail
in the following sections.
4.1 Supported catalysts
Supported hydrotreating catalysts are very common and are used in most state
of the art hydrodesulfurization processes. Though they display state of the art
technology, research on these catalysts is still very intense. For an overview, some
current developments are presented.
Marafi et al. [173] investigated the effect of operating severity on catalytic hy-
drotreating of atmospheric residue for industrial hydrotreating catalysts (Mo/Al2O3
and NiMo/Al2O3) in a fixed-bed reactor. It was found that catalyst type and op-
erating severity (mainly temperature) had a strong effect on the product quality.
At temperatures of 420 Cthe NiMo/Al2O3catalyst removed above 90% of the
sulfur but increased the degree of aromaticity. The polynuclear aromatic rings in
the asphaltenes could not be converted and became more condensed. The low hy-
drogenation activity of the catalyst was found to be the reason for the effect on
aromaticity and the NiMo/Al2O3was shown to have a higher hydrogenation func-
tion. The insufficient performance on the hydrogenation of the aromatic core makes
these catalysts less attractive for vacuum residue.
Li et al. [174] also focused on Ni-Mo catalysts for desulfurization but on NiMoO4
fixated on TiO2as crystalline phase. The catalysts performance was tested on HDS
of DBT. Results showed complete DBT conversion through direct desulfurization
direct desulfurization (DDS) (path explained in Section 2.4.3). The hydrogenation
path Hydrogenation (HYD) of DBT was not proceeded with the catalyst and only
direct HDS was observed. HDS of methylated DBT was studied by Landau et
al. [175] with Ni-Mo and Co-Mo catalysts. HDS of DBT and dimethyl-DBT was
performed in a fixed-bed reactor at H2pressure of 54 bar and 360 C. The zeolite H-
ZSM-5 was impregnated with the Ni-Co catalyst leading to an increase of HDS rate of
DBT and a decrease of HDS on dimethyl-DBT. Under these conditions, no cracking
of DBT and dimethyl-DBT was observed. Replacing H-ZSM-5 by a H-Y-zeolite
led to significant cracking activity of dimethyl-DBT performed by demethylation of
4.2 Unsupported catalysts 49
both benzenic rings and opening of the C–C bond connecting the benzenic rings.
The HDS rates of dimethyl-DBT was increased by threefold. Removal of the methyl
groups enabled desulfurization via the DDS route.
Ferreira et al. [176] investigated HDM and HDS abilities of commercial catalysts
under industrial conditions on different vacuum residues. At 360 Cand 150 bar a
presulfided CoMo catalyst supported on alumina was operated in a 500 ml fixed-bed
reactor for up to 24 h in continuous mode. A maximum of 57.4% desulfurization
was reached but only for low sulfur vacuum residue. Also, 15% coke formation was
observed on the HDS catalyst. Molecular size of the different vacuum residues was
found to strongly influence the HDS and HDM reactivity.
4.2 Unsupported catalysts
Though supported catalysts constitute the basis for most industrial HDS catalysis,
unsupported catalysts are more attractive for slurry hydrogenation and they have
been subject of research for the recent years [177]. Hermann et al. [177] studied
the applicability of transition metal sulfides from the second group for deep HDS
and compared their performance to traditional, supported CoMo/Al2O3catalyst.
DBT and 4,6-dimethyl-DBT HDS was studied with Nb, Mo, Ru, Rh and Pd. It
was found that HDS activities of the metal sulfides towards the sterically hindered
molecule 4,6-dimethyl-DBT closely followed those for DBT. Overall, hydrogenation
activities of the unsupported metal sulfides was reported to be far higher than the
HDS activity of typical supported catalysts.
4.2.1 Iron based catalysts
Red mud, as a cheap material containing high levels of Fe2O3and Al2O3, has been
used commercially in the VCC process as reported in Section 3.2.1 but due to its
low cost, it is also topic of scientific research nowadays. It is a side product in the
production of alumina and mainly consists of iron, titanium, and aluminum oxides,
with high silicon, calcium, and sodium oxides content.
Red mud has been tested as cheap catalyst at laboratory scale for the hydrocracking
of vacuum residue by Nguyen-Huy et al. [178]. Influence of reaction temperature,
reaction time, and catalyst concentration on vacuum residue conversion were in-
vestigated. Experiments were carried out in a 100 ml stainless steel stirred batch
50 Chapter 4 State of research on hydroprocessing catalysts and additives
autoclave under constant H2flow. 1.23.0g of catalyst were loaded into the reactor
with 30 g vacuum residue (initial boiling point: 454 C; content: 538 C+ 70%,
sulfur 4.4%, nitrogen 0.48%, C5 asphaltenes 18.0%, C7 asphaltenes 10.0%,
CCR 22.9%; and heavy metals: V 145.1 ppm, Ni 44.5 ppm). The reactor
was pressurized to 90 bar H2pressure and heated to 470 - 500 Creaching a total
pressure of 150 bar. Generally, red mud showed little effect on hydrocracking of the
vacuum residue since the conversion reactions of residue are thermally controlled. A
slight decrease in conversion was observed because thermal cracking reactions were
suppressed and coke formation was decreased by catalytic cracking. Conversion (de-
fined as the percentage of desired product divided by the total amount of introduced
vacuum residue) of up to 66.4% were reached. The product distribution within the
conversion products was changed in favor of lower boiling products by catalytic
cracking. Sulfur reduction is only reported for the converted liquid products and
was at 51.5 % and no sulfur reduction is reported for the residue fraction.
4.2.2 Molybdenum based catalysts
Molybdenum based catalysts are very common in HDS. For the processing of residue
fractions, research has focused on the development of nano-slabs and finely dispersed
Mo catalysts. Also, the development of the ENI EST process largely gained from
the developments in this field. Several publications have dealt with the investigation
of Mo-based catalysts and their influence on hydroprocessing of residue fractions
[93,164,179,180,188–194]. Some key works and their findings are presented here.
Very intensive work on the identification of Mo-catalyst activity (precursor solubility,
rate of activation, degree of dispersion, presence of promoters, etc.) and the effect
of operation conditions was carried out by Panariti et al. [179, 180]. In a first
study, a number of different catalysts was tested and their activity in conversion of
vacuum residue was evaluated. Conversion in these publications was calculated by
subtracting the amount of residues (coke, asphaltenes and deasphalted fraction with
>500 Cboiling point) from the amount of feed vacuum residue. The observed order
of hydroconversion activity was Mo>NiRu>Co>V>Fe. The study demonstrated
that microcrystalline molybdenite generated in-situ by oil-soluble precursors gave
the best performance in terms of residue conversion and sulfur removal. Bimetallic
precursors showed a slight synergistic effect towards the HDS reaction. Powdered
catalyst precursors of micro size had a much lower catalytic activity compared to
corresponding catalysts that were made oil-soluble by an organic ligands. As a
4.2 Unsupported catalysts 51
reason for this, the authors assume that the powdered catalysts stack in layers,
in contrast to the catalysts with oil-soluble ligands, reducing the surface area and
thus the performance. Moreover, it was found that in the investigated temperature
range (380 - 460 C), conversion reactions were thermally controlled and therefore,
the catalyst concentration had no influence. Coke formation could be suppressed by
very low Mo concentrations (200 ppm) but high concentrations (>1,000 ppm) led to
the contrary. H2pressure had a stronger effect on the inhibition of coke formation
and also on the removal of sulfur, Conradson Carbon and heavy metals. The results
suggest that the catalytic effect of the reacting system can be emphasized by working
at low temperature (<420 C) and at relatively high Mo concentrations. Under these
operating conditions, hydrogenation reactions were favored and coke formation was
avoided.
Rezaei et al. [93] focused on the recirculation potential of dispersed MoS2slurry-
phase catalyst for the hydroconversion of vacuum residue. Experiments were carried
out in a semi-batch stirred tank reactor at 450 Cwith different catalyst concentra-
tions (100, 300, 600, and 1,800 ppm Mo derived from Mo-micelle and Mo-octoate
precursors). Conversion was defined as the fraction toluene soluble of product oil
divided by the amount of feed vacuum residue. The recycle was investigated by
reusing spent catalysts in subsequent batch runs (three in total). The catalyst
was reported to maintain similar reactivity of acceptable level (coke formation (<3
wt%) and residue conversion (>80 wt%). Increased catalyst concentrations led to
improved performance of the recycle material. Both Mo-precursors showed similarly
low reduction in reactivity after three recycles when using 600 ppm of catalyst.
Bellussi et al. [164] demonstrated the improvement of catalytic performances by
combination of hydrogenation, hydrodesulfurization, and hydrodemetallation prop-
erties of dispersed MoS2with a conventional cracking catalyst. The dual catalyst
system utilized the MoS2nano-slabs to protect the acidic cracking catalyst against
rapid deactivation. Experiments were carried out in a 7.5 l ebullated bed reactor at
130 bar and 430 Cwith feed flow rates of 800 1 000 g/h. The Mo-catalyst concen-
tration was 2,00 ppm. It was reported that the large number of MoS2particles per
unit volume are responsible for rapid conversion of the organo-metallic compounds
present in the feedstock, thus protecting the cracking catalyst. The MoS2particles
are said to attach to the coke spots on the cracking catalysts surface, promoting the
formation of active hydrogen thus slowing down the rate of coke deposition. More
than 200 h on stream producing high quality oil were made possible compared to
52 Chapter 4 State of research on hydroprocessing catalysts and additives
6 h with only the cracking catalyst. These works have laid the foundation for ENI’s
EST process.
Huirache-Acuña et al. [181] tested sulfided trimetallic NiMoW and CoMoW cata-
lysts on DBT desulfurization. The catalysts were prepared by ex situ activation of
different tetra-alkylammonium thiotrimetallates precursors and placed in a stirred-
tank batch reactor. A Ni(Co)MoW-H catalysts showed enhanced HDS activity com-
pared to bi-metallic and trimetallic CoMo, NiMo(W) and NiMoW-H catalysts. Co-
promoted catalysts showed a stronger tendency to promote the DDS pathway while
Ni-promoted catalysts showed a stronger hydrogenation effect.
4.2.3 Supercritical water residue upgrading
SCW as a cheap additive (may also play a catalytic role according to several publi-
cations) has been examined for the use in upgrading of oil fractions extensively [195].
Though it cannot generally be seen as a catalyst, it is here listed under the section
dealing with unsupported catalysts. A detailed overview on research on heavy oil
upgrading with SCW can be found in literature [196] and only an overview over a
few relevant publications is given here.
Patwardhan et al. [182] desulfurized several sulfur containing model compounds in
supercritical water. A semi-batch autoclave was used in which the feed mixture
was stirred at 235 bar and 400 Cfor 31 min residence time in a 1:1 volumetric
mixture with water. Dibenzylsulfide was desulfurized most easily to 60 %, while
biphenylsulfide, thiophene and DBT were only desulfurized by less than 5 %.
Vogelaar et al. [183] studied the desulfurization ability of SCW with and without
addition of a catalyst. Sulfur containing model compounds (BT, DBT, dephenyl-
disulfide and octadecanethiol) were dissolved in gasoil adding up to a mixture con-
taining 0.8 % sulfur. After 30 min at 250 bar total pressure and 400 Cno significant
amount of model compounds was converted and the feed mixture was not desulfur-
ized but with the addition of 2 g commercial HDS catalyst (sulfided CoMo/y-Al2O3)
all model compounds except DBT were completely converted. Also, H2needed to
be added.
The effect of a H2rich gas together with different catalysts and SCW on upgrading
of heavy oil was studied by Cheng et al.[184,185]. These studies did not focus on
the desulfurization of heavy oil but elucidated the effect of externally added H2on
cracking reactions in SCW. A H3(P(Mo3O10)4) catalyst was used in a 500 ml steel
4.3 Conclusion from recent research 53
batch reactor at 420 C. The presence of a H2rich gas, either CO + H2or H2, could
lower the coke formation and increase the retrieved amount of liquid products. An
effect on the sulfur content was not reported.
Adschiri et al. [186] compared the effect of externally added H2to in-situ formed H2
on the desulfurization of DBT in SCW with a NiMo/Al2O3catalyst. The findings
indicate that in-situ formed H2from water gas shift reaction performed better than
a system with externally added H2. It is assumed that H2formed from SCW is more
active in hydrogenation reactions thus leading to a higher degree of desulfurization.
SCW desulfurization is therefore seen as good path to lower processing cost, because
H2could be replaced by SCW and CO or, as Adschiri et al. [186] reported, by SCW
and CO2.
Morimoto et al. [187] compared the desulfurization capability of SCW with N2and
toluene at 430-450 Cand 230-300 bar using no catalyst. Experiments were carried
out in a 50 ml batch autoclave for 60-120 min. It was found that SCW had the
same effect on the desulfurization reactions, coke formation, and liquid yield as N2.
Supercritical toluene was found to perform better in desulfurization, while yielding
more liquid products and less coke.
4.3 Conclusion from recent research
Generally, research on hydroconversion and HDS catalysts for residue desulfurization
shows that dispersed, unsupported catalysts have a strong hydrogenation ability
[177]. Though most publications focus on slurry catalysts for hydroconversion, also
catalysts with strong HDS activity have been reported, though these were often
only tested on model compounds and not on vacuum residue. Unsupported and
supported molybdenum based catalysts have been tested extensively and found to
perform well in HDS of heavier fractions but only under severe conditions also leading
to high conversion. Research on SCW upgrading does not give a clear picture on how
HDS of residue fractions is influenced. The overview on recent activities in the field
of hydroprocessing of residue fractions, distillate fractions, and model compounds
shows the potential for research in HDS of heavy residues. Concluding from the
overview on research, combining unsupported slurry phase hydrogenation catalysts
with high H2partial pressure and lower temperature than in conversion processes,
thus lowering the rate of thermally controlled cracking reactions, may enable HDS
of vacuum residue. From Tab. 4.1, it becomes clear that HDS has mostly been
54 Chapter 4 State of research on hydroprocessing catalysts and additives
performed on model compounds, while on vacuum residue hydroconversion has been
the main interest. HDS of vacuum residue displays the research gap, which this work
will fill with knowledge.
Chapter 5
Material and methods
5.1 Hydrogenation set-up
A process flow diagram (PFD) of the set-up is given in Fig. 5.1. The setup is designed
so that fresh H2can be added continuously while volatile products are removed from
the reaction zone together with unreacted H2. The vacuum residue together with the
catalyst or additive is introduced into the 2 l reactor before start of the experiment.
The catalyst and unreacted vacuum residue remains in the reactor at the end of
the experiment. An installed high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) pump
enables the continuous addition of liquids. Because of the continuous addition of
reactants and removal of unreacted H2together with formed products, the system
is neither operated in semi-batch mode nor completely continuous. Therefore the
term semi-continuous reactor is introduced, describing the operated system more
precisely.
56 Chapter 5 Material and methods
Figure 5.1: P&ID of the setup: 1: compressor, 2: HPLC pump, 3: 2 l buffer vessel, 4: thermal flowmeter, 5: gas preheater, 6: stirred 2 l reactor, 7: double
pipe heat exchanger, 8: 1 l high pressure cold separator, 9: Coriolis mass flow meter, 10: pressure control valve, 11: micro-GC, 12: flame arrester, 13: gas flare
5.1 Hydrogenation set-up 57
Operating pressure in the reactor is reached with a membrane compressor (Sera
MV2148). A 2 l buffer vessel downstream of the compressor dampens the recipro-
cating motion of the compressor so that a flow meter (Bronkhorst InFlow) is able
to measure the H2flow without disturbance at the reactor inlet. Downstream of
the flow meter, the liquid from the HPLC pump is added. The gas preheater is
an aluminum block heated by five heating cartridges with a total power of 3.2 kW.
A steel pipe (3.2m of 8×1.5mm, 1.4571) is wound through the aluminum block
which passes the gases (and liquid if added vie HPLC pump) through the heating
zone. The preheated mixture enters the autoclave through the lid and flows through
a dipping tube to the lowest point of the reactor. A more precise overview on the
internals of the reactor is given in Fig. 5.2.
The 2l autoclave (Estanit custom-build) is made from heat-resistant steel (1.7709)
with a stainless steel liner (1.4571). It is equipped with a magnetically coupled
rotary stirrer. The autoclave is designed for operation conditions up to 400bar and
500C. The 6kW electric heating of the reactor allows heating rates of 8 C/min. The
temperature of the autoclave is controlled by a thermocouple inside the autoclave
wall, while the temperature inside the autoclave is monitored by four thermocouples
in a 30cm deep thermowell. The thermocouples are distributed in equal distances
down the thermowell. During reaction conditions, excess H2carries volatile products
out of the autoclave through a pipe (6×1.5mm, 1.4571) attached to the top cover
of the reactor.
Vapors are condensed in a 40cm long water-cooled double pipe heat exchanger.
Water flows through the outer pipe at 5C, ensuring a temperature of below 25 C
downstream of the condenser. The condensed liquids flow downwards into a 1l
CHPS. Non-condensable volatile compounds together with H2leave through an-
other double pipe heat exchanger which is kept at 10 Cto ensure condensation of
hydrocarbon products. It is assumed that the low temperature ensures collection of
all liquids in the CHPS, thus protecting the Coriolis mass flow meter (Bronkhorst
Mini CoriFlow) from contaminants. A constant pressure inside the reactor is guar-
anteed by adjusting a pressure control valve (Flowserve 3851P1) with a controller
downstream of the mass flow meter. All components have a design pressure of
400 bar. Downstream of the pressure control valve, an in-line detonation flame ar-
rester and a gas flare ensure safe product gas disposal. A sample gas stream is lead
to a micro-GC before disposal.
58 Chapter 5 Material and methods
Schnitt C-C
C
C
+
Thermoelement (neu)
Thermoelement (vorh.)
Schnitt C-C
C
C
+
Thermoelement (neu)
Thermoelement (vorh.)
Projection C - C
Thermocouples (for
temperature regulation)
Thermocouples
(onlyfor measurement)
Figure 5.2: 2 l slurry reactor with internals
5.1.1 Liquid addition
For the addition of liquid catalysts and additives like water and Dimethyldisulfide
(DMDS), a HPLC pump (Knauer Azura compact HPLC pump with 10 ml Hastelloy
pump head) is installed upstream of the gas preheater. The added liquid is passed
through the preheater together with H2to the reactor inlet. The pump is able to
reach flow rates of up to 10 ml/min. A shut-off valve downstream of the pump can
be closed when the pump is not in operation.
5.2 Safety precautions
The work with H2requires extensive security installations and a cautious handling
to ensure safe operation of the experimental setup. Safety precautions focus on
preventing situations where the three combustion factors are present:
ignition source (spark or heat)
5.2 Safety precautions 59
oxidant (O2)
fuel (H2)
The experimental setup is completely enclosed by a ventilated container, that can
be accessed via two large doors. Pictures of the complete setup are displayed in
the Appendix in Section A.7 The atmosphere inside the container is continuously
removed by the ventilation, ensuring that no explosive mixture can accumulate. The
H2concentration inside the container is permanently monitored. All electronic de-
vices inside the container (apart from the compressor, which is physically separated
from the rest by a wall) are installed in explosion protection design.
Figure 5.3: Explosion limits for H2-O2mixtures at different pressure according to Schröder et al.
[197] with UEL and lower explosion limit LEL
An explosive mixture can be prevented by either exceeding UEL with the H2con-
centration or by decreasing the H2concentration below the LEL as displayed in
Fig. 5.3. Since for the purpose of this work a low H2concentration was not possible,
a the mixture of inside the reactor must contain less than 2.5% O2. To ensure that
no explosive mixture can form inside the reactor, air is removed from the reactor
before H2is added according to the procedure described in Section 5.4.1. During
an experiment, the pressure inside the reactor was closely monitored and in case of
a pressure drop (which indicated a H2release into the container), the experiment
was stopped, all electronic devices inside the container were switched off, and the
leakage point was searched and repaired.
60 Chapter 5 Material and methods
5.3 Materials
5.3.1 Vacuum residue
The vacuum residue used for this work originated from a German refinery in the
year 2017. More precise information on the origin of the substrate cannot be given.
Measured characteristics of the vacuum residue are summarized in Tab. 5.1.
Table 5.1: Composition of vacuum residue
Total Maltenes Asphaltenes
Composition[%] 100.0 84.9 ±1.1 15.1 ±0.9
N[%] 0.4 ±0.0 0.3 ±0.0 1.0 ±0.0
C[%] 83.7 ±0.1 83.5 ±0.1 81.8 ±0.1
S[%] 5.9 ±0.0 5.5 ±0.0 8.8 ±0.0
H[%] 9.9 ±0.0 10.9 ±0.2 7.7 ±0.1
Ob[%] 0.1 ±0.0 <0.01±0.0 0.7 ±0.0
Ash[%] 0.0 ±0.0 0.0 ±0.0 0.0 ±0.0
H/C ratio 1.41 1.57 1.13
bOxygen content is calculated by difference:
100 % - (C[%] + N[%] + H[%] +S[%] + ash[%]).
5.3.2 Model components
As model compounds, BT (99%, VWR), DBT (99%, VWR), dibenzylsulfide (99%,
VWR) and dibutylsulfide (98%, VWR) were used. The model compounds were
dissolved in diesel oil (Ultimate Diesel Aral, sulfur content < 1 ppm) to produce a
mixture containing 1 % sulfur to which all components contribute 0.25 %.
(a) Dibutylsulfide (b) Dibenzylsulfide
(c) Benzothiophene (d) Dibenzothiophene
Figure 5.4: Model compounds used to represent sulfur occurring in vacuum residue
5.3 Materials 61
5.3.3 Catalysts and additives
Several catalysts and additives were used in this work. In Tab. 5.2 additives and
catalysts are listed together with their respective purity.
Table 5.2: Catalysts and additives
Catalyst / Additive Purity Catalyst / Additive Purity
Na2CO399% NiMoO498%
WS298.8% Raney Nickel in water
HOK n.a. Bauxit n.a.
SnC2O498% MoO3>85%
The HOK was doted with molybdenum in order to increase its catalytic activity.
In an excess of hot aqueous ammonia, 15 g of the solid MoO3were dissolved and
the solution was poured over 500 g HOK. The mixture was heated and the excess
ammonia escaped, leaving ammonium heptamolybdate (NH4)2MoO4distributed on
the surface of the HOK. By addition of sulfuric acid (NH4)2MoO4was transformed
back into MoO3. The resulting catalytic surface of the HOK doted with MoO3was
examined with energy-dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDX) and back-scattered elec-
trons (BSE) images from scanning electron microscope (SEM) analysis performed
at the ZELMI institute of Technische Universität Berlin to see the distribution of
the MoO3. The obtained signal and image are shown in Fig. 5.5.
Figure 5.5: EDX signal and corresponding SEM image for determination of the MoO3distribution
In the BSE image, the bright spots are heavy elements, molybdenum, and ash con-
tent of the HOK. Gold (Au) is part of the preparation method to increase the sam-
ples electrical conductivity. The sample is coated with an ultra thin layer (2 nm) of
gold deposited on the sample by vacuum coating. The relationship of the peak sizes
does not directly represent the mass distribution and therefore the EDX spectrum
62 Chapter 5 Material and methods
only gives an impression of the different elements on the HOK surface, while the
BSE image can be used to see the good distribution of the elements on the carbon
surface.
5.4 Experimental procedure
5.4.1 Operation of the hydrogenation setup
The experimental procedure including feedstock preparation and product handling
was optimized for the processing of the vacuum residue throughout several prelimi-
nary experiments. The determined procedure minimizes errors that could occur by
different handling of the product fractions and preparation of the feed materials.
For some experiments, this procedure had to be altered due to specific feed or prod-
uct handling, for example, when experiments were performed with SCW. This is
indicated concerning Sections 6.3.1 An overview scheme of the general process steps
for each experiment is given in 5.6.
5.4 Experimental procedure 63
Hydrogenation
reactor
H2
Catalyst and
vacuum residue
Volatile products Water removal
Hydrogenation
residue
Vacuum
distillation
Distillation residue
Heavy oils
Light oils
Grinding
Elemental
analysis
Homogenous
residue
Solvent
separation Maltenes
Asphaltenes
Solids
GC/MS and
Elemental
analysis
Elemental
analysis
Oil fraction
Drying
Water free oils
Elemental
analysis
Elemental
analysis
Elemental
analysis
Productgas Micro-GC
Figure 5.6: Process steps for each experiment
64 Chapter 5 Material and methods
Before the vacuum residue could be introduced into the reactor, it had to be heated
to 170 Cso that it had a viscosity that allowed it to be poured. Meanwhile, the
reactor was heated up to a temperature of above 100 C(except for experiments with
water, where a temperature of around 90 Cwas chosen due to the boiling point of
water) to maintain the low viscosity until the reactor was closed. For experiments
with a catalyst or additive, the corresponding substance was added while the reactor
was open. When all compounds were added, the reactor was closed and the eight
nuts sealing the lid were tightened with a torque of 100 Nm. To reduce the risk of
an ignitable mixture inside the reactor, N2was added to at least 21 bar and the
diluted air was released through a valve in the reactor lid. According the calculation
in Eq. 5.1, the O2content was reduced to below 1 % by this procedure.
O2[%] = 21% ·5l·1bar
5l·21 bar = 1.00% (5.1)
The gas preheater was switched on and H2was first added, when a temperature of
480 Cinside the preheater was reached, ensuring a constant H2inlet temperature.
The exact inlet temperature depends on the chosen H2gas flow and varies according
to table 5.3.
Table 5.3: Inlet temperature for chosen hydrogen throughput
Flow Temperature
300 l/h 300 ±5C
600 l/h 305 ±5C
1200 l/h 320 ±5C
1800 l/h 332 ±5C
After the setpoint temperature, pressure, and residence time were set in the control
panel, the compressor was switched on and H2entered the reactor. Temperature
and pressure evolution inside the reactor for a typical 3 h experiment are displayed
in Fig. 5.7.
Additionally, H2flow, pressure regulation valve settings, mass flow out of the system,
and additional temperatures and pressures are monitored throughout every experi-
ment. The operator can directly take actions when irregularities are detected. Also,
all parameters are logged so that if unexpected deviations in the products occur, the
log files can give additional insights on the process and on what might have caused
the deviations. Each experiment was carried out at the parameters which are given
in the corresponding section. The parameters which can be altered are:
Total pressure
5.4 Experimental procedure 65
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
12:00 13:30 15:00 16:30 18:00 19:30 21:00 22:30
Pressure [bar]
Temperature [°C]
Time [hh:mm]
Reactor T1 Reactor T2 Reactor T3 Reactor T4 Reactor pressure
Figure 5.7: Typical temperature and pressure evolution throughout an experiment without SCW
H2throughput
Residence time
Reactor temperature
Agitator rotation speed
All parameters were altered in an order, following an experimental plan (apart from
the agitator rotation speed, which was kept constant at 750 rpm for all experiments)
to understand their influence on product properties. Additionally, a catalyst and
additive could be introduced, to influence the product properties in a targeted way.
After the residence time elapsed, all heaters were switched off and the reactor was
cooled via an electric ventilation to a temperature below 330 Cbefore depressuriza-
tion of the system was initiated. Depressurization was performed out by setting the
pressure control valve to a fixed opening degree of 30 % while subsequently switch-
ing off the H2supply. At a pressure below 200 bar the valve was opened completely.
The depressurization procedure ensured that gas velocities out of the reactor were
kept minimal. High gas velocities could result in removal of residue material with
the gas stream, potentially clogging the product gas cooler. When ambient pressure
was reached, a valve at the bottom of the CHPS was opened and the liquid product
fraction was retrieved in a bottle. The reactor was kept at a temperature between
100 Cand 150 Cwhile opening the lid, to keep the residue product at low viscos-
ity during removal. The stirrer was switched off and the residue was sucked into a
66 Chapter 5 Material and methods
round flask. All experiments, for which an accuracy is given, were carried out twice,
to ensure repeatability. Both product fractions were weight before further analysis.
For mass balance reasons, the remaining residue, as well as potentially formed coke,
were also removed and weight.
5.4.2 Product analysis
The different product fractions were handled each in the procedures, which are
explained in detail in Sections 5.4.2.1-5.4.2.4.
5.4.2.1 Distillation
As displayed in Fig. 5.6 the residue fraction was distilled to separate residue from
oil. Distillation was performed in a laboratory distillation setup as displayed in Fig.
5.8 at 330 Cand 30 mbar .
Residue
Oil
Vacuum
Condenser
Water in
Water out
Thermometer
Figure 5.8: Laboratory vacuum distillation based on [198]
With the help of Fig. 5.9 one can read the atmospheric boiling point for a given set
of vacuum pressure and temperature 5.9. For 330 Cand 30 mbar, the initial boiling
point at atmospheric conditions is 510 C. By subjecting the residue to the same
distillation conditions after each experiment, it was ensured that the remaining
5.4 Experimental procedure 67
Boiling point at
vauum condition
[°C] F]
Applied vacuum
[mbar]
Boiling point at
ambient pressure
[°C] F]
Figure 5.9: Nomograph for the conversion of the boiling point from ambient pressure (middel) to
vacuum conditions (left). For a given boiling point at ambient pressure (middel) and an applied
vacuum (right), the boiling point at the chosen vacuum conditions can be determined (left) [199]
residue always had the same cut point. This would otherwise not be guaranteed
under the different process conditions in the reactor.
For the clarity of the terms, the remaining residue fraction after distillation is always
referred to in the following as "residue", while the residue removed from the reactor
before distillation is defined as "hydrogenation residue". The heavy oils, which were
evaporated and removed during distillation, were collected and mixed with the oil
fraction obtained from the CHPS. Handling of the product oil fraction is further
described in Subsection 5.4.2.3. The residue was weight before further analysis.
5.4.2.2 Residue fractionation/ solvent fractionation
The distillation residue was ground to powder and a sample was further processed.
The method chosen for the fractionation of the distillation residue into solids (toluene
insoluble), asphaltenes (toluene soluble, hexane insoluble) and maltenes (toluene and
hexane soluble), is analogue to the method described by Kang et al. [200]. A sample
of 2 g was taken from the powdered residue and was subsequently dissolved in 100 ml
of the different solvents. Precipitates were filtered off and each fraction was weight
68 Chapter 5 Material and methods
and further analyzed in the elemental analyzer (Vario EL III, Elementar) to receive
their elemental compositions.
5.4.2.3 Product oil fraction
The light oils obtained gathered in the CHPS were blended with the heavy oils
from the distillation step. Together they give the product oil fraction and are in
the following always referred to as "product oil"or "oil fraction". The oil fraction
was weight before further analysis were performed. For the experiments with SCW,
drying (with magnesium sulfate) was necessary to remove all water before the oil
could be analyzed in the elemental analysis. Water needed to be removed completely,
so that the results were not falsified. Also, a sample was taken and diluted 1:100 in
isopropanol for GC/MS analysis. GC/MS analysis of the product oil was performed
using a Hewlett Packard G1800C equipped with a VF-5 ms capillary column (30m,
0.25mm, 0.25µm) and a HP 5890 GC mass selective detector. Helium was used as
carrier gas, the injector temperature was set to 280 C, the column pressure was set
at 100kPa and the initial column temperature was kept at 90 C for 5 min. Column
heating rate was 9 C/min with a final temperature of 320 C at which it was kept
for 2min. The samples were injected in split mode. The components were identified
using the NBS 75 K library.
5.4.2.4 Gas phase analysis
The product gases from the CHPS passed through a Coriolis flow device (element 9
in Fig. 5.1), which measured the density as well as the mass flow. In the course of
the experiments performed in this work, a micro-GC (Inficon 3000 with a molecular
sieve column with helium as carrier gas and a Porapack column with argon as carrier
gas) became available for a more detailed analysis of the product gas composition.
Unfortunately, this device was not available for all performed experiments. For the
experiments during which the product gas was analyzed with the micro-GC, the
volume flow of the components H2S, CH4and C2H6could be determined. Since
the micro-GC was operated downstream of the hydrogenation reactor and CHPS,
the time of the gas detection and gas emission in the reactor deviated. In order
to identify this time delay between gas emission and detection, the residence time
for the reactor at 370 Cwas determined experimentally as well as theoretically.
The calculation of the residence time distribution was performed by assuming two
ideal continuous stirred-tank reactors (CSTR) interconnected by a pipe with no
5.4 Experimental procedure 69
backmixing. The residence time distribution function for a component iin a CSTR
with the volume Vand a volume flow into the reactor of ˙
Vcan be written as
ci,out =ci,0+1
τ·Zt
t0
ci,indt 1
τ·Zt
t0
ci,outdt (5.2)
where τis the ratio between Vand ˙
V. The start concentration ci,0is 0if the tracer
compound is not present in the system at t0. The solution to this inhomogeneous
differential equation for the boundary conditions t=t0:ci=ci,0and t=t:c0= 0
is given in Eq. 5.3.
ci,out =ci,in ·(1 exp(t/τ)) (5.3)
In the case of the hydrogenation setup, there are two consecutive CSTR with devi-
ating volume. ci,out from the reactor is ci,in for the CHPS while ci,out from the CHPS
is the concentration detected at the micro-GC. Eq. 5.4 is obtained for the measured
concentration ci,out,CHPS at the micro-GC.
ci,out,CHP S =ci,0+1
τCHP S
·Zt
t0
ci,in ·(1exp(t/τreactor))dt 1
τCHP S
·Zt
t0
ci,out,CHP Sdt
(5.4)
The corresponding Matlab code for the calculation is given in the Appendix A
including factors to adjust to the real reactor conditions. For the experimental de-
termination, the reactor was filled with 1 l of water to reduce the volume inside the
reactor. As trace component to receive the residence time distribution, DMDS was
inserted via the HPLC pump. DMDS decomposed in the preheater, theoretically
forming only H2S and CH4in equimolar amounts. The measured gas composition is
displayed in Fig. 5.10. H2S is soluble in water (especially at high pressure) and there-
fore the H2S curve was not representative for the residence time distribution. CH4
is nearly insoluble in water and therefore the curve obtained for CH4downstream of
the reactor and CHPS could be used as indicator for the residence time distribution.
The integral under the calculated residence time curve strongly deviates from the
actually measured CH4concentration. This is attributed to the fact that probably
not only CH4was formed in the preheater, but also recombination reactions led to
the build up of C2H4. Adding both integrals of CH4and C2H4together comes very
close to the theoretically determined curve with an error of 10%.
70 Chapter 5 Material and methods
0.00%
0.25%
0.50%
0.75%
1.00%
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
0.00 30.00 60.00 90.00 120.00 150.00 180.00 210.00
Product gas composition [vol%]
DMDS flow [ml/min]
Time [min]
HPLC pump [l/min]
H2S [vol%]
CH4 [vol%]
CH4/H2S theoretically [vol%]
C2H6 [vol%]
∆t
Figure 5.10: Comparison of calculated residence time curve and actually measured values
For the determination of an average time delay between emission and detection, the
peak of the residence time distribution was used. Since the theoretically calculated
peak and the actually measured one correspond very well, the calculation was used
to predict the time delay for experiments conducted above the critical point of
water. Above its critical point, water does not serve as a good medium to fill the
autoclave, because at supercritical conditions it was gradually removed from the
reactor. At 400 C, conditions at which most experiments were performed, the time
delay between production in the reactor and detection downstream was calculated
to 33 min.
5.5 Calculations
5.5.1 Product yields
The amount of oil and residue was determined by weighing the respective fractions.
For the gas phase, this was not possible and therefore this fraction is calculated by
difference according to 5.5.
mgas =mfeed +mH2(mres +moil)(5.5)
The amount of hydrogen (mH2) that reacts with the vacuum residue, thus con-
tributing to the product amount, needs to be taken into account when calculating
5.5 Calculations 71
the mass balance. The hydrogen balance cannot be closed directly but by calculating
the carbon balance first.
mC,gas =mC,feed (mC,res +mC,oil)(5.6)
The carbon amount of the product fractions residue mC,res and oil mC,oil as well as
for the feed mC,feed are determined by elemental analysis and multiplication with
the respective product fraction. The hydrogen balance is closed with the help of the
H/C ratio for each fraction (nH/C,i), where i stands for the fractions residue, oil and
gas.
mH,feed +mH,H2 =mH,products =Pi
n=1 mC,i·nH/C,i
MC
·MH(5.7)
For the fractions residue and oil, the H/C ratios are calculated from the elemental
analysis results. For the gas fraction it is assumed, that the only volatile products
leaving the CHPS are H2S, CH4C2H4and C2H6as detected by the micro-GC and
only a small, negligible amount of higher hydrocarbons. While the amount of H2S
results from the removed sulfur from Eq. 5.15, the rest of the product gas is assumed
to be composed of 40% CH4,20% C2H4,20% C2H6and 20% C3H8which is in the
range of the mean throughout the measured products gas compositions. The H/C
ratio of the product gas nH/C,Gas is then calculated according to Eq. 6.8.
nH/C,gas =4Stotal ·nH/C,H2S
MS
+mC,gas ·(0.4·nH/C,CH4+ 0.2·nH/C,C2H2+ 0.2·nH/C,C2H6+ 0.2·nH/C,C3H8)
MC
(5.8)
The yields for the retrieved product fractions are calculated according to Eq. 5.9-
5.11.
ηres =mres
mfeed
(5.9)
ηoil =moil
mfeed
(5.10)
ηgas =mgas
mfeed
(5.11)
72 Chapter 5 Material and methods
5.5.2 Conversion
For the purpose of this work, it is of interest to identify to which extent the feed
vacuum residue is converted to lower boiling products. For this reason, conversion is
defined as the fraction of products with a boiling point below the conditions reached
in the vacuum distillation (330 Cand 30 mbar), divided by the feed. This is equal
to the difference between the feed vacuum residue and the remaining distillation
residue as presented in Eq. 5.12.
Conversion =mfeed mres
mfeed
(5.12)
5.5.3 Desulfurization
The desulfurization is calculated for each product fraction (except for the gas phase,
where ideally, all sulfur ends up as H2S), as well as for the total product (oil +
residue).
4Sres =mres
mfeed
(5.13)
4Soil =moil
mfeed
(5.14)
4Stotal =4Sres ·mres +4Soil ·moil
mfeed
(5.15)
Chapter 6
Results and discussion
The discussion of the experimental results is subdivided into a section covering all
experiments performed without a catalyst (Section 6.1.1), sections dealing with the
performance of catalysts and additives (Sections 6.2-6.4), and a section dealing with
a comparison of all performed experiments (Stection 6.5). All experiments in this
work were performed under H2atmosphere. The prefix hydro- is left away in the
following and the shorter terms conversion and desulfurization or the abbreviation
HDS are used instead of hydroconversion and hydrodesulfurization.
6.1 Investigations without catalyst
For the investigations on process conditions (pressure, H2throughput, vacuum
residue amount, temperature, and residence time), experiments were conducted
without addition of a catalyst. This section is subdivided into investigations of
operating pressure, H2throughput, and vacuum residue amount (Section 6.1.1),
investigations on the residence time (Section 6.1.2), investigations on temperature
level (Section 6.1.3), and a section, in which a mechanistic model for the desulfu-
rization and conversion reactions together with kinetic parameters were conducted
from the experiments. Aim of this section is the identification of a set of parameters
which enhance desulfurization, while keeping conversion at a minimum. By deriving
a potential reaction model, a further understanding of the influence of chosen pro-
cess parameters is developed. The identified process parameters were further used
in Sections 6.2 - 6.4 as reference point for the investigations on catalyst activity.
74 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
6.1.1 Influence of pressure, H2throughput, agitator rotation speed, and
vacuum residue amount
The influence of pressure and H2throughput on desulfurization and conversion re-
actions of vacuum residue were analyzed. In a first step, the influence of the amount
of introduced vacuum residue was investigated, while keeping the ratio between H2
throughput and vacuum residue constant. The experiments were carried out at
415 Cand 380 bar. Variation was performed between 250 g vacuum residue with
300 l/h H2throughput up to 1000 g and 1200 l/h. In a second step, the ratio be-
tween H2throughput and vacuum residue was varied to investigate the influence
of the ratio. Variation of the H2throughput, while simultaneously adjusting the
introduced amount of vacuum residue, to keep the ratio between H2throughput and
feed constant with varying feed amount, was found to have no noticeable effect on
desulfurization and conversion as shown in Fig. 6.1 (a). Increasing the H2through-
put for a constant vacuum residue amount (thus increasing the H2- vacuum residue
ratio) showed a slight increase in desulfurization for the residue fraction, while the
conversion stayed nearly unaffected as presented in Fig. 6.1 (b). The ratio between
H2and vacuum residue was therefore chosen to be kept constant at a high level
of 1200 l/hper 1000 g of vacuum residue (increasing the ratio further would have
increased the operating cost significantly). The influence of total vacuum residue
amount was found not to be relevant (within the tested range of 250 - 1000 g).
The agitator rotation speed influences heat and mass transfer properties. Phase
boundaries between gas and liquid are increased with increasing agitator speed as
well as turbulences. On the gas side, H2transport is not relevant, because pure H2
is used. To identify the influence of the agitator rotation speed on heat and mass
transport, the speed was varied between 200 rpm and 800 rpm at 385 C,310 bar,
with 1000 g vacuum residue, and 1200 l/hof fresh H2for 3 h. The influence of mass
transport limitation can be neglected, if a change in agitator rotation speed does not
affect the product yields [201]. Therefore, desulfurization and conversion reactions
were monitored over changing agitator speed as presented in Fig. 6.1 (c). While
for the conversion reactions, no obvious effect of agitator rotation speed could be
observed, desulfurization is strongly limited at 200 rpm. Cracking reactions leading
to conversion are thermally controlled and H2is only used to saturate the reac-
tion products. What is not displayed in Fig. 6.1 (c), is that at 200 rpm, formation
of coke was observed, similar to what is displayed in Fig. 6.3. The formation of
coke is an indication, that not enough H2was present to saturate cracking products
and repolymerization reactions took place. This could be a result of mass trans-
6.1 Investigations without catalyst 75
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
0300 600 900 1200
H2 thoughput [l/h]
Conversion
Residue desulfurization
250 g
500 g
750 g
1000 g
(a)
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
0.0 1.2 2.4 3.6 4.8
H2 -VR ratio
Conversion
Residue desulfurization
(b)
0%
10%
20%
0250 500 750
Agitator rotation speed [rpm]
Conversion
Residue desulfurization
(c)
0 °C
15 °C
30 °C
45 °C
0250 500 750
Agitator rotation speed [rpm]
delta T
(d)
Figure 6.1: Variation of (a) vacuum residue amount while simultaneously adjusting the H2to
maintain a constant ratio, (b) H2- vacuum residue ratio, (c) agitator rotation speed effect on
desulfurization and conversion, and (d) agitator rotation speed effect on temperature difference
between wall and inside
port limitations. For HDS reactions, the influence of mass transport limitations
at 200 rpm can be seen in Fig. 6.1 (c). Above 600 rpm, no change in conversion
or HDS reactions could be detected. It is therefore assumed, that at an agitator
rotation speed of above 600 rpm, the influence of mass transport limitations can
be neglected. In Fig. 6.1 (d), the average temperature difference between heated
reactor wall and measured temperature in the reaction medium, with changing agi-
tator rotation speed, is given. For the temperature inside the reaction medium, the
average of the bottom two thermocouples, displayed in Fig. 5.2, were used. Only
the lower two are surrounded by liquid, while the upper two measure the gas phase
temperature. Temperature difference changes throughout operation time, therefore,
the difference displayed in Fig. 6.1 (d) was always measured after 1 h residence time.
Non stationary heating effects make earlier measurements at residence time below
76 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
1 h inaccurate. Fig. 6.1 (d) indicates, that heat transfer is strongly improved by
increase of agitator rotation speed. The large temperature difference at 200 rpm
may result from the coke deposition, reducing heat transfer strongly. Since a very
homogeneous temperature distribution is desired, best results were obtained at the
highest agitator rotation speed of 800 rpm. In the further context of this work, an
agitator rotation speed of 750 rpm was chosen, to reduce both mass and heat trans-
port limitations. Though higher rotation speed would have been desired, a rotation
speed of above 750 rpm resulted in strong vibrations, that could not be tolerated
permanently.
Investigations for the variation of pressure were carried out with a sample weight of
1000 g vacuum residue, 1200 l/hof fresh H2, without catalyst, at 385 Creaction tem-
perature and 12 h residence time. The investigated pressures were 310 bar,200 bar
and 100 bar. For the experiments at 100 bar the H2throughput had to be reduced
from 1200 l/hto 200 l/hbecause the installed pressure control valve is designed for
apof 310 bar and an opening degree of 100 % at 100 bar was not able to discharge
the entire amount of H2when a throughput of 1200 l/hwas maintained. As Fig. 6.2
shows, with increasing pressure from 100 bar to 200 bar to 310 bar, the total sulfur
reduction increased. The oil fraction exhibited a relatively constant sulfur content
over the entire pressure range, whereas the sulfur removal from the residue frac-
tion increased sharply with reaction pressure. All tests at a reaction temperature
of 385 Cshowed no coke formation or asphalt precipitation on the reactor wall or
stirrer. Also, the conversion could be decreased by applying a higher H2partial
pressure.
The trend that a higher pressure led to higher desulfurization could also be shown
at increased reaction temperature and achieved a total desulfurization of 55 % at
310 bar after 12 h residence time. However, it was also shown that lowering the
pressure to 200 bar, at 415 C, already led to coking in the form of solids deposition
on the stirrer as shown in Fig. 6.3. Since the tests at 200 bar had already led
to these negative phenomena, a further reduction of the pressure at this reaction
temperature was refrained from. A high H2partial pressure was therefore necessary
for the suppression of coke formation at elevated temperatures. The importance of
a high H2partial pressure to suppress coke formation is well known [202,203].
For the conversion reactions, a decrease in activity with increasing H2partial pres-
sure was observed. An increase in pressure inhibited the formation of smaller, low
molecular weight molecules like gas and oil. The rate of cracking reactions is known
to decrease with high H2partial pressure, as reported by Heinemann et al. [15,204].
6.1 Investigations without catalyst 77
-10%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
050 100 150 200 250 300 350
Conversion and sulfur reduction
Pressure [bar]
Conversion
Sulfur reduction residue
Sulfur reduction oil
Sulfur reduction total
Figure 6.2: Variation of pressure for 12 h experiments at 385 C
Figure 6.3: Coke deposition on the stirrer formed during an experiment at 415 Cand 200 bar
after 12 h residence time
Hydrogenation of double bonds and thus dearomatization, as an equilibrium re-
action, is also preferred at high partial pressures due to the reduction of specific
volume [205, 206]. The dearomatization may also explain the observed increased
desulfurization at higher pressure, although this increase might seem unexplained
78 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
due to the formation of H2S with respect to thermodynamics. The desulfurization
of compounds where the sulfur atom is not aromatically stabilized, is far easier than
removal of sulfur from aromatic molecules. This desulfurization path is known as
HYD route as explained in Section 2.4.3. This has been shown for model compound
systems like thiophene - tetrahydro-thiophene [207] as well as for BT - dihydro-BT
[208]. Assuming, that most sulfur in vacuum residue is bound in thiophene, BT and
DBT based structures, as discussed in Section 2.1.1, the findings from these model
compounds display a path to help explain the desulfurization behavior. High H2
pressure reduces the aromaticity of the feed, thus enabling an increased desulfur-
ization. This correlation has also been reported extensively in literature for crude
oil fractions. According to Frost and Cottingham [209] a direct proportionality be-
tween operating pressure and desulfurization was observed for the desulfurization
of Venezuelan residual fuel in the range of 55 bar to 110 bar. An effect on residue
conversion was not reported. For distillate products and heavy gas oil, also an in-
crease in desulfurization degree with rising H2partial pressure is reported [210,211].
Higher H2pressure leads to a favored HYD route. Benefits of the HYD route in
the context of desulfurization of BT and DBT structures are discussed in Section
6.2.1.2.
Concluding from both literature and the experimental findings, high H2pressure
and throughput are beneficial for desulfurization. Also, high H2partial pressure
suppresses coke formation and may act inhibitory for the conversion of vacuum
residue to lighter fractions like oil and gas. Therefore, for further investigations in
the following Sections 6.1.2 - 6.4, a high pressure of 310 bar was used. The ratio
between H2and vacuum residue was chosen to be kept constant at a high level of
1200 l/hper 1000 g of vacuum residue.
6.1 Investigations without catalyst 79
6.1.2 Influence of residence time
To understand the influence of residence time on conversion and desulfurization
reactions, as well as to estimate the reaction order for both reactions, the residence
time was varied between 3 and 12 h. The system pressure was kept constant at
310 bar with a total H2throughput of 1200 l/hper 1000 g vacuum residue feed.
6.1.2.1 Conversion
With increasing residence time, the conversion of vacuum residue to product oil
and gas increased, while the amount of remaining residue decreased. The reactions
forming lower boiling products are called conversion reactions (definitions of oil
and residue fractions as well as the resulting conversion are given in Section 5.4).
The yield of conversion reactions is plotted in Fig. 6.4. Conversion increased with
residence time for both examined temperature levels.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
0 3 6 9 12
Conversion
Residence time [h]
385°C
415°C
Figure 6.4: Conversion to lighter boiling products plotted over residence time
This correlation is expected, because the longer the feed is exposed to the reaction
conditions, the more conversion reactions proceed. Conversion reactions in presence
of high H2pressure and no catalyst are composed of a thermally induced cracking
step, followed by hydrogenation, as described in Section 2.4.1. As shown in Fig. 6.1,
conversion was unaffected by a change of H2concentration, at the levels of H2partial
pressure applied in this work. Also, Köseoglu et al. [212,213] as well as Galarraga et
al. [214] observed that hydroconversion reactions were considered to be zero order
with respect to H2. Concluding from both literature and the experimental data,
the non-catalytic conversion reactions of the vacuum residue are only dependent
on the induced cracking reactions. Since cracking is thermally induced [215], the
80 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
total time, during which the feed is exposed to the reaction conditions, directly
increases the yield of lighter fractions. A higher yield of conversion products with
increasing residence time is also observed in literature [216,217]. Comparing both
temperature levels, it can be observed that at 415 Cthe conversion was much higher
than at 385 C, which is a well known correlation for endothermic reactions [84,129].
This observation is discussed in detail in Sections 6.1.3 and 6.1.4. Even after 12 h
residence time, the conversion at 385 Cdid not reach the conversion at 415 Cafter
only 3 h.
6.1.2.2 Desulfurization
Parallel to the decomposition reactions of the vacuum residue resulting in lower
boiling products, HDS reactions removed the organic sulfur from the feedstock as
H2S. Both product fractions, the residue and the oil, were analyzed to determine
their sulfur content and the results are presented in Fig 6.5.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
0 3 6 9 12
Desulfurization
Residence time [h]
385°C oil
385°C residue
415°C oil
415°C residue
Figure 6.5: Desulfurization of the product fractions oil and residue plotted over the residence time
A stronger influence of residence time could be observed for the reactions at 415 C,
resulting from the fact that the reaction rate increased at higher temperature [218].
An increase in residence time had an inferior influence on the level of sulfur in the oil
fraction than on the residue desulfurization. Especially at 385 C, doubling or qua-
drupling the residence time had almost no effect on the sulfur level in the product oil.
This may be a result of the fact that the product oil is the condensed volatile matter
carried out of the reactor continuously throughout the experiment. The product oil
fraction was produced by breaking C-C bonds, so that the reaction products were
formed of lighter hydrocarbons. During decomposition of the feedstock, by breaking
C-C bonds, also C-S bonds were ruptured and sulfur was removed as H2S. Most
6.1 Investigations without catalyst 81
of these lighter hydrocarbons with lower sulfur content were then removed from
the reaction zone and were collected in the CHPS downstream of the reactor. In
the CHPS, further potential reactions are quenched. Therefore, the sulfur level in
the fraction obtained from the CHPS was not further influenced by an increase of
residence time, as displayed in Fig. 6.6a.
0%
30%
60%
90%
0 3 6 9 12
Residence time [h]
Sulfur reduction CHPS 415°C
Sulfur reduction CHPS 385°C
(a)
0%
30%
60%
90%
0 3 6 9 12
Residence time [h]
Sulfur reduction heavy oil
415°C
Sulfur reduction heavy oil
385°C
(b)
Figure 6.6: Influence of residence time on desulfurization of (a) the CHPS oil fraction and (b)
the distilled heavy oil fraction
Only the sulfur containing hydrocarbons remaining in the reaction zone undergo
further desulfurization. The residue exhibited an increase of desulfurization with
residence time, because this fraction is further exposed to the reaction conditions.
In the distillation step, heavy oil, still present in the hydrogenation residue, was
evaporated, as explained in Section 5.4.2.1, and merged with the product fraction
from the CHPS. This evaporated heavy oil fraction did still undergo desulfurization
reactions throughout the whole residence time, unlike the CHPS fraction. The
influence of residence time on desulfurization of this heavy oil fraction is displayed
in Fig. 6.6b. An increase of sulfur reduction with increasing residence time was
observed. As expected, sulfur reduction was increased stronger at higher reaction
temperature. Mixing of the heavy oil fraction with the light oils from the CHPS gives
the explanation for the slight increase of desulfurization with increasing residence
time in the oil fraction at 415 C. The heavy oil fraction only contributes 20-30% to
the total oil fraction, therefore, the marginal influence of residence time on heavy
oil desulfurization at 385 Cdoes not influence the desulfurization of the total oil
fraction, as it does at 415 C.
82 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
6.1.2.3 Hydrogenation
The molar H/C ratio of the products may be used as measurement for occurring
hydrogenation reactions. Figure 6.7a (a) displays the effect of residence time on the
H/C ratio of both the oil and residue fraction. The change is calculated by referring
the H/C ratio of the respective product oil to the H/C ratio of the feed vacuum
residue.
-20%
0%
20%
40%
0 3 6 9 12
Change of H/C ratio
Residence time [h]
385°C residue
415°C residue
415°C oil
385°C oil
(a)
0%
10%
20%
0% 5% 10% 15%
H2 consumption
Gas production
385°C
415°C
(b)
Figure 6.7: (a) H/C ratio plotted over the residence time and (b) increase of H2consumption
with increasing gas production
With residence time, conversion reactions proceeded. Though H2was consumed, as
displayed in Fig. 6.7b, the H/C ratio in both the residue and oil fraction decreased.
Therefore, H2was mostly consumed in saturation of cracking products, that leave
with the gas phase, as discussed in Section 2.4.1. Therefore, H2consumption in-
creased with increasing conversion, but the residue and oil products did not show
an increase of hydrogen content. In fact, the residue and oil fractions were depleted
of hydrogen with increasing residence time, as shown in Fig. 6.7a. This is attributed
to the fact that non-catalytic hydrogenation is incapable of saturating the highly
aromatic core of the asphaltenes and maltenes, which remain after cracking. Hy-
drogenation and saturation of polyaromatics has a higher activation energy than
saturation of simple double bonds that form after cracking [219]. Therefore, the
activation energy needed to saturate the aromatic cores was not overcome without
a catalyst.
6.1 Investigations without catalyst 83
6.1.3 Influence of temperature
In thermo-chemical processes, the influence of temperature is a crucial aspect. Since
many different and very complex reactions occur throughout the hydrogenation pro-
cess, of which some are desired while others are undesired, the influence of temper-
ature on the product characteristics is of great interest. Ideally, the temperature
window can then be chosen in a manner, yielding a product with the desired char-
acteristics. Since in this case, the main reactions of interest are desulfurization
reactions yielding H2S and cracking reactions followed by hydrogenation, the effect
of temperature on desulfurization and on conversion was closely analyzed. In Fig.
6.8 the behavior of desulfurization and conversion is plotted versus temperature. The
black line shows a strong increase of conversion activity with temperature, while the
grey line displays the total sulfur removal from both residue and oil (definitions of
oil and residue fractions are given in Section 5.4). From the dotted lines, the con-
clusion can be drawn that the residue was not desulfurized to a stronger extent with
increasing temperature, while the oil fraction exhibited a further desulfurization at
higher temperatures.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
375 400 425
Conversion and sulfur reduction
Temp eratu re [°C]
Sulfur reduction Oil
Sulfur reduction residue
Sulfur reduction total
Conversion
Figure 6.8: Variation of temperature with 3 h residence time
As already discussed in Section 6.1.2.2, cracking of the feedstock may have led to
less stable sulfur containing molecules. These could then have been desulfurized
more easily. With increasing temperature, cracking of the feedstock was enhanced
and a larger fraction of the vacuum residue was converted to low boiling products,
that contain less sulfur. Though total desulfurization increased with increasing tem-
84 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
perature, the residue did not show an increased desulfurization. This can also be
explained by the mentioned effects. While conversion proceeds, less stable sulfur
molecules are removed, while only the stable aromatic core remains. This is sup-
ported with the H/C ratio, measured in the remaining residue fraction as displayed
in Fig. 6.9a. With increasing reaction temperature, the H/C ratio of the residue
decreased, indicating that the remaining residue exhibited a highly aromatic char-
acter. Also the increase of asphaltenes to maltenes-ratio (displayed in Fig. 6.9b)
in the residue supports this assumption. As discussed in Section 2.1.2, asphaltenes
exhibit a higher aromaticity, thus containing the most refractory sulfur.
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
375 400 425
H/C ratio
Temperature [°C]
(a)
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
375 400 425
Asphaltene / Maltene ratio
Temperature [°C]
(b)
Figure 6.9: (a) H/C ratio of the residue plotted over the reaction temperature and (b) ratio of
asphaltenes to maltenes in residue
The investigations of temperature variation on the desulfurization and conversion
reactions indicated that an increase of temperature did not support the residue
desulfurization, but only conversion reactions. In order to further examine these
observations, a reaction mechanism and kinetic parameters are determined in Sec-
tion 6.1.4.
6.1.4 Determination of a reaction mechanism and reaction kinetics
For a better understanding of how temperature and residence time influence the non-
catalytic conversion and desulfurization reactions, global kinetics for both conversion
and desulfurization are derived from the obtained data. A reaction mechanism is
proposed in Section 6.1.4.1, followed by the determination of the kinetic parameters.
6.1 Investigations without catalyst 85
6.1.4.1 Reaction mechanisms
Reaction kinetics describe the rate of a chemical reaction. Vacuum residue is com-
posed of hundreds of different molecules, which undergo different reactions during
hydrogenation, making a precise mechanism for the molecular reactions highly chal-
lenging to determine. Therefore, a simplified mechanism has to be found that serves
the purpose of describing conversion reactions, as well as desulfurization, using global
reaction kinetics. The assumed reaction mechanism for the conversion, including
three lumped products and the feedstock, vacuum residue, also also considered as a
unit (vacuum residue, product oil, gas, and coke), is presented in Fig. 6.10. knis
the temperature dependent rate coefficient quantifying the rate at which the specific
reaction takes place.
VR Gas
Oil
Coke
k3
k2
k1
k4
k5
Figure 6.10: Reaction mechanism of the four lumped substances
Feed vacuum residue undergoes conversion reactions yielding either gas or oil. When
cracking occurs without hydrogenation of the cracking products, coke may form.
There are no reactions back to vacuum residue assumed, while oil can further react
to gaseous products as also other researches have reported [131,220] and as presented
in Section 2.5. When the temperature range is kept low, while a sufficient H2partial
pressure is maintained, coke formation may be suppressed [221]. As a consequence,
k4and k5can be assumed as zero. Also, for the purpose of this work, only the
conversion reactions reducing the amount of vacuum residue are of interest (further
reactions of oil to gas are not of interest), because the aim is the desulfurization of
the residue. Therefore, the reaction network can be simplified to Fig. 6.11.
For desulfurization reactions, two different approaches are considered, based on the
presented mechanisms in Section 2.5. One simple approach, where no difference
between the sulfur in the vacuum residue is made, and one more complex scheme,
where HDS reactions are formulated for the light fraction separately from HDS of
86 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
VR Oil + Gas
k2 + k1= kcon
Figure 6.11: Simplified reaction scheme for the conversion of vacuum residue to lower boiling
products
the more complex residue fraction. For both, it is assumed that organic sulfur reacts
to H2S.
In the first approach, for reasons of simplicity, no difference is made between oc-
curring sulfur bonds and all possible reactions are reduced to one non-reversible
pseudo-reaction, similar to the model used by Manek et al. [131]:
Sorg H2S
ks
Figure 6.12: Reaction mechanism for desulfurization reactions
The second approach extends the approach by Manek et al. [131] with a second
mechanism, which describes HDS for the more complex residue fraction, as suggested
by Marifi et al. [138] and displayed in Fig. 6.13.
Sorg H2S
ks
VR Oil + Gas
k2 + k1= kcon
Sorg, oil H2S
ks1
Sorg, residue H2S
ks2
Sorg H2S
ks
VR Oil + Gas
k2 + k1= kcon
Sorg, oil H2S
ks1
Sorg, residue H2S
ks2
Figure 6.13: Reaction mechanism for desulfurization reactions considering to parallel reactions
with different reaction rate
6.1 Investigations without catalyst 87
6.1.4.2 Rate expression
Using the Arrhenius model, the rate expression was developed from the general rate
expression given in Eq. 6.1, where nAis the molar amount of component A, ξis a
system variable, and νAis the stoichiometric coefficient.
˜
˙rA=1
ξ·1
νA
·dnA
dt =k(t)·Y
i
cnA
A(6.1)
Generally, rate equations can either be formulated on mass or molar basis. In
the context of hydroprocessing and hydrocracking of residue, mostly kinetics are
calculated based on mass data [129]. When dividing Eq. 6.1 by the molar mass MA
and using the total mass mTas reference system, the equation can be rearranged to
Eq. 6.2, with νAas -1.
dmA
dt ·1
mT
=k(t)·mA
mTnA(6.2)
For vacuum residue conversion, Eq. 6.3 was obtained with ωVR as the mass fraction
of vacuum residue. Formed products are continuously removed from the reaction
zone, while H2is constantly feed to the system ensuring an excess of H2as reac-
tant. By ensuring excess of H2, the conversion reactions are unaffected by the H2
concentration, as shown in Section 6.1.1.
VR
dt = (k1+k2)·(ωVR)nC=kcon ·(ωVR)nC(6.3)
Analogue to the development of Eq. 6.3, for the desulfurization reactions, Eq. 6.4
was obtained.
H2S
dt =Sorg
dt =kS·(ωSorg )nS(6.4)
For the temperature dependency of the reaction rate of a single reaction with only
one reactant (A), Arrhenius established the following equation, known as the Ar-
rhenius equation:
dmA
dt =kA·mn
A=k0·expEA
RT ·mn
A(6.5)
In a bi-molecular reaction, the reaction velocity coefficient k(T)corresponds to the
proportion of collisions, leading to a reaction. The parameters k0and EAare the
88 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
pre-exponential factor and the activation energy. The pre-exponential factor has a
different physical meaning depending on the reaction molecularity. In case of a mono-
molecular reaction, the pre-exponential factor is also referred to as the frequency
factor. A connection can be made with the rate at which bonds in a molecule are
rearranged, which can also be understood as an oscillation frequency. In multi-
molecular reactions, the pre-exponential factor can be related to the impact factor,
the number of collisions between molecules. In all cases, the unit of k0is also the
unit of k. By taking the logarithmic of 6.5 the relationship 6.6 is obtained.
rA=lndmA
dt =lnkA+n·lnmA=lnk0EA
R·1
T+n·lnmA(6.6)
When further simplifying Eq. 6.6, the linear relationship Eq. 6.7 is obtained.
lnkA=lnk0EA
R·1
T(6.7)
6.1.4.3 Determination of kinetic parameters
The kinetic parameters were determined according to the procedure presented in the
Section A.1. The factors kcon(T) and kdesulf (T) were determined by variation of the
residence time and were derived as the slope of the corresponding reaction order as
presented in Fig. A.1.
For the determination of the reaction order, the plots shown in Fig. 6.14 were
prepared according to the method presented in Section A.1.
For both temperature levels presented in Fig. 6.14, the R2was minimal for the second
order reaction, making this the appropriate choice for the global reaction order for
the conversion reaction. With increasing residence time, the vacuum residue was
cracked and the formed products reacted with H2. The rate is uneffected by H2
concentration as discussed in Sectio 6.1.2. Though several publications report first
order kinetics for conversion reactions with respect to the feedstock [220,222], also
second order has been reported for heavy feedstocks [129,223]. According to Orochko
et al. [223], at high H2partial pressure and excess of H2, hydrocracking reactions
are reported to be irreversible reactions of second order with respect to the vacuum
residue concentration.
For the desulfurization reaction order, the total sulfur removal from both the residue
fraction and the oil fraction was used. When assuming the more complex mechanism
6.1 Investigations without catalyst 89
y = -0.024x + 0.982
= 0.976
y = -0.028x -0.013
= 0.989
y = 0.034x + 1.006
= 0.996
-1
0
1
2
0 3 6 9 12
Concentration for the given order
Time [h]
0. order
1. order
2. order
Linear (0. order)
Linear (1. order)
Linear (2. order)
(a) 385 C
y = -0.054x + 0.860
= 0.822
y = -0.097x -0.136
= 0.943
y = 0.204x + 1.050
= 0.995
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
0 3 6 9 12
Concentration for the given order
Time [h]
0. order
1. order
2. order
Linear (0. order)
Linear (1. order)
Linear (2. order)
(b) 415 C
Figure 6.14: Determination of the reaction order for the conversion reaction at 385 Cand 415 C
with two parallel HDS reactions, as presented in Section 6.1.4.1, the determination
of the kinetic parameters led to implausible results. Analogue to the determina-
tion of the reaction order for the conversion reactions, the reaction order for the
desulfurization was determined, as presented in Fig. 6.15.
y = -0.001x + 0.059
= 0.983
y = -0.023x + 0.007
= 0.995
y = 0.454x + 16.842
= 0.981
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
-1
1
0 3 6 9 12
Concentration for the given order
Time [h]
0. order
1. order
2. order
Linear (0. order)
Linear (1. order)
Linear (2. order)
(a) 385 C
y = -0.0026x + 0.0565
= 0.97
y = -0.0655x -0.0092
= 0.99
y = 1.7449x + 16.215
= 0.97
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
-1
0
1
0 3 6 9 12
Concentration for the given order
Time [h]
0. order
1. order
2. order
Linear (0. order)
Linear (1. order)
Linear (2. order)
(b) 415 C
Figure 6.15: Determination of the reaction order for the desulfurization reaction at 385 Cand
415 C
The linear relationship was found for a reaction order of one, which is in line with
one of the three approaches described by Speight et al. [121] to be valid for the
desulfurization of heavy feedstocks. Also Girgis and Gates [224] report a first order
reaction rate for the desulfurization of a variety of different sulfur model compounds
90 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
representing the basic structure of the sulfur bonds present in vacuum residue. All
experiments carried out at a pressure of up to 170 bar lead to the proposal of a first
order reaction for thiophene, BT, DBT, as well as for two isomers of benzonaph-
thothiophene. Distillate products are also desulfurized with a reaction order of one
according to Ohtsuka et al. [210].
After the reaction orders had been determined as two for the conversion reactions
and one for the desulfurization reactions, the Arrhenius method was used for the
determination of the activation energies EA. Together with the logarithmic of the
values for kcon(T) and kdesulf (T), which is needed for the determination of the reaction
activation energy, EA,kcon(T), and kdesulf (T) are presented for each investigated
temperature level in Tab. 6.1.
Table 6.1: Values for the reaction rate coefficient for the conversion kcon(T) and the desulfuriza-
tion reactions kdesulf (T) their logarithmic ln(kcon(T)) ln(kdesulf (T))
Temperature kcon(T) ln(kcon(T)) kdesulf (T) ln(kdesulf (T))
385 C0.034 -3.384 0.023 -3.772
400 C0.096 -2.351 0.030 -3.507
415 C0.204 -1.591 0.066 -2.726
430 C0.515 -0.731 0.100 -2.303
Plotting the values for ln(k) over 1/T gave Fig.6.16.
y = -27531x + 38.475
= 0.9975
-3.5
-3.0
-2.5
-2.0
-1.5
-1.0
-0.5
0.0
0.0014 0.00145 0.0015
ln(k)
1/T [1/K]
ln(k)
Linear (ln(k))
(a) Conversion
y = -15063x + 19.093
= 0.9911
-4.5
-4.0
-3.5
-3.0
-2.5
-2.0
-1.5
0.0014 0.00145 0.0015
ln(k)
1/T [1/K]
ln(k)
Linear
(ln(k))
(b) Desulfurization
Figure 6.16: Determination of the activation energy for both the conversion reactions and the
desulfurization by plotting ln(k) over 1/T
The activation energy for conversion reactions was found to be 228.5 kJ and 132.9 kJ
for desulfurization reactions. Similar activation energies for heavy oil and residuals
are reported by a number of publications [209,217,225–227] and are summarized in
Tab. 6.2. The activation energy for the conversion reactions is therefore almost twice
6.1 Investigations without catalyst 91
as high as for the desulfurization. The rate of reaction is more temperature sensitive
for reactions with high activation energy. By choosing a low operation temperture,
HDS reactions can be favoured, while limiting cracking reactions [228]. With the
knowledge of the activation energies, desulfurization of this vacuum residue should
be performed at lower temperatures than conversion of the vacuum residue. Similar
results are known from industry and research [15,173].
Table 6.2: Literatur values for the activation energy EA
Author EAconversion EAdesulfurization Reference
Taghipour et al. 179.9 kJ/mol n.a. [226]
Del Bianco et al. 206.8 kJ/mol n.a. [217]
Kirshna et al. 224.8 kJ/mol n.a. [225]
Asgharzadeh Shishavan et al. 249.4 kJ/mol n.a. [227]
Frost and Cottingham n.a. 136.0 kJ/mol [209]
Browning et al. uses more lumps 147.0 kJ/mol [229]
Together with the reaction order obtained from Section 6.1.2, a kinetic expression for
the conversion as well as for the desulfurization reaction can be formulated according
to Eq. 6.8 with the parameters for k0and EAas listed in 6.3. The rate expressions
are formulated for weight fractions ω.
dt =k0·exp(EA
RT )·ωn·(6.8)
Table 6.3: k0and EAfor conversion and desulfurization
Reaction k0Activation energy Reaction order
Conversion 38.41/h 228.5kJ/mol 2
Desulfurization 20.41/h 132.9kJ/mol 1
k0has the unit 1/h in both cases (which is irritating on first sight because the
order is different in both cases) because the rate expression is calculated for weight
fractions.
6.1.4.4 Evaluation of the mechanisms and kinetic data
The rate expressions can be validated with a data set from experiments that were
not used for finding the variables in the rate expressions. Calculated values are
plotted against the experimentally obtained results in Fig. 6.17.
For residue conversion (top of Fig. 6.17) calculated values show good correlation with
the experimental data. For 100 % accuracy, all dots would be on the angle bisector.
Therefore, the closer data points are located to the angle bisector, the better the
92 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
y = 0.8156x
= 0.6083
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
Calculated values
Measured values
y = 0.9463x
= 0.9535
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
Calculated values
Measured values
Figure 6.17: Determination of the accuracy of the reaction rate expressions for conversion (top)
and desulfurization (bottom)
accuracy of the determined rate expression. For the HDS rate expression (bottom
Fig. 6.17) the accuracy is very good at low degree of desulfurization. For predicted
higher desulfurization (low sulfur content in the product, values below 2% remaining
sulfur) accuracy is very poor. This poor accuracy may be attributed to the fact that
the sulfur is released from very different structural molecules. The basic sulfur bonds
occurring in vacuum residue are shown in Section 2.1.1. For example, the activation
energies for the removal of sulfur from alkylated DBT is much higher than from a
simple DBT [230]. Some sulfur bonds might break already during heating up as
seen in the H2S plot in Fig. 6.18. The concentrations for CH4and C2H6(products
indicating decomposition reactions leading to lower boiling products - conversion)
stayed relatively constant over the whole experiment while the H2S concentration
6.1 Investigations without catalyst 93
reached a maximum after 15 min and declined afterwards. Also, a significant amount
of H2S was detected in the product gas before the set-point temperature was reached,
indicating that desulfurization reactions occurred already at temperatures below the
set-point.
0.00%
0.05%
0.10%
0.15%
0.20%
0.25%
0
100
200
300
400
-30 030 60 90 120 150
Concentration [vol%]
Temp eratu re [°C]
Time [min]
Temperature
CH4 vol%
H2S vol%
C2H6 vol%
Figure 6.18: H2S, CH4and C2H6concentration measured in product gas for a 3 h experiment
at 310 bar and 415 C
Steric effects make some sulfur atoms more difficult to be hydrogenated and removed
as H2S than others [230]. With increasing residence time, the carbon matrix of the
vacuum residue is converted, thus changing the structure and the accessibility of the
sulfur atoms. This change in the carbon matrix together with the removal of easily
accessible sulfur during the heating phase before start of the residence time, may
be strong reasons for the inaccuracy of the rate expression model for predicted high
degree of desulfurization. Therefore, several reasons exist, why the desulfurization
of vacuum residue could not be put into a simple generic rate expression based on
the obtained data, as it was the case for the conversion reactions. Also, several more
complex models are reported in literature, based on the assumption of two competing
first order reactions (which was also consirdered here as presented in Fig. 6.13).
These competing reactions can be explained with the variety of different types of
sulfur compounds in residua, each reacting with a different rate. Scott and Bridge
found that for HDS of residuum oil, an overall first order kinetic expression could
not represent the observations adequately, but a model of two competing first order
reactions was of better accuracy [137]. As shown by Girgis and Gates, first, simple
sulfur containing compounds are desulfurized with first order reaction rate. As the
reaction evolves, these reactive sulfur compounds become depleted [224]. More stable
sulfur species like DBT based structures, potentially also sterically hindered within
a large complex asphaltene molecule, remain and the residuum will hold mainly the
more difficult-to-remove sulfur [138]. This behavior corresponds very well with the
94 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
observed H2S concentration plot in Fig. 6.18. The more complex mechanism, which
was discussed here, based on Fig. 6.13, could also not represent the observed HDS
reaction rate. A reason for this might be the influence of the conversion reactions on
the rate of desulfurization, as discussed here. Cracking of the feedstock may enable
removal of more complex sulfur in the vacuum residue, as discussed in Section 6.1.2.
This assumption is supported by Fig. 6.19, where desulfurization of the feedstock is
plotted over conversion.
0%
25%
50%
75%
0% 25% 50% 75%
Desulfurization
Conversion
Figure 6.19: Desulfurization over conversion for experiments without a catalyst
S
S
S
S
SSS
S
S
S
S
simple sulfur bonds
aromatic sulfur
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
SSS
S
S
H2S
H2S
cracking
S
SS
S
S
S
S
S
S
SS
S
SSS
S
S
H2S
SSS
S
S
SS
S
S
S
S
SSS
S
S
H2S
SS
S
SS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
H2S
S
S
S
simple sulfur bonds
aromatic sulfur
simple sulfur bonds
Figure 6.20: The authors understanding of the effect of cracking of the feedstock on the desulfur-
ization, depicted on the example of a colloid of asphaltenes and maltenes. The boundaries between
asphaltene and maltene molecules are not displayed. In the grey area cracking reactions have desta-
bilized the carbon matrix
From Fig. 6.19 it becomes clear that without the use of a catalyst, vacuum residue
desulfurization is closely linked to the cracking and conversion of the feedstock. In
Fig. 6.20 the effect of cracking of the feedstock on the desulfurization is depicted on
the example of a colloid of asphaltenes, as it is explained in Section 2.1.2. In the
depicted colloid, boundaries between single molecules are not represented and the
focus is put on the authors understanding of how cracking leads to access to sulfur.
HDS is therefore closely linked to the cracking of the feedstock. The aromaticity
6.1 Investigations without catalyst 95
and stability increases from the outer rim of the colloid to the center. Finally, only
very stable aromatic sulfur remains in the aspahltenic core of the colloid.
For the development of a more precise model, taking into account the different bond
types and steric hindrances of sulfur, as well as the influence of cracking reactions on
the desulfurization, a more precise knowledge of the vacuum residue composition and
sulfur distribution would be needed, as well as more data, to build such a complex
model on [138]. Here, the global kinetics and the retrieved activation energies are
precise enough for the identification of set of process parameters, that can be used
as basis for the catalyst screening in Section 6.2.
Table 6.4: Choice of process parameters to achieve good desulfurization and high conversion
Process parameter Set-point
Pressure 310 bar
H2throughput 1200l/h ·kg
Residence time 3 h
Temperature 400 C
Concluding from the investigations without catalyst, the set of process parame-
ters, summarized in Tab. 6.4, was chosen for the investigations in the following
Sections 6.2 - 6.4.
96 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
6.2 Catalyst screening
In Section 6.1 investigations on HDS of vacuum residue showed that catalysts or
additives are necessary to desulfurize the feedstock, if conversion is meant to be kept
at a minimum, thus increasing selectivity towards desulfurization. In this section,
the screening of different catalysts and additives is discussed. Several, mostly cheap
catalysts and additives, often known to be active in coal liquefaction or HDS of
model compounds, were chosen to be tested for the HDS of vacuum residue. The
screening displayed in this section was carried out at 400 C,310 bar, 1200 l/h per kg
vacuum residue and a residence time of 3 h. All experiments were carried out with
3 wt% catalyst, except for the experiment with SCW, where 100 wt% were added.
Table 6.5: Results from catalyst screening
Catalyst Conversion Residue desulfurization Oil desulfurization
-24.1% 2.3% 46.5%
NaOH 26.3% 8.6% 55.6%
Na2CO324.2% 3.3% 46.4%
HOK 23.6% 3.7% 43.3%
MgO on bio-char 15.0% 5.9% 47.0%
Fe2O3on bio-char 15.0% 6.3% 42.9%
MoO318.6% 5.0% 44.8%
MoO3on HOK 23.5% 9.7% 46.0%
MoS2on HOK 27.6% 17.0% 33.7%
SnC2O423.8% 6.2% 42.9%
NiMoO430.9% 39.6% 50.1%
WS218.4% 8.9% 43.2%
Raney Nickel 15.6% 18.3% 75.6%
Bauxit 18.4% 12.2% 47.3%
SCW 30.2% 2.5% 44.1%
Catalyst B14 34.8% 63.8% 65.4%
6.2.1 Evaluation of the catalysts screening
The tested catalysts and additives are comprised of cheap adsorbents like Na2CO3
and HOK as well as expensive hydrodreating catalysts like NiMoO4. The results from
the screening of the catalysts are interpreted in the following Subsections 6.2.1.1 and
6.2.1.2 according to the characteristics found in the oil and residue phases.
6.2.1.1 Residue fraction
With respect to the aim of residue desulfurization at low conversion, for all performed
experiments the degree of residue desulfurization and the conversion are plotted in
6.2 Catalyst screening 97
Fig. 6.21. There are two data points that strongly deviate from the rest in terms of
desulfurization of the residue fraction.
-5.0%
5.0%
15.0%
25.0%
35.0%
45.0%
55.0%
65.0%
0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35%
Residue desulfurization
Conversion
Figure 6.21: Conversion and residue desulfurization for the tested catalysts
The two catalysts / additives that led to these extreme results are catalyst B14
and supercritical water (SCW). While SCW increased the sulfur content in the
residue, resulting in a negative desulfurization, catalyst B14 achieved an extremely
high rate of desulfurization of above 60%. In order to understand the mechanisms
behind these two severe influences on desulfurization, both SCW and catalyst B14
have been the subject of very intense investigations displayed in Sections 6.3 and
6.4. The other catalysts and additives with poor desulfurization results are only
discussed briefly here. Removal of sulfur with alkali species from heavy feedstocks
was demonstrated by Gordon et al. [231]. The use of NaOH and Na2CO3did not
lead to any comparable results and the desulfurization stayed far below what was
observed for sodium by Gordon et al. HOK and its doted, catalytically improved
forms (doted with MoO3and activated with DMDS) are well known as additive
in the liquefaction of coal as well as for the conversion of heavy oils in the VCC
process as reported in Section 2.3 and Chapter 3. HOK alone predominantly acts as
asphaltene catcher by simple physical adsorption (reduction of asphaltene content
from 15.4% without HOK to 12.1% with HOK ) which then also reduces the sulfur
content of the residue as displayed in Fig. 6.41 (b). MoO3on the surface of the
HOK did not significantly further reduce the asphaltene content. Presulfiding the
catalyst to form MoS2further reduces asphaltene content. The doting of the carbon
with MoO3increased the desulfurization activity from 3.7% to 9.7% and presulfiding
further improves the performance to 17.0%. The increase in desulfurization activity
by presulfiding molybdenum catalysts is well known and presents state of the art
technology in HDS processes [232]. For the desulfurization of the vacuum residue
98 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
the presulfided supported molybdenum catalyst does still not reach sufficiently high
desulfurization activity. SnC2O4reacts to SnO2and CO2under the conditions in the
reactor. The residue desulfurization stayed far below 10%. NiMoO4has been shown
to be very active in HDS of model compounds as reported in Chapter 4 and therefore,
it was tested on vacuum residue. Nearly 40% desulfurization of the residue was
found not sufficient enough to perform further investigations on this catalyst. Also,
Raney Nickel, as one of the first commercially applied HDS catalysts, was tested
because of its reported good desulfurization ability for complex thiophene based
structures [233]. The poor results on vacuum residue are most probably attributed
to the complex residue structure and the nature of the asphaltenes and maltenes as
presented in the Section 2.1.2. Bauxit was tested as carrier material by Iannebello
and Marengo [234, 235]. Compared to HOK it showed a superior desulfurization
activity while converting less vacuum residue to lower boiling products. Bio-chars
doted with iron and magnesium oxides did not show any significant desulfurization
activities compared with simple HOK . Unsupported MoO3showed worse results
than HOK , but presulfiding the catalyst could possibly improve the performance.
Overall, only catalyst B14 showed good desulfurization activity on the vacuum
residue while all other catalysts stayed far behind the target of yielding a desul-
furized residue containing less than 0.5% sulfur.
6.2.1.2 Oil fraction analysis
Though desulfurization of the oil fraction was not the aim of this thesis, some im-
portant interpretation for the residue desulfurization can be derived from analysis
of the oil fraction. The oil phase was in all cases desulfurized to far higher extent
than the residue and ranges between 40% and 50% desulfurization (except for the
experiments where DMDS was added, and when catalyst B14 is used). In contrast
to the residue, oil can be analyzed in a GC/MS to identify the sulfur containing
compounds. GC/MS analysis were performed as explained in Section 5.4.2.3. The
obtained chromatograms of the oil fractions are very similar regardless of the cata-
lyst. For several catalysts, the oil fraction chromatograms are displayed in Fig. 6.22.
Though some peaks vary in size, indicating a slightly different distribution of the
product components, the overall compositions are very similar. The chromatograms
are dominated by hydrocarbon peaks of which a list with retention times is given in
the Appendix A. In order to display also sulfur compounds, only present to smaller
extent (especially DBT), both heavy and light oil fractions were analyzed separately.
In Fig. 6.23 the chromatograms of the light oil fraction, obtained from the CHPS
6.2 Catalyst screening 99
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Counts
Retention time [min]
SnC2O4
MoO3 on HOK
SCW
HOK
MoO3 on HOK + SCW
HOK + SCW
Figure 6.22: Comparison of chromatograms obtained from oil fractions from experiments with
different catalysts
(6.23 (a)) and the heavy oil fraction, obtained as distillate from the hydrogenation
residue (6.23 (b)) are displayed, both from an experiment with HOK at 3 h residence
time, 400 Cand 310 bar. The identified compounds include derivatives from thio-
phene, BT, and DBT. DBT was only detected in very small concentrations in the
heavy oil fraction, while methylated BT (especially, methylated in 2 and 4 position
of the benzene ring) displayed the majority of the sulfur compounds.
The refractory sulfur compounds found in the oil most probably remained after
cracking of asphaltenes and maltenes. Due to their very stable character, they were
still found in the product to large extents. Less stable chemical compounds like
sulfides were not found in the product oils indicating that the process conditions,
regardless of the chosen catalyst or additive, enabled good removal of these species.
Alkylated BT and DBT were found in all the low boiling product fractions regardless
of the applied catalyst. The only exception was the product oil from the experiment
performed with catalyst B14 which is discussed separately in Section 6.4. Presence of
these most refractory sulfur containing structures in the product oils shows that none
of the applied process conditions or catalysts could perform real HDS reactions to a
higher extent. Thermally controlled cracking reactions most probably led to break-
ing of the maltene and asphaltene macro molecules releasing stable BT and DBT
based molecules. These were carried out of the reaction zone during the experiment,
100 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
(2) 2,3,5-Trimethylthiophene(1) 2,5-Dimethylthiophene (3) 6-Methylthiophene
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
010 20 30
Intensity [counts] /10^5
Retention time [min]
(a)
(6) 4-Methydibenzothiophene(4) 3,6-Dimethylthiophene (5) 2,7-Dimethylthiophene





































































(3)

(4)






(6)






















0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
010 20 30
Intensity [counts] /10^5
Retention time [min]
(b)
Figure 6.23: GC/MS chromatograms of the light (a) and heavy (b) oil fractions and the identified
sulfur species for the experiment with HOK and the process conditions from parameter set 1
6.2 Catalyst screening 101
because of their low boiling point, compared to the maltenes and asphaltenes. The
oil was lower in total sulfur content because the high sulfur asphaltenes and maltenes
remained in the residue. Concluding from the chromatograms, hydrogenated crack-
ing products were mostly long chained (and branched) hydrocarbons with no sulfur.
Sulfur was only present in methylated thiophene, BT, and DBT, as far as it could
be detected. The presence of these sulfur species leads to the conclusion that the
tested catalysts were not suitable for HDS of high sulfur vacuum residue (except
for catalyst B14). The difficulty lies within desulfurization of the most refractory
BT and DBT compounds, especially desulfurization of the alkylated derivatives. It
is known that the DDS route described in Section 2.4.3 is often hindered sterically
by alkyle rests on the benzene rings adjacent of the sulfur atom in BT and DBT
structures [236,237]. Since BT and DBT are mostly built into the macro molecular
structure of the asphaltenes and maltenes, the DDS route could not lead to low sul-
fur levels (at the given reaction conditions). Catalysts yielding oils with high levels
of alkylated BT and DBT presumably did not pursue the HYD route.
Desulfurization of the oil fraction belongs to state of the art technologies as reported
in Chapter 3 and therefore, sulfur in the oil fraction is not further discussed in this
thesis.
102 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
6.3 Experiments with supercritical water
From the catalysts screening presented in Section 6.2, SCW was identified as additive
that has a strong effect on the conversion of the vacuum residue. Also, in literature it
is reported that SCW supports desulfurization reactions [102,182,183,186,238–240].
Though several publications can be found that apply SCW either for desulfurization
or for conversion of residual oil fractions, the addition of SCW to HDS slurry con-
ditions has not been examined. The very complex structure of the asphaltenes and
resins, together with the colloids they form, shown in Section 2.1.2, is significantly
the reason for the difficult removal of sulfur from vacuum residue. The characteristics
of SCW could support HDS with several advantages:
SCW dissolves organic compounds as reported in Section 2.3.1. The colloids
of asphaltenes and resins could possibly be dissolved in SCW, thus enabling
better accessibility of the sulfur atoms. This effect has been reported by Khan
et al. [241,242]. For catalytic HDS this could allow the catalyst as well as
H2to be supplied directly to the sulfur atoms of the aromatic core of the
asphaltenes and resins.
Sulfur in vacuum residue is mostly present in thiophenic, benzothiophenic
or dibenzothiophenic structures. These structures are further integrated into
aromatic structures of resins and asphaltenes and often have alkyle chains at-
tached, stabilizing the sulfur. Destabilization of the C-S bonds can be achieved
by rupture of these alkyle chains or by destruction of the aromatic core. Crack-
ing of residual constituents with SCW is well known [239, 240, 243–245] and
may display a path to improved desulfurization when combining catalysts or
additives with SCW at high H2partial pressure. Bronsted and Lewis acid sites
are active in asphaltene destruction [246] and can be supplied by SCW [247].
It has been suggested by Ogunsola et al. [238] that protons provided by SCW
possibly promote saturation of heterocycles, destabilizing the heteroatom in
the ring. This could accelerate sulfur elimination as well as opening of hetero-
cyclic rings which is comparable to hydrolysis [238].
SCW has good heat transfer abilities as reported in Section 2.3.1. This may
improve the temperature control and enable a very homogeneous temperature
distribution.
In a first step, the effect of SCW on conversion and desulfurization of the vacuum
residue was analyzed at different temperature levels and compared with the reference
6.3 Experiments with supercritical water 103
case without additive. In a second step, at a given temperature, the effect of com-
bining SCW with HOK and with HOK doted with molybdenum was investigated.
Model compounds representing the sulfur structures in the residue were chosen in
order to see the HDS activity on different sulfur structures. In a third step, the
same experiments from the second step were performed on vacuum residue to see in
how far the findings from model compounds represent the real behavior of vacuum
residue.
6.3.1 Experimental procedure
For the experiments with SCW the H2flow had to be reduced to 300 l/h. Higher
H2volume flows through the reactor carried too much of the supercritical mixture
directly out of the reactor when the volume expanded at the critical point. Reducing
the H2flow to 300 l/h could not completely eliminate that water was carried out
of the reaction zone. In order to compensate this loss of water, 1.5 ml/min was
constantly pumped into the reactor (pump was switched on when the critical point
was exceeded) additionally to the 500 ml of water that were introduced into the
reactor before the start of the experiment. All experiments in this chapter were
carried out at 310 bar and a residence time of 3 h. When cooling down the reactor
and depressurizing it, several test runs showed that there are two crucial aspects to
be aware of. Both possible paths for cooling and depressurization are displayed in
Fig. 6.24.
Critical point
Triple point
0.0000
0.0001
0.1000
100.0000
0100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Pressure [bar]
Temperature [K]
Vapor
Solid
Liquid
Supercritical
2
1
Figure 6.24: Paths for cooling and depressurization with SCW
104 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
1. When depressurizing the reactor too quickly in order to remove all water
in vapor state from the reactor to collect it in the CHPS, coke formation was
observed. This is attributed to the fact that the H2partial pressure became
too low, while the temperature still enabled good conditions for cracking. The
formed radicals could not be saturated with H2and coking occurred.
2. When cooling the reactor to ambient temperature before all water is re-
moved, the supercritical mixture of water and vacuum residue formed a foam.
Water is finely dispersed in the vacuum residue and because of the high vis-
cosity of the vacuum residue, water is "trapped"in the vacuum residue. When
heating the mixture to above 100 Cto lower the viscosity of the vacuum
residue and separating water from the organic phase, water evaporates inside
the vacuum residue and the foam expands rapidly. The result is shown in
Fig. 6.25.
Figure 6.25: Foam produced from SCW and vacuum residues
The procedure chosen in order to not encounter any of the mentioned problems with
SCW, was a combination of quick cooling and depressurization. The reactor was
cooled to a temperature of 200 Cand maintained there during depressurization. At
ambient pressure, a H2flow through the system was maintained for several min-
6.3 Experiments with supercritical water 105
utes until all water was removed from the reaction zone. Only when all water was
removed, the temperature was lowered further.
6.3.2 Effect of temperature
The influence of temperature on SCW HDS was investigated between 385 Cand
430 C. With increasing temperature, the rate of conversion reactions accelerated
(from 9.2% to 64.4% with no SCW) and more low boiling products were formed as
also well known from literature [248–250]. SCW increased this rate of conversion
to 77.2% at 430 Cas shown in Fig. 6.26a which is consistent with findings from
literature [245,251,252]. Decomposition of maltenes showed a quite linear increase
with rising temperature, while for asphaltenes an exponential increase in conversion
could be observed as displayed in Fig. 6.26b. Both the decomposition of asphaltenes
and maltenes was enhanced by SCW, which agrees with the the assumptions derived
from Fig. 6.26a that SCW enhances the rate of cracking reactions. On desulfurization
reactions, SCW had a negative effect. For all investigated temperature levels the
desulfurization with SCW stayed below the desulfurization without addition of SCW
as shown in Fig. 6.26c. With rising temperature the concentration of sulfur in the
residue increased (from 5.8% to 7.0%) as shown in Fig. 6.26d, indicating that SCW is
incapable of supporting the removal of sulfur from highly complex residue fractions.
Residual constituents were partly cracked (higher CH4production observed during
SCW experiments as shown in Fig. 6.31c) leading to higher conversion but the
sulfurous core of the residual molecules remained unconverted leading to an increase
in sulfur level in the remaining residue fraction. This sulfur containing residual core
is difficult to desulfurize due to steric hindrance of the sulfur atoms as well as the
stability of predominantly present alkylated BT and DBT based sulfur structures [24,
39]. The observations from the variation of temperature also support the assumed
mechanistic pathway displayed in Fig. 6.30. SCW supports cracking reactions but
not desulfurization, leading to refractory sulfur containing molecules found in the
oil fraction as well as a high sulfur content in the residue fraction.
6.3.3 Combination of catalyst and SCW
The findings from the variation of the temperature showed that SCW increased
rupture of C-C bonds (cracking) and enabled better decomposition of very stable
and highly complex asphaltene structures. An improved desulfurization activity
106 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
375 400 425
Conversion
Temp erature [°C]
No SCW
SCW
(a)
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
375 400 425
Conversion
Temperature [°C]
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
375 400 425
Conversion
Temperature [°C]
Maltene -
Asphaltene -
Maltene SCW
Asphaltene SCW
(b)
3.0%
3.5%
4.0%
4.5%
5.0%
5.5%
6.0%
6.5%
375 400 425
Tota l o rgan ic sulfu r
Temp erat ure [°C]
No SCW
SCW
(c)
3.0%
4.0%
5.0%
6.0%
7.0%
375 400 425
Sulfur in residue
Temp erat ure [°C]
No SCW
SCW
(d)
Figure 6.26: Influence of temperature on the (a) conversion reactions, (b) conversion of as-
phaltenes and maltenes, (c) total organic sulfur content and (d) sulfur content in the residue frac-
tion for experiments with SCW in comparison with no additive
could not be observed. Combination of SCW and additives or catalysts may give
better results because of the capability of SCW to dissolve the asphaltenes and
maltenes fractions, thus giving the catalyst better possibilities to come into contact
with to the sulfur atoms bonds in the core. Experiments with model compounds
Table 6.6: Performed experiments for SCW combinations
Cat. / Additive SCW H2flow [l/h] Repetitions
Model compounds - no 600 2
- yes 300 2
HOK no 600 2
HOK yes 300 2
Mo-cat. no 600 2
Mo-cat. yes 300 2
Vacuum residue - no 600 3
- yes 300 3
HOK no 600 2
HOK yes 300 2
Mo-cat. no 600 2
Mo-cat. yes 300 2
representing the sulfur containing structures as well as with high sulfur vacuum
residue were performed at 400 C. SCW was tested together with HOK (additive)
6.3 Experiments with supercritical water 107
and a molybdenum-doted HOK (catalyst). The performed experiments are listed in
Tab. 6.6. A pressure of 310 bar, the temperature of 400 Cand a residence time of
3 h was chosen for all experiments.
6.3.3.1 Investigations on model components
Several researchers have reported improved desulfurization results with SCW on
model compounds [182, 186, 238, 239] and therefore experiments were performed
with model compounds representing sulfurous species also found in vacuum residue
molecules. In Fig. 6.27 the results from the experiments with model compounds
performed at 400 C, 310 bar and 3 h residence time are summarized. The least
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
-H2O -H2O -H2O
Feed -HOK Catalyst
Contribution
Dibutylsulfide Benzothiophene
Dibenzothiophene Dibenzylsulfide
Other sulfur containing components
Figure 6.27: Results from experiments with model components
stable component dibenzylsulfide was removed completely without additive or cat-
alyst while for a significant removal of more stable components DBT and BT the
addition of HOK or the Mo-catalyst was needed. The most stable component DBT
was not completely removed during any experiment performed in this study. The
order of stability (DBT >BT >dibutylsulfide >dibenzylsulfide) is well known from
literature and corresponds with the obtained results [175,182]. For all performed ex-
periments, new sulfur containing molecules were formed indicating that cracking and
recombination occurred. Addition of SCW decreased desulfurization of the model
compound mixture for all performed experiments. The reason for this is most prob-
ably the H2flow through the system. The mixture of diesel and model compounds
was gradually removed from the reaction zone after the critical point was exceeded.
The model compounds were not exposed to the reaction conditions throughout the
108 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
complete residence time of the experiment and therefore desulfurization results were
lower than without addition of SCW where the model compounds were exposed to
the reaction conditions throughout the whole 3 h. This reveals the difficulty encoun-
tered when operating a semi-continuous or continuous reactor with SCW. Though
the experiments with SCW could not show a positive effect on the desulfurization,
experiments with HOK and the Mo-catalyst exhibited relatively high rates of desul-
furization of 41.6% and 49.0% respectively. Especially, the experiments with the
Mo-catalyst removed almost 100% of the very stable DBT, indicating this catalyst
should also be very active in desulfurization of vacuum residue.
6.3.3.2 Investigations on vacuum residue
In contrast to the findings from the model components, application of the same
process conditions, catalysts, and additives on vacuum residue did not show a clear
picture. Desulfurization and conversion results are presented in Fig. 6.28. While
15.2% 15.2% 13.7% 12.6% 12.2% 11.7% 8.6%
85.8%
60.6% 55.8% 64.4% 50.9% 65.9%
54.5%
18.1% 22.2% 17.7%
27.9%
16.4%
29.0%
6.1% 8.0% 5.3% 9.0% 6.1% 8.0%
-H2O -H2O -H2O
Feed -HOK Catalyst
Asphaltenes Maltenes Oil Gas
0%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
6%
7%
8%
9%
-H2O -H2O -H2O
Feed -HOK Catalyst
Sulfur asphaltenes Sulfur maltenes Sulfur oil
Figure 6.28: Results from experiments with crude oil based vacuum residue; Top: product frac-
tions asphaltenes, maltenes, oil and gas; Bottom: the sulfur distribution among the fractions
the increase of conversion by addition of SCW could clearly be shown (no cata-
lyst: 24.1% to 30.2%, HOK: 23.6% to 36.6% and Mo-catalyst: 22.5% to 37.0%), for
the desulfurization of the residue, no obvious effect could be identified. The sulfur
level in the asphaltenes was only slightly affected by the Mo-catalyst (Feed-Vacuum
6.3 Experiments with supercritical water 109
Residue (VR): 8.9%, no catalyst: 8.7%, HOK: 8.4% and Mo-catalyst: 8.0%) but
could be reduced further by combination with SCW (SCW-Mo-catalyst: 7.4%). Sul-
fur in the maltenes fraction could be reduced by the addition of HOK and the Mo-
catalyst (Feed-VR: 5.3%, no catalyst: 5.2%, HOK: 5.0% and Mo-catalyst: 4.5%)
but combination with SCW decreased this desulfurization of the maltenes fraction
(SCW-no catalyst: 5.3%, SCW-HOK: 5.2% and SCW-Mo-catalyst: 5.0%). This
contrary effect may result from conversion of asphaltenes to maltenes while leaving
the sulfurous core intact when adding SCW, thus contributing to the sulfur in the
maltenes fraction. The total degree of desulfurization was far lower than observed for
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
0
1
2
3
4
5
010 20 30
Intensity [counts] /10^5
Retention time [min]
(4) 3,6-Dimethylthiophene (5) 2,7-Dimethylthiophene
(1) 2,3,5-Trimethylthiophene (2) 1,2,3,5-Tetramethylbenzene
(6) Ethyl-Pentamethylbenzene
(3) 2-Methylbenzothiophene
Figure 6.29: GC/MS analysis of the oil fraction obtained from an experiment with SCW and
selected identified molecules showing the sulfur and aromatic character of the product oil
the model components. Though C-S bonds in model components, especially DBT,
and BT also occur in vacuum residue, the complex structure of asphaltene-maltene
colloids cannot be represented by the model components dissolved in diesel. Steric
effects, colloidal structure and stability of the asphaltenes and maltenes display
110 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
the reason for the difficult desulfurization of vacuum residue according to literature
[39,121,253]. The addition of SCW may support breaking this complex agglomera-
tion of residual constituents, dissolve asphaltenes and resins separately as described
by Khan et al. [241, 242]. Since SCW only seems to support cracking reactions,
asphaltenes were converted to maltenes with high sulfur content. Consequently,
the residue (composed of maltenes and asphaltenes) presented high sulfur content.
Further cracking produced less complex, lower boiling components also containing
stable sulfur compounds, as revealed by GC/MS analysis of the product oil and
presented in the Fig. 6.29. Refractory BT derivatives were found in the product
oils from experiments with SCW. Selected molecules identified in the oil fraction
that resulted from SCW cracking of the vacuum residue are displayed in Fig. 6.29.
Cracking of the complex feedstock constituents reduces complexity and stability of
sulfur containing molecules. The author’s understanding of the mechanistic pathway
of the asphaltene decomposition with SCW is displayed in Fig. 6.30. Dimethyl-BT
and benzene derivatives are both products from cracking reactions identified in the
product oil fraction as displayed in Fig. 6.29.
6.3.3.3 Gas phase analysis
The gas composition of the product gas supports the proposed reaction path and
is presented in Fig. 6.31. The H2S release over time gives information on how the
desulfurization reaction rate changes throughout the residence time while CH4and
C2H6are a measurement for the decomposition reactions. Desulfurization of the
model compounds without addition of SCW took place in the early stages of the
residence time as shown in Fig. 6.31a while CH4and C2H6were not detected in the
product gas (no cracking of the model compounds).
For crude oil based vacuum residue, the rate of desulfurization (H2S) as well as
decomposition (CH4and C2H6) was steady over the complete residence time when
no SCW was added as shown in Fig. 6.31b - 6.31d. This difference in H2S re-
lease observed for model compounds and vacuum residue underlines the increased
complexity in desulfurization of vacuum residue compared to model compounds.
The constant release of CH4and C2H6throughout the whole residence time indi-
cates that cracking reactions occurred parallel to desulfurization. In contrast to the
the comparably simple model compounds, these parallel occurring desulfurization
and cracking reactions indicate that more stable sulfur was made accessible while
the complex asphaltenes and maltenes were decomposed. Sterically hindered sulfur
within the complex macro molecules of the residue could only be removed when the
6.3 Experiments with supercritical water 111
Figure 6.30: The authors understanding of the mechanistic pathway for an asphaltene molecule
reacting under SCW conditions (The author does not claim that the displayed asphaltene molecule
exists in reality)
feedstock was decomposed as shown in Fig. 6.30. When SCW was added, the H2S
concentration was low for the model compounds because of the low degree of desul-
furization. The CH4and C2H6plots obtained from vacuum residue experiments,
support the assumption that cracking reactions were strongly enhanced by SCW.
Additionally, the observation can be made that parallel to the increasing CH4and
C2H6concentration, H2S concentration also increased. This observation supports
the assumption that cracking of the feedstock makes more refractory sulfur atoms
in the vacuum residue accessible. The H2S concentration in the SCW case stayed
below the H2S concentration in the reference cases without SCW until a residence
time of about 90 min. This can only be explained by the solubility of H2S in wa-
ter. During the first half of the experiments, formed H2S could be dissolved in the
water that accumulated in the CHPS. Only when saturation was reached, H2S was
detected downstream of the CHPS. The gas compositions and gas evolution over
time correspond very well with the findings from the product fraction analysis and
112 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
0.0%
0.1%
0.2%
030 60 90 120 150 180 210
Volume percent H2S
Residence time [min]
no additive
HOK
Mo cat.
SCW
SCW with HOK
SCW with Mo cat
(a)
0.0%
0.1%
0.2%
0.3%
0.4%
030 60 90 120 150 180 210
Volume percent H2S
Residence time [min]
(b)
0.0%
0.1%
0.2%
0.3%
0.4%
0.5%
0.6%
030 60 90 120 150 180 210
Volume percent CH4
Resistence time [min]
(c)
0.0%
0.1%
0.2%
0.3%
0.4%
030 60 90 120 150 180 210
Volume percent C2H6
Resistence time [min]
(d)
Figure 6.31: Gas composition throughout the residence time for a) H2S for model compounds, b)
H2S for vacuum residue, c) CH4for vacuum residue and d) C2H6for vacuum residue
underline especially the roll of SCW. Cracking reactions are enhanced by SCW thus
leading to an improved accessibility of sulfur in the stable asphaltenes.
6.3.3.4 Analysis of the catalyst and additive
SEM images, Brunauer-Emmett-Teller (BET) analysis and elemental analysis of
the HOK and catalyst were conducted to give insights on how the added materials
reacted under process conditions and how the addition of SCW affected the surface
properties. In spite of findings from literature, where SCW is reported to increase
the surface area of activated carbons [254,255], the surface area of HOK decreased
when being exposed to the SCW process conditions. It decreased from 300 m2/g to
150 m2/g after 15 min in SCW down to 60 m2/g after 3 h. The high pressure and
temperature in the autoclave may cause sintering of the carbon material leading to
a decrease in pore volume [256]. The effect can also be seen in the SEM images
displayed in Fig. 6.32, although at a different scale than results from the BET
analysis.
6.3 Experiments with supercritical water 113
(a) (b)
Figure 6.32: SEM images of (a) virgin HOK (300 m2/g) and (b) HOK after being exposed to
the process conditions (60 m2/g)
The investigations on the desulfurization abilities of SCW can be summarized as
follows. The results show that SCW does not support the opening of C-S bonds
but enhances decomposition reactions of the residue fractions involving C-C bond
cleavage, especially of asphaltenes. Similar observations are reported by different
researches when only applying SCW without a continuous H2flow to the system
[142, 185, 187, 251, 252]. The high H2partial pressure suppresses coke formation,
which is observed by most researches who do not apply H2. The degree of desul-
furization of the model compounds was strongly reduced by the addition of SCW,
while on crude oil based vacuum residue, SCW showed only a positive effect the
conversion reactions. Combination of catalyst and SCW was found to enhance the
decomposition of asphaltenes. Also, increasing the reaction temperature does not
lead to higher desulfurization but only to stronger decomposition of the residue. A
proposed mechanistic pathway takes into account that both in refractory low boiling
products as well as in the residue, high levels of sulfur are present after hydrogena-
tion reactions under SCW conditions. Though SCW does not directly affect the
desulfurization reactions, the cracking of the residue structures may result in re-
moval of alkyle chains which could sterically hinder the DDS route promoted by the
Mo-catalyst.
114 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
6.4 Experiments with catalyst B14
From the screening experiments presented in Section 6.2, the inorganic catalyst B14
resulted as most promising for the desulfurization of vacuum residue while main-
taining minimal conversion to low boiling products. Desulfurization of the residue
of above 60% was reached while only converting about 30% of the substrate to
lower boiling fractions which were desulfurized to the same degree as the residue
as displayed in 6.5. The analysis of the product fractions showed great differences
compared to the products from all other experiments, not only concerning the sul-
fur content, but also in composition and physical properties, indicating a different
mechanistic pathway by which the reaction proceeds. Experiments were carried out
to improve the desulfurization degree and to gain more knowledge on the mecha-
nistic pathway. The findings are subject of patent law proceedings and therefore,
the catalytic substances cannot be named here. In this Section, the experimental
results will be presented, as well as the author’s understanding of the new catalyzed
mechanistic pathway behind the vacuum residue desulfurization.
6.4.1 Experimental results
Table 6.7: Desulfurization results with catalyst B14
T [C] Residence time Catalyst [wt%] Conversion [%] Res. desulf. [%]
400 3 h 3.0 34.8 63.8
400 3 h 7.5 42.4 ±2.3 89.9 ±0.3
400 40 min 15.0 25.3 ±1.8 87.4 ±3.0
385 40 min 15.0 24.8 ±2.3 81.0 ±0.1
The catalysts screening in Section 6.2 showed that for the standard process condi-
tions with 3% catalyst, 400 C, 310 bar, and 3 h residence time the catalyst B14
showed superior desulfurization capacities, having a moderate conversion activity
at the same time. The catalyst concentration was increased as shown is Tab. 6.7
to 7.5% in order to achieve a higher desulfurization of the residue. The increase in
catalyst concentration showed that the desulfurization activity could be increased.
Almost 90% desulfurization of the residue was observed. At the same time, when
taking into consideration the H2S release over time shown in Fig. 6.33 for the 3 h
experiment using 7.5% catalyst it is possible to see that after about 20 min the H2S
content in the product gas decreased.
There are two important observations with regard to residence time which are shown
in Fig. 6.33. In Fig 6.33 (b) the mass flow undergoes strong fluctuation which is a
6.4 Experiments with catalyst B14 115
0.00%
0.50%
1.00%
1.50%
2.00%
2.50%
3.00%
3.50%
4.00%
0
100
200
300
400
030 60 90 120 150 180
Concentration [vol%]
Temp eratu re [°C]
Residence time [min]
Temperature
CH4 vol%
H2S vol%
C2H6 vol%
(a)
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
0
100
200
300
400
030 60 90 120 150 180
Massflow [g/h]
Temp eratu re [°C]
Residence time [min]
Temperature
Mass flow
(g/h)
(b)
Figure 6.33: Behavior of gas composition over time with use of 7.5% catalyst B14 (a) H2S, CH4
and C2H6(b) total mass flow out of the system
result of intermittent plugging of the product gas cooler. Removal of the plugging
occurs once the pressure difference between reactor and CHPS becomes large enough.
The plugging builds up after about 1 h residence time and is composed of the
added catalyst and hydrocarbons (whether of the converted fraction, aslphaltenes
or maltenes could not be identified). Also, it is observed in Fig. 6.33 (a) that most
H2S release occurs in the first 60 min. When comparing the product gas composition
in Fig. 6.33 (a) with that of an experiment with no catalyst also performed at 3 h
residence time given in Fig. 6.18 we see a more than tenfold higher H2S concentration
throughout the first 40 min (peak at 3.5 vol.-% in contrast to 0.23 vol.-%). Also, the
product gas components indicating cracking and conversion reactions (CH4, C2H6)
are nearly not present in the product gas (far below 0.5 vol.-%) when using catalyst
B14. Both the H2S and hydrocarbons release support the assumption that catalyst
B14 has a much higher selectivity towards desulfurization than conversion.
116 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
In Fig. 6.34 the repeatability of the experiment with respect to the gas evolution
over time is presented. The exact course of the gas evolution of the components H2S,
CH4and C2H6slightly deviate but the general trend could be reproduced. The H2S
peak was observed at low residence times and a plugging built up after nearly 1 h
residence time. Both CH4and C2H6are only present to very small amounts in both
experiments. The fluctuation of H2S concentration is a result of the plugging in the
condenser.
0.0%
0.5%
1.0%
1.5%
2.0%
2.5%
3.0%
3.5%
4.0%
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
0.00 30.00 60.00 90.00 120.00 150.00 180.00
Productgas composition
Temp eratu re [°C]
Residence time [min]
Temperature
Temperature (repetition)
H2S vol%
H2S vol% (repetition)
C2H6 vol%
C2H6 vol% (repetition)
CH4 vol%
CH4 vol% (repetition)
Figure 6.34: Repeatability of the detected gas composition with catalyst B14
A further increase in catalyst concentration to 15% shifts the build up of the plugging
to smaller residence times. Therefore, additional experiments with catalyst B14 were
performed with a residence time of 40 min to avoid plugging. Doubling the catalyst
amount enables similar desulfurization of the residue in shorter time at far lower
rate of conversion as presented in Tab. 6.8. When lowering the temperature to
385 Conly a sight decrease in conversion was observed, while the desulfurization is
strongly reduced. Therefore, for further investigations, 400 Cand a residence time
of 40 min were selected.
Table 6.8: Variation of the catalyst composition for B14
A [%] B [%] Sum [%] Conversion [%] Res. desulf. [%]
3 12 15.0 25.3 ±1.8 87.4 ±3.0
2 13 15 32.2 80.5
6 9 15 30.7 77.5
1 2 3 26.7 56.0
0 12 12 36.5 78.8
The catalyst is composed of substances A and B. In order to identify the influence
of each of them, the ratio and total amount was varied at 400 C, 310 bar, and 40
6.4 Experiments with catalyst B14 117
min residence time. The effect on conversion and desulfurization is shown in Tab.
6.8. Generally, the data show that a combination of A and B resulted in a better
behavior than each of them alone. Also, it is possible to see that moving higher
and lower than the initially chosen ratio for A and B gave worse results (decrease of
residue desulfurization from 87.4% to 80.5% or 77.5%).
After the optimal relation between A and B was determined, measures were un-
dertaken to prevent the plugging of the condenser. With addition of 3% HOK no
plugging was observed. Desulfurization was increased to 93.7% while the conversion
remained below 30%. Similar improvements were observed when the catalyst was
finely powdered before being introduced to the reactor. The results are summarized
in Tab. 6.9.
Table 6.9: Improvements for catalyst B14 at 400 C
Improvement Residence time Cat. [%] Con. [%] Res. desulf. [%]
Reference 40 min 15.0 25.3 ±1.8 87.4 ±3.0
Addition of HOK 40 min 15.0 29.5 ±2.1 93.7 ±1.4
Finely powdered cat. 1 h 15.0 29.8 ±1.0 95.5 ±2.5
The improved results might have been achieved by a larger catalytic surface area
available, thus reducing mass transport limitation.
6.4.2 Interpretation of the observations
In order to understand the improved desulfurization results by catalyst B14, further
analysis of the retrieved products were performed. All fractions were analyzed and
their compositions were identified (asphaltenes, maltenes, solids, substance plugging
the pipes).
The residue was nearly free of asphaltenes and the H/C ratio was increased dras-
tically as summarized for selected experiments in Tab. 6.10. Also, the residue was
composed of a fraction with low viscosity and a second fraction which was solid. The
amount of solids was difficult to determine, because parts of the solids were found
in the pipes, on the autoclave walls, as well as in the retrieved residue fraction.
Therefore, the error in the determination of the solid fraction is very high.
The elemental analysis of the solids (both the remaining solids in the reactor and the
solids plugging the pipes) showed that they were composed of inorganic elements
to more than 50%, indicating that most of the added catalyst remained in this
fraction. On the other hand, the organics in the maltene and oil fractions added
118 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
Table 6.10: Residue analysis from catalyst B14 with * as the molar ratio
No. H/C* residue Asphaltene content [%] Solids [%]
Vacuum residue 1.41 ±0.01 15.13 ±0.89 0.0 ±0.0
B14.2 1.86 ±0.11 <1.00 ±2.16 12 ±3.7
B14.3 1.80 ±0.05 1.10 ±1.01 10 ±3.2
B14.5 1.82 ±0.03 1.40 ±1.47 14 ±2.1
B14.9 1.79 ±0.10 1.60 ±1.51 9 ±1.4
up to 100% indicating that no catalyst ended up in these fractions. In Fig. 6.35
the H/C ratio is correlated with the asphaltene content of the residue fraction for
different experiments.
Figure 6.35: H/C ratio of the residue fraction and asphaltene content
It is obvious that experiments performed with catalyst B14 led to a significant change
in the H/C ratio and also the content of asphaltenes as shown in Tab. 6.10. The
clear correlation between asphaltene content and H/C ratio can be seen in Fig. 6.35.
It is well known that asphaltenes have a low H/C ratio because of the high aromatic
character [26, 257, 258]. This aromatic character is, among other reasons, signifi-
cantly responsible for the stability of the sulfur bonds in the asphaltenes [40, 44].
Measurement of the residues molar mass were performed with a vapor pressure os-
mometer (Knauer) and shows that no significant change in molecular size occurred.
The feed vacuum residue has an average molar weight of 540 g/mol while the residue
retrieved from the experiment with catalyst B14 had a molar weight of 520 g/mol.
One can conclude that the aromatic structures found in the residue, and strongly
in the asphaltenes, are hydrogenated, in comparison to the crude oil, leading to the
formation of mostly aliphatic bonds. These aliphatic molecules show a different sol-
ubility than the asphaltenes and are therefore characterized as maltenes as explained
6.4 Experiments with catalyst B14 119
in Section 2.1.2. The analysis of the product fractions indicates that the catalyst
B14 has a very high selectivity towards the hydrogenation of the residue fractions,
thus decreasing the aromatic character and resulting in nearly total removal of the
asphaltenes. At the same time, cracking reactions are kept minimal (because crack-
ing is mostly induced thermally, the choice of low temperature keeps cracking at
minimum), as it is possible to see from the low conversion displayed in Tab. 6.7,
6.8, and 6.9 as well as the nearly constant molecular molar weight. The low degree
of cracking is also seen in the low hydrocarbon content in the gas phase as shown in
Fig. 6.36.
0.0%
0.5%
1.0%
1.5%
2.0%
2.5%
3.0%
020 40 60
Cas composition [vol%]
Residence time [min]
CH4 vol%, Cat. B14
H2S vol%, Cat. B14
C2H6 vol%, Cat. B14
H2S vol%, no catalyst
CH4 vol%, no catalyst
C2H6 vol%, no catalyst
Figure 6.36: Comparison of the H2S content in the product gas during experiments with catalyst
B14 and with no catalyst
Since the molecular size is not decreased severely, there still remains a large fraction
with an initial boiling point of >500 C. Also, a very strong reduction in sulfur
content can be observed. All findings together support the hypothesis that desulfur-
ization in the presence of catalyst B14 takes place via hydrogenation of the aromatic
structures found in vacuum residue. Due to this, double bonds are converted into
single bonds with lower energy, making the sulfur bond weaker and enabling desulfu-
rization. This is also known as the HYD route as demonstrated by several authors on
model compounds [38,259] and also discussed in Section 2.4.3. The understanding
of the mechanism for vacuum residue is displayed in Fig. 6.37. The figures displayed
here represent the author’s current understanding of the chemical structure of as-
phaltenes and hydrogenated as well as desulfurized asphaltenes. The author does
not claim that these exact molecules exist.
120 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
Figure 6.37: Reaction path proposed for the desulfurization using catalyst B14
6.4 Experiments with catalyst B14 121
Assuming a completely aliphatic system as shown in Fig. 6.37, the bond energy
discussed in Section 2.4.4 becomes a large role in understanding the desulfurization.
In a simple aliphatic system with no resonance bonds, the sulfur bond is weaker and
sulfur can be removed more easily [207, 208]. Carbon bonds are more stable and
therefore the conversion stays low at the chosen temperature level. When recalling
the two mechanisms of HDS displayed in Section 2.4.3, it can be concluded that
with catalyst B14 a mechanism based on the hydrogenation route (HYD) followed
by hydrogenolysis is present. If this is assumed, the path gives another reason why
the desulfurization with catalyst B14 is able to reach such low sulfur levels. While
the DDS route of sulfur in the residue is often sterically hindered by alkylated BT
and DBT [260–262], the HYD route displays the only path for removal of sulfur to
low levels. Common supported HDS catalysts pursue the DDS route [174,263] and
therefore sulfur cannot be removed to such extent from sterically hindered refractory
asphaltenes and maltenes. Since the product oils obtained from experiments with
catalyst B14 are free of alkylated BT and DBT, one can conclude that the extremely
good hydrogenation ability enables the HYD route of sterically hindered sulfur in
the residue. A list of identified compounds from GC/MS analysis is given in the
Appendix in Tab. A.3.
The above discussed effects are all on the molecular level. As shown in the Sec-
tion 2.1.2 asphaltenes form clusters in which the π-πinteractions between the
aromatic rings strongly contribute to the stability of the clusters. These clusters
of asphaltenes inhibit desulfurization reactions [264]. Therefore, the removal of al-
most all asphaltenes enables a deeper desulfurization. Generally, in literature, it
is accepted that large amounts of aromatic compounds in oil inhibit HDS reaction
substantially [169, 259]. Reduction of the feeds aromaticity and hydrogenation of
the asphaltenes may support the improved desulfurization. The low viscosity of the
product and the presence of a solid inorganic phase at the reactor bottom suggests
that recirculation of the catalyst is possible because of good separation of catalyst
and product.
122 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
6.5 Data analysis
In total more than 130 experiments were conducted and for each experiment up to 50
different product specifications were analyzed. A list of the product specifications is
given in the Appendix A.1. In Sections 6.1.2 to 6.4 the effect of experimental param-
eters on product composition was analyzed and how, by adjusting these parameters,
desired product specifications could be reached. In this section, a correlation be-
tween the product specifications, regardless of the path that was chosen to achieve
the products (e.g. choice of temperature, catalyst or pressure), is mapped out to
identify certain product specifications that correlate strongly with sulfur removal.
6.5.1 Total sulfur removal and sulfur removal from the different product
fractions
Analysis of the product fractions oil and residue, showed that both fractions were
desulfurized differently (in most cases). When plotting the desulfurization of the oil
fraction and residue fraction over the complete sulfur removal for every experiment,
the graph shown in Fig. 6.38 is obtained. In most cases, the product oil contained
far less sulfur than the corresponding residue fraction. The reason for this may lie
within the complexity of the residue fraction and the stability of the sulfur structures
in asphaltene and maltene molecules.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90%
Desulfurization
To t a l d esu l furiza t i o n
Oil Residue
Figure 6.38: Desulfurization of oil and residue over total desulfurization
6.5 Data analysis 123
For a low degree of total desulfurization, the difference between the sulfur level
of the product oil and residue was found to be large. Though the residue was
only desulfurized to a very low extent in these cases, the oil exhibited a reduction
in sulfur of around 50%. For higher levels of desulfurization, both residue and oil
became more alike concerning the degree of desulfurization. Two interpretations can
be concluded from the plot in Fig. 6.38. First, formed oil is generally of far lower
sulfur content than the feed vacuum residue. Converting vacuum residue to lower
boiling products forms smaller hydrocarbons that contain a lower sulfur content.
Mostly remaining sulfur in the oil fraction was only present in very stable DBT,
BT and their derivatives as discussed in Section 6.2.1.2. Second, at high levels of
desulfurization both the product oil and the residue are desulfurized similarly strong.
This may be attributed to the fact that only catalyst B14 reaches these high levels
of desulfurization. The mechanistic pathway discussed in Section 6.4.2 also gives
the possible reason for the desulfurization of the stable DBT, BT structures which
are then not found in the oil fractions.
6.5.2 H2consumption, conversion and sulfur removal
In Fig. 6.39 the correlation between H2consumption, residue desulfurization, and
conversion is displayed. One possible way of finding structures and correlations in
a set of data is by running a K-means algorithm on the data set [265]. By doing
so, the set of data is grouped into k subsets (clusters) of which each cluster has one
centroid. Each data point is assigned to the centroid to which all attributes of the
data point are most similar (closest). In the following, several identified clusters
are presented and the information obtained from them is discussed. The 3D plot
shows three characteristics plotted in a scatter diagram. For illustrative purposes,
x-y diagrams are also presented.
Three clusters are identified, each representing very distinct product specifications.
The centroids for the three clusters are given in Tab. 6.11 and are shown in Fig. 6.39
a) as circles and in the 2D-plots as X.
Table 6.11: Centroids for the clusters conversion - sulfur reduction residue - hydrogen consump-
tion
No. Conversion [%] Color Sulfur red. residue [%] H2consumption [g/kg]
124.77 blue 7.87 11.05
255.47 red 2.72 15.32
331.63 green 76.77 31.89
124 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
0
100
10
20
80
H2 consumption [g/kg]
50
30
60
Residue desulfurization [%]
40
Conversion [%]
50
40
020
-50 0
low conversion, low sulfur removal, low hydrogen consumption
medium/high conversion, low sulfur removal, medium hydrogen consumption
medium conversion, high sulfur removal, high hydrogen consumption
0
100
10
20
80
H2 consumption [g/kg]
50
30
60
Residue desulfurization [%]
40
Conversion [%]
50
40
020
-50 0
low conversion, low sulfur removal, low hydrogen consumption
medium/high conversion, low sulfur removal, medium hydrogen consumption
medium conversion, high sulfur removal, high hydrogen consumption
0
100
10
20
80
H2 consumption [g/kg]
50
30
60
Residue desulfurization [%]
40
Conversion [%]
50
40
020
-50 0
low conversion, low sulfur removal, low hydrogen consumption
medium/high conversion, low sulfur removal, medium hydrogen consumption
medium conversion, high sulfur removal, high hydrogen consumption
(a)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Conversion [%]
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
H2 consumption [g/kg]
(b)
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100
Residue desulfurization [%]
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
H2 consumption [g/kg]
(c)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Conversion [%]
-40
-20
0
20
40
60
80
100
Residue desulfurization [%]
(d)
Figure 6.39: Clustering data for a) 3D-plot of H2consumption, conversion and sulfur removal
in residue fraction, b) 2D-plot of H2consumption over conversion, c) 2D-plot of H2consumption
over sulfur removal in residue fraction and d) 2D-plot of sulfur removal over over conversion
The points presented in blue, first cluster, correspond to experiments that consumed
low amounts of H2while converting low amounts of feed vacuum residue to lower
boiling products and yielded a residue fraction containing high amounts of sulfur.
Experimental results allocated in this region display the least promising results.
When taking a closer look at the experiments located in this area the observation
can be made that mostly experiments performed at low temperature (400 Cand
below) without catalyst or with very inactive catalysts fall into this cluster.
Second cluster (red) groups data points that have in common a medium to high
conversion at low sulfur removal together with medium H2consumption. In this
area, mostly experiments with supercritical and at elevated temperatures of 415 C
and 430 Care located. All experiments of this cluster show a tendency that is not of
interest for the aim of precise vacuum residue desulfurization, but for the conversion
of vacuum residue. With the aim of the production of low boiling products from
vacuum residue, catalysts additives and process conditions of experiments allocated
within this cluster are advantageous. The consumed H2is mostly needed to saturate
6.5 Data analysis 125
radicals formed in the cracking of C-C bonds [266,267]. Therefore, H2consumption is
higher compared to the first cluster. Since desulfurization reactions are not promoted
in experiments within this cluster, the remaining vacuum residue has a very high
sulfur content.
The third cluster is of highest interest. Here, a very high desulfurization of the
residue took place and an almost sulfur-free vacuum residue, complying with the
sulfur regulations, was received. On the other hand, the cost at which this desulfu-
rization is achieved, can be identified. Though the feed undergoes low conversion,
high H2consumption is needed to remove the majority of the sulfur from the residue.
All data points allocated within this cluster were conducted with the usage of the
catalyst B14 in different configurations and with choice of different process parame-
ters. The assumed mechanistic pathway pursued with catalyst B14 is most pobably
the reason for the high H2consumption and is discussed in Section 6.4. The H2
consumption is in the range of what is reported for high conversion processes like
the VCC process, where 395 Nm3/t (corresponds to 35 g H2per kg vacuum residue)
are necessary for nearly full conversion of the vacuum residue feedstock [268].
6.5.3 Asphaltene and maltene conversion
The procedure for the analysis of the residue fractions maltenes and asphaltenes
is complex and involves high consumption of solvents and therefore this was only
performed for a subset ob experiments. In Fig. 6.40 both residue fractions are
plotted over the degree of conversion. The share of maltenes decreased strong and
steadily with increasing conversion indicating that maltenes were mostly cracked
and the products contributed to the oil and gas yield. The asphaltene fraction was
only marginally influenced by an increased conversion, underlining that the complex
asphaltenes were very stable. Even at process conditions that reduced the maltene
content from initially 85% to only 20% leading to observed conversions of around
80%, the asphaltene fraction was only slightly reduced. Only the experiments with
catalyst B14 showed strong asphaltenes reduction at low degree of conversion.
When also the effect on the desulfurization is taken into account the regression
analysis used in Fig. 6.40 will become difficult to handle. Therefore, classification is
used again to identify regions and parameters that strongly correlate. In Fig. 6.41
results from this clustering are displayed.
Dividing the data into three clusters gives good insights. The blue data points are all
from the experiments with catalyst B14, while the green and red can be distinguished
126 Chapter 6 Results and discussion
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80%
Share
Conversion
Asphaltenes Maltenes
Figure 6.40: Influence of residue fractions on conversion
0
1
0.05
0.8
0.1
Asphaltenes
0.15
0.6
Maltenes
0.5
Conversion
0.2
0.4
0.2
00
Cluster 1
Cluster 2
Cluster 3
(a)
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2
Asphaltenes
-0.4
-0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
DesulfurizationResidue
(b)
Figure 6.41: a) Clusters in residue transformation b) Desulfurization of residue over asphaltene
content
by the temperature level applied during the experiments. Most interesting are the
experiments which maintained a high maltene content (leading to low conversion)
while reducing asphaltenes which then correlated strongly with the sulfur removal
from the residue fraction. This area is located in the far right lower corner of Fig. 6.41
a). The experiments which mostly fulfilled these specifications are the ones using
catalyst B14.
6.5.4 Denitrification
In commercial HDS units, also denitrification of the feed takes place. In Fig. 6.42
the nitrogen content of the residue product is plotted over the sulfur content of the
residue.
6.5 Data analysis 127
0.0%
0.2%
0.4%
0.6%
0.8%
1.0%
0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6%
Nitrogen in residue
Sulfur in residue
Figure 6.42: Correlation of desulfurization and denitrification
Also, for the process conditions and catalysts examined in this thesis, good desul-
furization correlated very well with the removal of nitrogen. Denitrification was
therefore also strongly enhanced by catalyst B14. In literature it is reported that
denitrification is necessary for the desulfurization [172]. The fact that catalyst B14
reduces nitrogen content to a better extent than the other catalysts may therefore
also display a reason for the good desulfurization.
6.5.5 Conclusion from the data analysis
The general trend, when neglecting the experiments with catalyst B14, shows that
cracking leading to formation of lower boiling products is the key for desulfurization
of the feedstock. Thus, the catalysts and additives supporting cracking of C-C bonds
enable better desulfurization. Desulfurization of the feedstock does not necessarily
correlate with the production of a low sulfur residue, but strongly with production of
low boiling fractions with lower sulfur content. The only catalyst not following this
trend is catalyst B14. All analyzed data support the interpretations that with cata-
lyst B14 a completely different desulfurization mechanism takes place, compared to
all other catalysts and additives. Also, the data support the developed mechanistic
pathway as it is displayed in Section 6.4.2.
Chapter 7
Economic evaluation of findings
Several different catalysts and process conditions for slurry hydro-desulfurization of
vacuum residue have been tested and the experimental results are presented and
discussed in the previous chapters. Analysis of the product fractions have been
used to identify optimal conditions for the hydrodesulfurization of vacuum residue
with high sulfur content. The objective of this chapter is an economic evaluation of
the findings at technically relevant scale in order to identify and classify the results
within the context of the current market situation. Two scenarios were chosen for
the economic analysis which are hydrodesulfuriaztion with catalyst B14 and SCW
upgrading. The two scenarios are based on the mass balances and findings from the
lab scale reactor and use additional data for the calculation of the CAPEX. The first
scenario aims at utilizing catalyst B14 for the removal of sulfur, while the second
scenario uses SCW as additive, mostly producing lower boiling components and a
high sulfur residue.
We return to the refinery described in Section 2.2 and locate the vacuum residue
slurry hydrodesulfurization process in the residue stream leaving the bottom of the
vacuum distillation column. For the two scenarios calculated here, boundary condi-
tions are chosen and several assumptions are made. These boundary conditions and
assumptions are defined in the following Section 7.1 followed by the calculation of
the capital expenditures (CAPEX) and operational expenditures (OPEX) in Section
7.2. The results of the economic calculations are presented in Sections 7.3 and 7.4
and both cases are compared and evaluated in Section 7.5.
7.1 Boundaries and assumptions 129
7.1 Boundaries and assumptions
In order to perform an economic analysis, the system boundaries have to be deter-
mined and several assumptions have to be made complementing the data from the
experimental section. The system boundaries are displayed in Fig. 7.1.
VR Slurry hydrogenation
reactor
H2
Additive
/
catalyst
Condensation,
separation and
upgrading
(desulfurized) vacuum residue
Gases (C1-C4)
Liquid fraction
(VGO Naphtha)
Vacuum
distillation
Vacuum
-flash Sulfur
Figure 7.1: Boundaries of the economic evaluation
The capacity of the residue desulfurization unit is chosen to be 2.16·106t/a assuming
that about 5-10% of a 500,000 barrel per day refinery is vacuum residue. This
corresponds to 59.2 t/day for 8,000 hours of production assumed every year. The
figures are based on the Baton Rouge Refinery in Baton Rouge, Louisiana, USA
[269] and the economics are calculated for the USA location.
It is further assumed that the residue upgrading unit is integrated into an existing
refinery so that an infrastructure for vacuum residue supply as well as utilization of
distillate streams exists. In Tab. 7.1 the experimental results, the cost calculations
are based on, are summarized.
The feed vacuum residue for the process is the vacuum residue used for the exper-
imental investigations in this thesis. The product fractions are subdivided into gas
(gas - H2S), naphtha (oil), and vacuum residue (residue) as displayed in Tab. 7.1.
Further distinguishing the oil fraction into naphtha, diesel and vacuum gas oil is not
performed. For the naphtha fraction it is assumed that it can be introduced into
the naphtha pool after hydrotreating. This is assumed because the H/C ratio of the
product oil is very similar to that of naphtha (naphtha 1.9, product oil 2.00 and 1.87).
130 Chapter 7 Economic evaluation of findings
Table 7.1: Key figures from the experiments the economic calculations are based on
Catalyst B14 SCW
Process parameters
Residence time 1 h 3 h
Temperature 400 C 430 C
Pressure 310 bar 310 bar
Amount of catalyst 15% 100%
Residue
Fraction 70% 23%
H/C 1.98 0.89
S content 0.3% 7.0%
Oil
Fraction 21% 59%
H/C 2.00 1.87
S content 0.2% 3.3%
Gas
Fraction 9% 18%
H/C 3.00 3.00
H2S 56 g/kg 23 g/kg
For the vacuum residue fraction it is further assumed that when reaching the sulfur
level of <0.5% it can be sold as VLSFO. Other specifications for the fuel quality are
not taken into account. The amount of H2consumed during the upgrading process
is a crucial figure and is calculated via Eq. 6.8 based on the experimental findings.
The sulfur content of the product fractions as well as the degree of desulfurization
and thus the H2S production are also taken from experimentally obtained data as
listed in Tab. 7.1. Sulfur, removed from the organic feed as H2S, is reacted to ele-
mental sulfur in a Claus unit. The ratio of catalyst to vacuum residue is estimated
based on the experimental findings. From the experimental semi-continuous setup
no insights on possible recirculation of the catalyst could be gained. A sensitivity
analysis calculating the process cost based on varying catalyst recycle is performed.
7.2 Cost estimation for the large scale process
7.2.1 Capital cost
In order to calculate the capital investment cost of a plant or unit operation the first
step is the development of a basic process flow diagram for the identification of the
main components which can then be used for the CAPEX calculation. The basic
flow diagram is displayed in Fig. 7.2.
7.2 Cost estimation for the large scale process 131
Slurry
reactor and
seperation
Com-
pression
H2supply
Flare
Emergency
quench/
blow-off
Hydrotreater Gas recovery
Amine
regeneration
Claus unit Sulfur pit
Amine
scrubber
Product
storage
Residue
workup
Residue
storage
Solids
handling
Methane
Vacuum
residue
HFO/VLS
FO
Sulfur
Product oil
H2recovery
Solids
Product
gas
Product
storage
Piping and
buildings
Plant control
Power
supply and
distribution
Gases
(fuel gas, N2
and air)
Water/
steam/
cooling
Figure 7.2: Basic flow diagram of the residue desulfurization process
132 Chapter 7 Economic evaluation of findings
Based on the developed setup of the complete process, the estimation of the CAPEX
was performed. Cost for the unit operations were calculated based on a project the
partner company h-tec heavy oil GmbH performed for a residue hydroconversion
plant designed for a US location. The key unit operations are the same for both
the catalyst B14 and SCW cases. Only some unit operations vary in size, mainly
because of the large volume needed for the SCW and the differences in the product
distribution. Both the residence time and volume affect the space-time-yield, thus
influencing the size of the high pressure reactors. As summarized in Tab. 7.1 the
residence time with SCW was 3 times higher than with catalyst B14. A factor
of 6 (comprised of extra volume needed for water and the increased resindence
time) for the sizing of the high pressure unit operations is therefore considered
when calculating the CAPEX for the SCW case. Also, in the case of SCW a larger
fraction of light products is produced needing a larger hydrotreater. For the cost
calculation, data was taken from a plant designed for vacuum residue conversion
based on the Bergius-Pier technology. The influence of capacity on investment costs
was taken into account by degression exponents. The investment costs for a plant
with a deviating capacity (I2) can be estimated according to the eq. 7.1 based on
the investment cost from the Bergieus-Pier plant (I1) and the relationship between
the new (C2) and old (C1) plant size. The exponent mcan be found in literature
for the different unit operations and is commonly 0.6 [270].
I2=I1·C1
C2m(7.1)
The calculated cost are based on a project from the year 2004 and are projected to
2019 using eq. 7.2 taking into account the cost in 2004 (I2004), the inflation (i) and
the number of years since 2004 (n).
I2019 =I2004 ·(1 + i)n(7.2)
An average inflation of 2% is assumed. The principle components necessary for the
large scale plant together with the corresponding capacity and resulting cost for
2019 are given in Tab. 7.2.
The total investment cost (TIC) for the SCW plant are 23.5 % higher, mostly because
of the larger volume needed in the high pressure reactor. The depreciation time is
assumed to be 15 years with an annual interest rate of 7%. The equivalent annual
7.2 Cost estimation for the large scale process 133
Table 7.2: Unit operations in the large scale plant together with the corresponding capacity for
each unit operation and the resulting cost
Capacity Price [Me]
Unit operation Unit Cat. B14 SCW Cat. B14 SCW
Process
Revamp VR prep. t/h 300 300 67.7 67.7
Slurry reactor t/h 270 600 144.7 472.0
Hydrotreater / -cracker t/h 46 158 113.9 225.2
Hydrogen compression m3/h 350 000 350 000 68.3 68.3
Residue work up t/h 216 108 23.9 15.1
Emergency quench and
blowdown t/h 270 270 13.6 13.6
Flake solidification t/h 32 97 14.1 14.1
Heavy slop storage t/h 270 270 3.9 3.9
Sour water stripping m3/h 25 25 24.1 24.1
Amine regeneration m3/h 25 25 29.0 29.0
Sulfur recovery and
tail gas t/h 20 20 103.7 103.7
Hydrogen recovery m3/h 350 000 350 000 42.5 42.5
Gas recovery t/h 50 50 49.5 49.5
Utilities
Raw water supply m3/h 1 000 1 200 27.2 30.7
Steam and condensate t/h 390 390 38.2 38.2
Cooling water m3/h 10 000 10 000 8.9 8.9
Plant and instrument air m3/h 7 200 7 200 7.9 7.9
Fuel gas system kg/h 62 62 2.6 2.6
Nitrogen system m3/h 30 000 30 000 2.5 2.5
Waste water treatment m3/h 260 460 33.3 48.6
Power distribution MW 100 100 160.7 160.7
Power generation MW 21 21 9.9 9.9
Off-Sites
Sulfur pit t/h 20 20 1.1 1.1
Solids handling t/h 32 97 178.1 178.1
Flare system t/h 896 896 8.7 8.7
Intermediate and
product storage t 10 000 10 000 64.1 64.1
Control system - 1 1 20.6 20.6
Interconnections t 8 000 9 000 105.8 119.0
Buildings m26 642 6 642 7.1 7.1
Fire protection - 14 14 8.6 8.6
Site preparation ha 19 27 115.5 115.5
Total 1 499.3 1 961.1
cost (EAC) are calculated according to eq. 7.3 where j is the interest rate and n the
number of years.
EAC =TIC ·(1 + j)n·j
(1 + j)n1(7.3)
The resulting EAC for the case using catalyst B14 are 164.6 Me/a and for the case
with SCW 215.3 Me/a.
134 Chapter 7 Economic evaluation of findings
7.2.2 Variable cost
The variable cost are composed of the cost for consumed educts like the H2and
vacuum residue as well as cost for maintenance and operating staff.
H2and vacuum residue consumption are based on experimental findings as listed in
Tab. 7.1. A catalyst recycle ratio of 95% is assumed reducing the amount of fresh
catalyst to 5% of the experimentally determinant amount. The resulting OPEX are
summarized in Tab. 7.3.
Table 7.3: OPEX for both cases
Unit Consumption Annual cost [M$]
Component for consumption Cat. B14 SCW Cat. B14 SCW
Vacuum residue t/h 270 270 216 216
H2t/h 9.7 9.2 47.5 44.9
H2O t/h - 13.5 - <0.1
Catalyst t/h 2.0 - 454.9 -
Electrical power MW 50 50 18.0 18.0
Fuel gas MWh 60 140 13.5 31.6
Maintenance % of CAPEX 3 3 22.6 29.6
Staff Person/year 60 60 7.2 7.2
Contingency % of OPEX 1.5 1.5 2.8 2.6
Both processes yield low boiling fractions as well as residue. In the case of catalyst
B14 the residue product is desulfurized and complies with the sulfur regulations.
Smaller amounts of gas and low boiling fractions are a side product of the desul-
fuization process. In the case of SCW the residue fraction contains high amounts of
sulfur while the main products of the process are low boiling liquids and gas. Based
on the experimental findings the product distributions are calculated and presented
in Tab. 7.4
Table 7.4: Produced products for both cases
Produced amount [t/h]
Product Cat. B14 SCW
C1 C2 6.9 31.8
C3 C4 2.3 10.6
Naphtha 56.7 159.3
Sulfur 15.1 6.2
Residue <0.5% S 186.3 0.0
Residue >0.5% S and purge 13.5 62.1
Total 281.8 292.7
7.3 Economic analysis of the desulfurization process with catalyst B14 135
7.3 Economic analysis of the desulfurization process with cat-
alyst B14
Based on the figures and calculations presented in the previous sections, the results
for the economic analysis for a 50 000 b/d plant using catalyst B14 are presented
here. Figure 7.3 shows the cost that are necessary to process 1 t of vacuum residue
with a sulfur content of 5.85 wt.-%. The cost are displayed as red bars, while
the revenues are in blue. The green bar displays the minimum price (464.07 e) at
which the remaining desulfurized residue (690 kg) from 1 t processes vacuum residue
feed needs to be sold to cover all expenses. Consequently, this means that 1 t of
desulfurized vacuum residue has the minimum production cost of 672.56 e.
270.27 €
76.21 €
29.20 €
201.35 €
21.99 €
-5.03 €
-124.32 €
-5.60 €
464.07 €
VR
CAPEX
OPEX*
Catalyst
H2
C3 and C4
Distillate
Sulfur
Processing cost
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
Figure 7.3: Economics of the vacuum residue upgrading using catalyst B14
Since the possibility to return spent catalyst to the process while maintaining a
high catalytic activity could not be validated experimentally, the sensitivity of the
price of 1 t desulfurized vacuum residue with respect to the recirculation rate of the
catalyst is presented in Fig. 7.4.
The green area marks the price range projected for VLSFO (very low sulfur fuel oil
- HFO with a sulfur content of < 0.5%) after the IMO regulations come into order
based on several studies [271–273]. The price for VLSFO is reported to increase due
to a shift in demand from High Sulfur Fuel Oil (HSFO) to VLSFO. The shift in de-
mand is difficult to predict, but most likely, not all ship owners will install scrubbers
on board their fleet in order to be able to run on HSFO after 2020. The red line in
Fig. 7.4 displays the production cost based on the experimental findings depending
on the catalyst recycle ratio. In the bottom diagram, the further catalyst perfor-
mance improvements are taken into account reducing the necessary total catalyst
136 Chapter 7 Economic evaluation of findings
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
Production cost [€/t]
Catalyst recycle
Production cost
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1,000
1,100
1,200
90% 91% 92% 93% 94% 95% 96% 97% 98% 99% 100%
Production cost [€/t]
Catalyst recycle
Production cost
Forcasted long term price for VLSFO
Forcasted long term price for VLSFO
10% reduced catalyst amount
20% reduced catalyst amount
30% reduced catalyst amount
40% reduced catalyst amount
Figure 7.4: Top: sensitivity analysis for the recycle ratio of catalyst B14 Bottom excerpt of the
region 90 - 100% recycle with dotted lines as optimization potential in catalyst amount reduction
amount. The dotted lines display cases in which the catalyst is improved in such
a manner that the total amount can be reduced by 10%, 20%, 30% and 40%. At
this stage of research, there are a number of uncertainties and several optimization
potentials that can lead to these improvements. The analysis shows that by reducing
the needed catalyst amount by 40% a purge of 5% spent catalyst could still enable
economic performance of the process.
7.4 Economic analysis of SCW upgrading
When SCW is used, the main product of the process is not desulfurized residue but
lower boiling fractions with higher market value. Downside of SCW upgrading is
the remaining residue with a sulfur content of 7%. This residue can only be used
7.5 Evaluation and comparison 137
thermally on site or as basis for HFO. Figure 7.5 displays the cost revenue balances
for the SCW case in a waterfall diagram.
270.27 €
99.68 €
41.10 €
0.02 €
20.77 €
-23.24 €
-349.28 €
-2.30 €
57.03 €
VR
CAPEX
OPEX*
Catalyst
H2
C3 and C4
Distillate
Sulfur
Processing cost
0
100
200
300
400
500
Figure 7.5: Economics of the vacuum residue upgrading using SCW
The higher CAPEX due to larger equipment size and the higher OPEX (excluding
hydrogen and catalyst) due to elevated operation temperature compared to the first
economic case can be seen in Fig. 7.5. In total, the processing cost still stay below
those of the first case because water as catalyst is significantly less expensive than
catalyst B14. Revenues from distillate fractions and sulfur still do not cover all
expanses so that the remaining high sulfur residue (230 kg/t) must still achieve a
market value of at least 57.03 e(247.96 e/t).
7.5 Evaluation and comparison
Throughout the last months of the year 2019, just before the IMO regulations came
into effect, the fuel price for HFO dropped dramatically while the price for VLSFO
increased steadily. As displayed in Fig. 7.6 (a), the price gap between VLSFO and
HFO steadily increased in average at the 20 largest ports word wide. Also in 2020
the price further increased for VLSFO as displayed in Fig. 7.6 (b) but here we also
see an increase in HFO price.
In January 2020 the VLSFO price reached almost 700 $/t (629 e/t) making the
desulfurization process economically more attractive. Based on this price and a
HFO price of 380 $/t (342 e/t) the economics of the two processes for the 50,000
barrel per day plant are compared in Tab. 7.5. For each of the upgrading processes
(catalyst B14 and SCW) two scenarios are presented.
138 Chapter 7 Economic evaluation of findings
(a)
(b)
Figure 7.6: Price development for HFO 380 (red), HFO 180 (blue) and VLSFO (gray) in (a)
2019 and (b) 2020 [274]
Table 7.5: Economic comparison of both cases
Cost Income Revenue ROI
Cat. B14
95% recycle 1 294 Me/a 1 229 Me/a -65 Me/a -4.3%
95% recycle and
40% catalyst reduction 1 120 Me/a 1 229 Me/a 109 Me/a 7.3%
SCW
77% Conversion 933 Me/a 979 Me/a 47 Me/a 2.4%
100% Conversion 959 Me/a 1 098 Me/a 135 Me/a 6.7%
The economic analysis shows that the desulfurization of the residue using catalyst
B14 has potential in the current market situation. In comparison to the SCW
upgrading scenario, catalyst B14 may have an economic advantage, if catalyst per-
formance and recycling are improved. Catalyst cost would have to be reduced by at
7.5 Evaluation and comparison 139
least 2/3 of the assumed price in order to reach a return on invest (ROI) of 15%,
which is generally the minimum return on invest (ROI) for large projects in industry.
For the SCW upgrading process not even the complete conversion of the of the feed
vacuum residue to lower boiling products could improve the economic performance
to an ROI of 15%. Market ready solutions exist aiming at complete conversion with
slurry hydrogenation reactors, but the economic incentive is not strong enough to
see these solutions prevail. Since the market situation is not easy to predict and in-
securities concerning the VLSFO price development dominate the market, refineries
will currently not install equipment to produce fuel complying with the new sulfur
regulations. Additionally, refineries assume that the extreme price differences ob-
served at the moment will not endure. For example the company UOP assumes ship
owners to gradually equip their fleet with scrubbers to enable the utilization of HFO
after 2020 and that this will affect the price situation as displayed in Fig. 7.7. A
well-founded statement will only be possible after prices have found a stable level
as assumed in Fig. 7.7.
MARPOL Annex will have Worldwide Effects on High
Sulphur Fuel Oil (HSFO) Demand and Price
2
Significantly reduced HSFO use for
bunkering as a result of new regulations
Surplus residue expected after residue
conversion and power generation usage
Will significantly impact product price
differentials in 2020
HSFO expected to be priced at significant
discount after 2020 compared with 2016
(~40% lower) -50.00
-40.00
-30.00
-20.00
-10.00
0.00
10.00
20.00
30.00
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2040
Ultra-low sulfur diesel LS Bunker (0.5 % S)
ECA MGO (0.1 % S) Gasoil 0.1% sulfur
Residual fuel oil 1% Residual fuel oil 3.5%
Product Price, $/BBL
Price Recovery
Assumes Ships Will
Install Scrubbers
Source: IHS
UOP 8080F-2
Price change in %
Figure 7.7: Long term price trend for bunker fuels [168]
Concluding from the economic assessment presented in this chapter, the current mar-
ket situation grants advantages for refineries that are able to supply VLSFO. Both
residue upgrading processes presented here do not achieve large enough revenues
to make the ROI attractive. Catalyst B14 bears large potential for improvements
and may become economically attractive, if its performance is improved and the
needed amount reduced. On long term, the ship owners will decide which direc-
tion the market will take and only when a stable VLSFO and HFO price level has
been reached, refiners will make decisions on how to deal with the residue. Having
an economically feasible solution at hand by that time will be extremely valuable.
140 Chapter 7 Economic evaluation of findings
The economic calculations in this chapter show that catalyst B14 has the poten-
tial to play a significant roll in the future, if further investigations on the catalysts
performance improvement show positive results.
Chapter 8
Summary and outlook
The aim of this work was to identify process conditions and catalysts or additives for
slurry phase vacuum residue hydrodesulfurization under less severe conditions than
for hydroconversion and to identify the mechanistic pathway for hydrodesulfurization
of the feedstock.
The effects of process conditions pressure, H2throughput, reaction time, and tem-
perature on desulfurization and conversion reactions were analyzed intensively. The
calculation of a rate expression for both desulfurization reactions and conversion laid
basis for choosing the temperature within optimal range for desulfurization, while
keeping conversion at a minimum. By systematic analysis of the influence of all
process parameters, it was found that long residence time, at low temperature, and
high H2partial pressure and throughput were beneficial for desulfurization reactions.
On the other hand, conversion reactions were enhanced by choosing all parameters,
except for pressure, at the upper range within the examined region.
Table 8.1: Choice of process parameters to achieve good desulfurization and high conversion
Process parameter Desulfurization Conversion
Pressure high low
H2throughput high high
Residence time high high
Temperature low high
A basic set of process parameters for the screening of several promising catalysts was
chosen based on the observations summarized in Tab. 8.1. While both conversion
reactions and desulfurization benefit from high H2throughput and residence time,
pressure and temperature could be adjusted to either promote desulfurization or
conversion. With the knowledge of optimal process conditions for the desulfurization
of vacuum residue, 400 C,310 bar, 1200 l/h H2throughput, and 3 h residence time
142 Chapter 8 Summary and outlook
were chosen for the screening of catalysts. Several catalysts and additives were
investigated for their ability to desulfurize vacuum residue at these conditions.
The catalyst screening revealed SCW as additive that enhances conversion reactions,
while catalyst B14 was identified as very good desulfurization catalyst. The mech-
anisms behind conversion of vacuum residue with SCW and desulfurization with
catalyst B14 were investigated and discussed. While in literature, SCW is also dis-
cussed as additive for desulfurization, the investigations in this thesis showed very
clearly that SCW promotes cracking reactions and not desulfurization. Experiments
with sulfur containing model compounds revealed the stability of especially BT and
DBT structures and the fact that they are very prone to SCW supported desul-
furization. Combining SCW with a molybdenum containing catalyst could only
marginally increase the desulfurization of model compounds in comparison to SCW
without the catalyst. The same process conditions and catalysts applied to model
compounds were then used with crude oil based vacuum residue. Strong differences
between the desulfurization of model compounds and vacuum residue show that re-
actions with model compounds are not capable of representing the desulfurization
of crude oil based vacuum residue. Desulfurization of asphaltenes and maltenes is
more complex because of the large aromatic cores, branched alkyl chains shielding
the sulfur atoms, and ππinteractions between aromatic sheets. Only by crack-
ing of these highly complex residue constituents, sulfur bonds are destabilized and
made accessible for sulfur removal. The strong ππinteractions between the aro-
matic sheets of asphaltenes and maltenes can be reduced by SCW as also shown by
other researches. The increased conversion of vacuum residue to oil and asphaltenes
to maltenes observed when using SCW has also been shown by other researchers,
but in this work the formation of coke can be completely suppressed by high H2
pressure. Because SCW enhances only the conversion and not the desulfurization,
the remaining residue fraction exhibits an increased sulfur content. Desulfurization
abilities of SCW are negligible, but its positive effect on cracking reactions can be
utilized in processes where conversion of high boiling vacuum residue to low boiling
and more valuable products is the aim. Increasing the process temperature to 430 C
resulted in a conversion of 77% with the downside of a remaining residue with 7%
sulfur content. Based on the compounds identified in the oil phase as well as the
composition of the residue, a mechanistic pathway was suggested.
Catalyst B14 exhibited a very strong desulfurization effect and therefore it is cur-
rently subject to patent law proceedings which prevent the catalytic substances to
be named here. The catalyst is formed insitu by addition of two materials that have
143
a very strong hydrogenation effect. This strong catalytic hydrogenation resulted in
complete removal of asphaltenes by hydrogenation of the aromatic core. H/C ratio
of the substrate was intensively increased to nearly 2. Desulfurization with catalyst
B14 proceeds via the HYD route. The bond energy of C-S bonds in an aliphatic
system is lower than in aromatic systems, enabling deep hydrodesulfurization at low
temperatures of 400 Cwhere thermal cracking reactions are not as dominant. A
potential reaction path for the desulfurization of an asphaltene molecule under these
conditions was developed based on the identified product properties. By variation
of the ratio and total amount of the two catalyst precursors, the catalysts composi-
tion was optimized. Reduction of residence time and increase of the total catalyst
amount could promote desulfurization reactions while at the same time lowering
the occurrence of cracking reactions. Desulfurization of above 90% was reached at
only 30% conversion when 15 wt% of the catalyst precursor was introduced into the
system at 400 C,310 bar, 1200 l/h H2, and 1 h residence time.
In order to identify the economic potential for both experimentally demonstrated
routes (SCW for vacuum residue hydroconversion and catalyst B14 for vacuum
residue hydrodesufurization), economic assessments for both hydroprocessing paths
were developed for a 50,000 barrel per day vacuum residue upgrading facility.
CAPEX for the SCW hydroconversion plant are higher than for hydrodesulfuriza-
tion with catalyst B14, mostly because of the larger and more expensive equipment
needed. On the other hand, OPEX for the hydroconversion process with SCW are
comparably low, because no expensive catalyst is of need. Still, revenues from low
boiling products cannot compensate the complete processing cost and the remaining
vacuum residue with high sulfur content would need to be sold at a price above the
current (and also long therm) HSFO price. For hydrodesulfurization with catalyst
B14, the OPEX are extremely high, if no recirculation of the catalyst is assumed.
Sensitivity analysis for the influence of total catalyst amount and recycle on the
desulfurization cost showed potential for this technology, if catalyst activity can be
maintained at high recirculation and lower catalyst/vacuum residue ratio. The fact
that catalyst B14 has a very strong hydrogenation activity results in high H2con-
sumption. Though the aim of low conversion is achieved, the high H2consumption
exceeds that of the SCW hydroconversion process. In spite of the assumption that
H2consumption intensively dictates the processing cost, production cost are manly
influenced by CAPEX and catalyst cost.
Price fluctuations at the fuel oil market as consequence of the LSF2020 regulations
prevent refineries from making investment decisions though currently (January 2020)
144 Chapter 8 Summary and outlook
the price gap between HFO and VLSFO almost reaches 300 e/t. The gap is expected
to decrease in the upcoming years leading to larger economic challenges for vacuum
residue hydrodesulfurization processes.
The aim of finding a catalyst and process conditions for hydrodesulfurization of
high sulfur vacuum residue in a slurry reactor system was reached. The mechanism
behind this route was identified, reveling the downsides of the catalyst. Very high
catalyst/vacuum residue ratio and high H2consumption lead to economic unfavor-
able conditions for the technology. The economic assessment and comparison with
a technology for vacuum residue conversion showed both advantages and downsides
of the hydrodesulfurization catalyst B14. Future research needs to focus on improv-
ing catalyst performance to make it an interesting option for refineries. Intensive
studies on the molecular level could help identify optimization potentials. Investiga-
tions on the long term activity of the catalyst and recycle potential should also be
addressed in order to reduce cost. Though plugging of the downstream equipment
could be prevented by addition of HOK and powdering of the catalyst precursors,
this phenomenon needs to be investigated more thoroughly. SCW hydroconversion
uses a cheap and environmentally sustainable additive to enhance conversion. The
downside of the high sulfur containing hydrogenation residue of this process could
possibly be minimized by using SCW at even higher temperatures, normally applied
for hydroconversion processes.
Appendix A
Appendix
A.1 Determination of kinetic parameters 147
A.1 Determination of kinetic parameters
In a batch-reactor, kinetic data can be retrieved by varying residence time and
reaction temperature subsequently in different experiments, while measuring the
concentration or amount of the respective substance. The amount of reaction prod-
ucts must be kept low to minimize their effect on the reaction rate. In the here used
system, formed products are continuously removed from the reaction zone, ensur-
ing minimal influence on the reaction. The used procedure for acquiring the rate
of reaction is based on [275]. The reaction order was determined by variation of
the residence time. In order to find the reaction order, an order was assumed and
the corresponding function of the respective component was plotted over time as
indicated in the following equations.
n= 0 cA(t) = cA(0) kt plot cAover t (A.1a)
n= 1 cA(t) = cA(0)exp(kt)plot ln(cA
cA0)over t (A.1b)
n21
cA(t)n1
=1
c0
A)n1
+kt(n1) plot 1
cA(t)n1over t (A.1c)
(A.1)
The plot with a linear relationship represented the reaction order an the slope of the
plotted line gave k.
ln ([A])
t
𝑑ln 𝐴
𝑑𝑡 = 𝑘
(a) reaction of 1. order
t
(1/[A])n-1
𝑑𝑙𝑛 [𝐴] ()*
𝑑𝑡 = 1 𝑛 𝑘
(b) reaction of order n
Figure A.1: Determination of the reaction order
Measured data for ln(kA)can be plotted over 1/T to obtain the slope of the resulting
plot as activation energy (EA) divided by the ideal gas constant (R) as displayed in
Fig. A.2.
148 Chapter A Appendix
1/T [K]
ln (k)
-EA/R
Figure A.2: Determination of the activation energy (EA)
The intersection between the the graph and the y-axis gives k0so that all parameters
for the rate expression are determined.
A.2 List of product specifications
A.2 List of product specifications 149
Table A.1: List of product specifications; not for every experiment all product specifications were
retrieved
Spec. No. Specification
1 Fraction hydrogenation residue
2 Fraction HPCS
3 Fraction gas
4 Fraction residue
5 Fraction distillate oil
6 Fraction product oil
7 Fraction asphaltenes
8 Fraction maltenes
9ωC,hydrogenationresidue
10 ωC,HP CS
11 ωC,residue
12 ωC,oil
13 ωC,asphaltenes
14 ωC,maltenes
15 ωC,solids
16 ωH,hydrogenationresidue
17 ωH,HP CS
18 ωH,residue
19 ωH,oil
20 ωH,asphaltenes
21 ωH,maltenes
22 ωH,solids
23 ωS,hydrogenationresidue
24 ωS,HP CS
25 ωS,residue
26 ωS,oil
27 ωS,asphaltenes
28 ωS,maltenes
29 ωS,solids
30 ωN,hydrogenationresidue
31 ωN,HP CS
32 ωN,residue
33 ωN,oil
34 ωN,asphaltenes
35 ωN,maltenes
36 ωN,Solids
37 Conversion
38 H/C ratio oil
39 H/C ratio residue
40 H/C ratio asphaltenes
41 H/C ratio maltenes
42 H/C ratio total
43 Cahr formation
44 GC/MS analysis of oil
45 GC/MS analysis of distillate fraction
46 GC/MS analysis of HPCS fraction
47 H2S
48 CH4
49 C2H6
50 H2consumption
51 Molar mass
150 Chapter A Appendix
A.3 GC/MS of oil
Table A.2: Table of identified compounds from the oil fraction from experiment with HOK
Retention time Compound
3.54 Octane
5.11 dimethyl-Heptane
5.30 Xylene
5.90 Nonane
6.56 methyl-Nonane
7.81 trimethyl-Benzene
7.91 Decane
10.87 Undecane
12.95 tetramethyl-Benzene
13.64 tetrahydro-Naphthalene
14.48 Dodecane
16.14 Hexatriacontane
16.30 dimethyl-Hexadecane
17.05 Tridecane
17.31 methyl-Benzothiophene
19.03 Tetradecane
19.19 dimethyl-Benzothiophene
19.98 trimethyl-Dodecane
20.65 Pentadecane
22.25 Hexadecane
22.89 methyl-Tridecane
23.57 Heptadecane
24.94 Octadecane
25.02 Pentatriacontane
26.17 Nonadecane
28.46 tetramethyl-Heptadecane
29.51 Tetracosane
A.4 GC/MS of oil 151
A.4 GC/MS of oil
Table A.3: Table of identified compounds from the oil fraction from experiments with catalyst
B14
Retention time Compound
4.02 dimethyl-Cyclohexane
4.42 Octane
5.28 ethyl-Cyclohexane
6.59 Nonane
6.79 ethyl-2-methyl-Cyclohexane
7.05 methylethyl-Cyclohexane
7.26 propyl-Cyclohexane
7.95 ethyl-methyl-Benzene
8.49 methyl-propyl-Cyclohexane
8.80 trimethyl-Benzene
8.84 Decane
9.91 butyl-Cyclohexane
10.91 decahydro-Naphthalene
12.36 Undecane
13.05 decahydro-methyl-Naphthalene
13.69 pentyl-Cyclohexane
15.52 Dodecane
16.59 undecyl-Cyclohexane
17.88 Tridecane
18.18 Bicyclohexyl
18.85 butyl-Cyclohexane
19.21 tetradecahydro-Benzocyclodecene
19.82 Tetradecane
20.75 Cyclohexane, octyl-
21.15 dimethyl-ethanediyl-Cyclohexane
21.50 Pentadecane
21.59 Undecadiene
22.42 n-Amylcyclohexane
23.00 Hexadecane
24.40 Heptadecane
25.71 Octadecane
26.94 Hexatriacontane
28.10 Eicosane
29.22 Tritetracontane
152 Chapter A Appendix
A.5 Data preparation
Data preparation includes checking the collected data for consistency, accuracy and
whether it is cleaned from faulty values. The first step is to store the data in the
from of a matrix consisting of vectors that include the experimentally gained data
points. A matrix has to be exported containing all vectors between correlations are
to be found. During this step it is also necessary to check for the correct formatting
of all data points and of the consistency of this formatting. Clustering will work
best on data which is normalized. This means that the different vectors should be
in the same order of magnitude. The collected data is then checked concerning the
completeness of the included data sets.
Once the data is prepared and exported in a manner in which the clustering algo-
rithm can process it, the code can be run on the data. Although data preparation
can rule out many potential errors, it is essential to evaluate the results and check
their meaning in order to extract useful information from the clustering.
A.6 MATLAB scripts
1
Residence time %%
Densityin = 1.06; % g/l
Molmass = 94.2; % g/mol
Flowratein = 1.5; % ml/min
H2flow = 650; % l/h
duration = 10; % min
Molvolume = 22.413962; % l/mol
Vr(1) = 1; % l
Vr(2) = 0.7; % l
p310 = 310; % bar
T400 = 400; % ?C
Tk400 = T400+273.15; % K
T20 = 20;
Tk20 = T20+273.15;
Time = 10000;
shutofftime = 600;
deadtime = 6; %min
stepsize = 1; % sec
Molflowin = Flowratein*60*Densityin/Molmass; % mol/h
Molflow(1) = 2*Molflowin; % mol/h
Molflow(2) = 2*Molflowin; % mol/h
Molflow(3) = H2flow/Molvolume - 3*Molflowin; % mol/h
Molflowtotal = sum(Molflow); % mol/h
for i = 1:3
Concentrationin(i)= Molflow(i)/Molflowtotal; % molfraction
n_dot(i)=Molflow(i)/3600;
end
n_dot_tot=sum(n_dot);
V_dot_p310_T20 = Molvolume*n_dot_tot/p310;
V_dot_p310_T400= Molvolume*n_dot_tot/p310*Tk400/Tk20;
V_dot(1)= V_dot_p310_T400;
V_dot(2)= V_dot_p310_T20;
%at start time concentrations in R1
for i= 1:3
c_dot_1_(i)=n_dot(i)/V_dot(1);
end
numbr = size(Vr);
for i= 1:numbr(2)
tau(i)=Vr(i)/V_dot(i);
end
c_old(1)=0;
c_old(2)=0;
2
c_old(3)=(p310)/Molvolume;
for i=1:2
for t= 1:Time
if t<shutofftime;
c(i,t)=c_old(i)+1/tau(1)*(c_dot_1_(i)-c_old(i));
else
c(i,t)=c_old(i)+1/tau(1)*(0-c_old(i));
end
c_old(i)=c(i,t);
end
end
for t= 1:Time
if t<shutofftime;
c(3,t)=c_old(3)+1/tau(1)*(c_dot_1_(3)-c_old(3));
else
c(3,t)=c_old(3)+1/tau(1)*(12-c_old(3));
end
c_old(3)=c(3,t);
c_dot_tot_out1(t)=c(1)+c(2)+c(3);
end
for i=1:3
for t=1:Time
volpercent(i,t)=c(i,t)/c_dot_tot_out1(t);
end
end
c1=c';
c_dot_tot_out1 = c_dot_tot_out1';
volpercent=volpercent';
for i=1:3
c_out_old(i)=c(1,1);
for t=2:Time
c_out(i,t)=c_out_old(i)+(1/tau(2))*(c(i,t)-c_out_old(i));
c_out_old(i)=c_out(i,t);
time(t)=t/60 + deadtime;
end
end
time=time';
c_out=c_out';
All=[time, c1, c_out];
Published with MATLAB® R2015b
1
Clustering %%
%Set k to the number of clusters
%load data
prompt = 'How many parameters are to be clustered? Cultering beginnes
with 7th column';
pro = input(prompt,'s');
A = readtable(pro);
[row,col]=size(A);
X = table2array (A(:,7:col));
k=3;
idx = kmeans(X,k);
[idx C] = kmeans(X,k);
BB = A.Properties.VariableNames;
B = BB(:,7:col);
A2 = [X idx];
figure;
plot(A2(idx==1,1),A2(idx==1,3),'b.','MarkerSize',25)
hold on
plot(A2(idx==2,1),A2(idx==2,3),'g.','MarkerSize',25)
if k>2
plot(A2(idx==3,1),A2(idx==3,3),'r.','MarkerSize',25)
end
if k>3
plot(A2(idx==4,1),A2(idx==4,3),'y.','MarkerSize',25)
end
plot(C(:,1),C(:,3),'kx',...
'MarkerSize',15,'LineWidth',3)
%legend('Cluster 1','Cluster 2','Cluster 3',...
% 'Location','NW')
%title 'Conversion and H add'
xlabel(B(1,1));
ylabel(B(1,3));
figure;
plot(A2(idx==1,2),A2(idx==1,3),'b.','MarkerSize',25)
hold on
plot(A2(idx==2,2),A2(idx==2,3),'g.','MarkerSize',25)
if k>2
plot(A2(idx==3,2),A2(idx==3,3),'r.','MarkerSize',25)
end
if k>3
plot(A2(idx==4,2),A2(idx==4,3),'y.','MarkerSize',25)
end
plot(C(:,2),C(:,3),'kx',...
'MarkerSize',15,'LineWidth',3)
%legend('Cluster 1','Cluster 2','Cluster 3',...
2
% 'Location','NW')
%title 'delta S and H add'
xlabel(B(1,2));
ylabel(B(1,3));
figure;
plot(A2(idx==1,1),A2(idx==1,2),'b.','MarkerSize',25)
hold on
plot(A2(idx==2,1),A2(idx==2,2),'g.','MarkerSize',25)
if k>2
plot(A2(idx==3,1),A2(idx==3,2),'r.','MarkerSize',25)
end
if k>3
plot(A2(idx==4,1),A2(idx==4,2),'y.','MarkerSize',25)
end
plot(C(:,1),C(:,2),'kx',...
'MarkerSize',15,'LineWidth',3)
%legend('Cluster 1','Cluster 2','Cluster 3',...
% 'Location','NW')
%title 'Con and delta S'
xlabel(B(1,1));
ylabel(B(1,2));
if k>3
figure;
plot(A2(idx==1,3),A2(idx==1,4),'b.','MarkerSize',25)
hold on
plot(A2(idx==2,3),A2(idx==2,4),'g.','MarkerSize',25)
if k>2
plot(A2(idx==3,3),A2(idx==3,4),'r.','MarkerSize',25)
end
if k>3
plot(A2(idx==4,3),A2(idx==4,4),'y.','MarkerSize',25)
end
plot(C(:,3),C(:,4),'kx',...
'MarkerSize',15,'LineWidth',3)
%legend('Cluster 1','Cluster 2','Cluster 3',...
% 'Location','NW')
%title 'Con and delta S'
xlabel(B(1,3));
ylabel(B(1,4));
end
figure;
labels = {'label 1','label 2','label 3'};
scatter3(A2(idx==1,1),A2(idx==1,2),A2(idx==1,3),'MarkerEdgeColor','b',...
'MarkerFaceColor','b')
hold on
scatter3(A2(idx==2,1),A2(idx==2,2),A2(idx==2,3),'MarkerEdgeColor','g',...
'MarkerFaceColor','g')
if k>2
scatter3(A2(idx==3,1),A2(idx==3,2),A2(idx==3,3),'MarkerEdgeColor','r',...
'MarkerFaceColor','r')
3
end
if k>3
scatter3(A2(idx==4,1),A2(idx==4,2),A2(idx==4,3),'MarkerEdgeColor','y',...
'MarkerFaceColor','y')
end
stem3(C(1,1),C(1,2),C(1,3),'MarkerEdgeColor','k','MarkerSize',15);
stem3(C(2,1),C(2,2),C(2,3),'MarkerEdgeColor','k','MarkerSize',15);
if k>2
stem3(C(3,1),C(3,2),C(3,3),'MarkerEdgeColor','k','MarkerSize',15);
end
if k>3
stem3(C(4,1),C(4,2),C(4,3),'MarkerEdgeColor','k','MarkerSize',15);
end
%legend('Cluster 1','Cluster 2','Cluster 3',...
% 'Location','NW')
legend('Low conversion, low sulfur removal, low hydrogen
consumption','medium/high conversion, low sulfur removal, medium
hydrogen consumption','medium conversion, high sulfur removal, high
hydrogen consumption',...
'Location','N')
%xlabel(B(1,1));
xlabel('Conversion [%]')
ylabel(B(1,2));
zlabel(B(1,3));
Error using input
Cannot call INPUT from EVALC.
Error in Clustering (line 6)
pro = input(prompt,'s');
Published with MATLAB® R2015b
158 Chapter A Appendix
A.7 Experimental Setup
Figure A.3: Compressor for H2compression
A.7 Experimental Setup 159
Figure A.4: Reactor with stirrer, preheater, separator, and measuring devices
160 Chapter A Appendix
Bibliography
[1] M. L. Vrinat. The kinetics of the hydrodesulfurization process - a review.
Applied Catalysis, 6(2):137–158, 1983.
[2] Michael J. Girgis, Bruce C. Gates, and Michael J. Girgis. Reactivities, Re-
action Networks, and Kinetics in High-Pressure Catalytic Hydroprocessing.
Industrial and Engineering Chemistry Research, 30(9):2021–2058, 1991.
[3] Normenausschuss Materialprüfung (NMP) im DIN Fachausschuss Mineralöl-
und Brennstoffnormung (FAM) des NMP. Mineralölerzeugnisse Kraft- und
Brennstoffe (Klasse F) Anforderungen an Schifffahrtsbrennstoffe, 2011.
[4] Official Journal of the European Union. Sulphur Content of Marine Fuels
European Council Directives 21 November 2012, 2012.
[5] Libretexts Chemistry. Bond Energies, 2019.
[6] Susanne Kehrhahn-Eyrich, Detlev Machoczek, Martin Schacht, Marlies Schulz,
and Niels Peters. Umweltschutz im Seeverkehr Jahresbericht 2013. Technical
report, 2013.
[7] Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries. World Oil Outlook 2040
- Opec. 2017.
[8] Ádám Beck, Jenő Hancsók, and András Holló. Mol Group Professional Jour-
nal. Technical report, 2015.
[9] Katherine O Blumberg and Michael P Walsh. Low-sulfur gasoline & diesel:
The key to lower vehicle emissions. Technical report, 2003.
[10] Wolfgang Wanzl. Kohlehydrierung nach der „Deutschen Technologie“. In Joerg
Schmalfeld, editor, Die Veredlung und Umwandlung von Kohle: Technologien
und Projekte 1970 bis 2000 in Deutschland, pages 635–666. 2008.
[11] Bernard T. Tissot and Dietrich H. Welte. Petroleum Formation and Occur-
rence, volume 66. 1985.
[12] J. G. Speight. Production, properties and environmental impact of hydrocar-
bon fuel conversion. In Advances in clean hydrocarbon fuel processing: Science
and technology, chapter 2, pages 54–82. 2011.
162 Bibliography
[13] James G. Speight. Hydroprocessing of heavy oils and residua. 2007.
[14] A. Kayode Coker. Petroleum Refining Design and Applications Handbook.
2018.
[15] Heinz Heinemann and James G. Speight. Handbook of Refinery Desulfuriza-
tion. 2015.
[16] DIN Norm. Testing of petroleum products - Determination of the content of
asphaltenes - Precipitation with heptane, 2000.
[17] ASTM International. D 3279 97: Standard Test Method for n-Heptane
Insolubles, 2001.
[18] ASTM International. ASTM D 893: Standard Test Method for Insolubles in
Used Lubricating Oils, 2014.
[19] BSI. Methods of test for petroleum and its products. Determination of as-
phaltenes (heptane insolubles) in crude petroleum and petroleum products,
2005.
[20] International Standard ISO. ISO 10307: Petroleum products Total sediment
in residual fuel oils —, 2009.
[21] Eric Y. Sheu and David A. Storm. Asphaltenes Fundaments and Application.
1995.
[22] Carlo Giavarini. Asphaltenes and Asphalts, 1. 1994.
[23] A. Chakma. Asphaltenes and Asphalts, 2. 2000.
[24] James G. Speight. Chemical and Physical Studies of Petroleum Asphaltenes,
volume 40. Elsevier Science, 1994.
[25] James G. Speight. Residua and Asphalt. 2016.
[26] Lante Carbognani and Joussef Espidel. Preparative subfractionation of
petroleum resins and asphaltenes. II. Characterization of size exclusion chro-
matography isolated fractions. Petroleum Science and Technology, 21(11-
12):1705–1720, 2003.
[27] Juan-Carlos Poveda-Jaramillo, Daniel-Ricardo Molina-Velasco, Natalia-
Alexandra Bohorques-Toledo, and Mary-Helena Torres. Chemical Character-
ization of the Asphaltenes from Colombian Colorado light Crude Oil. CT&F
- Ciencia, Tecnolog y Futuro, 6(3):105–122, 2016.
[28] Bruno Schuler, Shadi Fatayer, Gerhard Meyer, Estrella Rogel, Michael Moir,
Yunlong Zhang, Michael R. Harper, Andrew E. Pomerantz, Kyle D. Bake,
Matthias Witt, Diego Peña, J. Douglas Kushnerick, Oliver C. Mullins, Cesar
Bibliography 163
Ovalles, Frans G.A. Van Den Berg, and Leo Gross. Heavy Oil Based Mixtures
of Different Origins and Treatments Studied by Atomic Force Microscopy.
Energy and Fuels, 31(7):6856–6861, 2017.
[29] Pingping Zuo, Shijie Qu, and Wenzhong Shen. Asphaltenes: Separations,
structural analysis and applications. Journal of Energy Chemistry, 186:186–
207, 2019.
[30] Bruno Schuler, Gerhard Meyer, Diego Peña, Oliver C. Mullins, and Leo Gross.
Unraveling the Molecular Structures of Asphaltenes by Atomic Force Mi-
croscopy. Journal of the American Chemical Society, 137(31):9870–9876, 2015.
[31] G. Ali Mansoori. A unified perspective on the phase behaviour of petroleum
fluids. International Journal of Oil, Gas and Coal Technology, 2(2):141–167,
2009.
[32] Ye Imanbayev, Ye Tileuberdi, Ye Ongarbayev, Z. Mansurov, A. Batyrbayev,
Ye Akkazin, E. Krivtsov, A. Golovko, and S. Rudyk. Changing the structure
of resin-asphaltenes molecules in cracking. Eurasian Chemico-Technological
Journal, 19(2):147–154, 2017.
[33] Mahmoud Alhreez and Dongsheng Wen. Molecular structure characterization
of asphaltene in the presence of inhibitors with nanoemulsions. RSC Advances,
9(34):19560–19570, 2019.
[34] I. V. Kozhevnikov, A. L. Nuzhdin, and O. N. Martyanov. Transformation of
petroleum asphaltenes in supercritical water. Journal of Supercritical Fluids,
55(1):217–222, 2010.
[35] Didier Lesueur. The colloidal structure of bitumen: Consequences on the
rheology and on the mechanisms of bitumen modification. Advances in Colloid
and Interface Science, 145(1-2):42–82, 2009.
[36] Eric Y Sheu. Physics of asphaltene micelles and microemulsions - theory and
experiment. Journal of Physics: Condensed Matter, 8(25A):A125–A141, jun
1996.
[37] Ali Reza Solaimany-Nazar and Hassan Rahimi. Investigation on
Agglomeration-Fragmentation Processes in Colloidal Asphaltene Suspensions.
Energy & Fuels, 23(2):967–974, feb 2009.
[38] Raja L. AL Otaibi, Dong Liu, Xulian Hou, Linhua Song, Qingyin Li, Mengfei
Li, Hamid O. Almigrin, and Zifeng Yan. Desulfurization of Saudi Ara-
bian crudes by oxidation–extraction method. Applied Petrochemical Research,
5(4):355–362, 2015.
[39] John F. Schabron and James G. Speight. The solubility and three-dimensional
structure of asphaltenes. Petroleum Science and Technology, 16(3-4):361–375,
1998.
164 Bibliography
[40] A. A. Grin’ko, R. S. Min, T. A. Sagachenko, and A. K. Golovko. Aromatic
sulfur-containing structural units of resins and asphaltenes in heavy hydrocar-
bon feedstock. Petroleum Chemistry, 52(4):221–227, 2012.
[41] Sudipa Mitra-Kirtley, Oliver C. Mullins, Corie Y. Ralston, Dean Sellis, and
Courtney Pareis. Determination of sulfur species in asphaltene, resin, and oil
fractions of crude oils. Applied Spectroscopy, 52(12):1522–1525, 1998.
[42] Michael Paul Hoepfner. Investigations into Asphaltene Deposition, Stability,
and Structure. page 231, 2013.
[43] Lukas Eberhardsteiner, Josef Füssl, Bernhard Hofko, Florian Handle, Markus
Hospodka, Ronald Blab, and Hinrich Grothe. Influence of asphaltene con-
tent on mechanical bitumen behavior: experimental investigation and mi-
cromechanical modeling. Materials and Structures/Materiaux et Construc-
tions, 48(10):3099–3112, 2015.
[44] Ling Liu, Chunxia Song, Songbai Tian, Qundan Zhang, Xinheng Cai, Yin-
grong Liu, Zelong Liu, and Wei Wang. Structural characterization of sulfur-
containing aromatic compounds in heavy oils by FT-ICR mass spectrometry
with a narrow isolation window. Fuel, 240(November 2018):40–48, 2019.
[45] Adan Yovani León and Martha Josefina Parra. Determination of molecular
weight of vacuum residue and. CTyF - Ciencia, Tecnologia y Futuro, 4(2):101–
137, 2010.
[46] Sócrates Acevedo, Luis B. Gutierrez, Gabriel Negrin, Juan Carlos Pereira,
Bernardo Mendez, Frederic Delolme, Guy Dessalces, and Daniel Broseta.
Molecular weight of petroleum asphaltenes: A comparison between mass spec-
trometry and vapor pressure osmometry. Energy and Fuels, 19(4):1548–1560,
2005.
[47] Linzhou Zhang, Zhen Hou, Scott R. Horton, Michael T. Klein, Quan Shi, Suoqi
Zhao, and Chunming Xu. Molecular representation of petroleum vacuum resid.
Energy and Fuels, 28(3):1736–1749, 2014.
[48] H. C.A. Brandt, E. M. Hendriks, M. A.J. Michels, and F. Visser. Thermo-
dynamic modeling of asphaltene stacking. Journal of Physical Chemistry,
99(26):10430–10432, 1995.
[49] L Eriksson. Modeling and Control of TC SI and DI enignes. Oil & Gas Science
and Technology, 63(1):9–19, 2008.
[50] G. A. Camacho-Bragado, P. Santiago, M. Marin-Almazo, M. Espinosa, E. T.
Romero, Juan Murgich, V. Rodriguez Lugo, M. Lozada-Cassou, and M. Jose-
Yacaman. Fullerenic structures derived from oil asphaltenes. Carbon,
40(15):2761–2766, 2002.
Bibliography 165
[51] Dominique Langevin and Jean François Argillier. Interfacial behavior of as-
phaltenes. Advances in Colloid and Interface Science, 233:83–93, 2016.
[52] Johan Sjöblom, Sébastien Simon, and Zhenghe Xu. Model molecules mimick-
ing asphaltenes. Advances in Colloid and Interface Science, 218:1–16, 2015.
[53] Miklos Kertesz. Pancake Bonding: An Unusual Pi-Stacking Interaction. Chem-
istry - A European Journal, 25(2):400–416, 2019.
[54] Sara Rezaee, Rocio Doherty, Mohammad Tavakkoli, and Francisco M. Vargas.
Improved Chromatographic Technique for Crude Oil Maltene Fractionation.
Energy and Fuels, 33(2):708–713, 2019.
[55] Ayhan Demirbas and Osman Taylan. Removing of resins from crude oils.
Petroleum Science and Technology, 34(8):771–777, 2016.
[56] Alay Arya. Modeling of Asphaltene Systems with Association Models. PhD
thesis, 2016.
[57] Manar El-Sayed. Factors Affecting the Stability of Crude Oil Emulsions. Crude
Oil Emulsions- Composition Stability and Characterization, (March 2012),
2012.
[58] Siavash Ashoori, Mehdi Sharifi, Mohammad Masoumi, and Mehdi Moham-
mad Salehi. The relationship between SARA fractions and crude oil stability.
Egyptian Journal of Petroleum, 26(1):209–213, 2017.
[59] The marine environmental protection committee. Amendments to the An-
nex of the Protocol of 1978 relating to the International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 2003.
[60] Oiltanking GmbH. Schweröl (Heavy Fuel Oil HFO), 2019.
[61] Centre d’Etudes Economiques et Sociales de L’Environnement and Université
libre de Bruxelles. Marine fuels, 2019.
[62] Mark J. Kaiser. A review of refinery complexity applications. Petroleum
Science, 14(1):167–194, 2017.
[63] James Speight. The Chemistry and Technology of Petroleum, Fifth Edition.
2014.
[64] M R Riazi. Characterization-and-Properties-of-Petroleum-Fractions. 2005.
[65] Steven A. Treese, Peter R. Pujadó, and David S.J. Jones. Handbook of
Petroleum Processing. Springer, 2006.
[66] V D Singh. Visbreaking technology. Erdoel Kohle, Erdgas, Petrochem., 39:1,
1986.
166 Bibliography
[67] Ashish N. Sawarkar, Aniruddha B. Pandit, Shriniwas D. Samant, and
Jyeshtharaj B. Joshi. Petroleum residue upgrading via delayed coking: A
review. Canadian Journal of Chemical Engineering, 85(1):1–24, 2007.
[68] Eelco T.C. Vogt and Bert M. Weckhuysen. Fluid catalytic cracking: recent
developments on the grand old lady of zeolite catalysis. Chemical Society
Reviews, 44(20):7342–7370, 2015.
[69] Julian R.H. Ross. Catalysis in the Production of Energy Carriers From Oil.
Contemporary Catalysis, pages 233–249, 2019.
[70] James G. Speight. Hydrocracking. In The Refinery of the Future, number
Chapter 8, pages 275–313. 2011.
[71] René Gonzalez. Hydrocracking and hydrotreating developments, volume 14.
2009.
[72] Paul R Robinson and Geoffrey E Dolbear. Hydrotreating and Hydroprocessing:
Fundamentals. In Paul Robinson, editor, Practical Advances in Petroleum
Processing. 2004.
[73] David Schwalje, Larry Wisdom, and Mike Craig. Revamp cat feed hy-
drotreaters for flexible yields. Revamps, 2016.
[74] James G. Speight. Hydrotreating and Desulfurization. 2011.
[75] M. A. Ali, T. Tatsumi, and T. Masuda. Development of heavy oil hydrocrack-
ing catalysts using amorphous silica-alumina and zeolites as catalyst supports.
Applied Catalysis A: General, 233(1-2):77–90, 2002.
[76] John W. Ward. Hydrocracking processes and catalysts. Fuel Processing Tech-
nology, 35(1-2):55–85, 1993.
[77] Thanh Tung Nguyen, Akira Shinozaki, and Eika W. Qian. Hydrodesulfur-
ization, hydrodenitrogenation and hydrodearomatization over CoMo/SAPO-
11-Al2O3 catalysts. Journal of the Japan Petroleum Institute, 60(6):301–310,
2017.
[78] W. Vermeiren and J. P. Gilson. Impact of zeolites on the petroleum and
petrochemical industry. Topics in Catalysis, 52(9):1131–1161, 2009.
[79] Maureen Bricker, Vasant Thakkar, and John Petri. Hydrocracking in
Petroleum Processing. In Steven A. Treese, Peter R. Pujadó, and David S.J.
Jones, editors, Handbook of Petroleum Processing, volume 1, pages 1–1913.
2015.
[80] Frank Xin X. Zhu, Richard Hoehn, Vasant Thakkar, and Edwin Yuh. Descrip-
tion of Hydrocracking Process. In Hydroprocessing for Clean Energy, pages
51–78. 2016.
Bibliography 167
[81] Mark P. Lapinski, Stephen Metro, Peter R. Pujado, and Mark Moser. Catalytic
Reforming in Petroleum Processing. In Steven A. Treese, Peter R. Pujadó, and
David S.J. Jones, editors, Handbook of Petroleum Processing, pages 230–248.
2015.
[82] G. Valavarasu and B. Sairam. Light naphtha isomerization process: A review.
Petroleum Science and Technology, 31(6):551–562, 2013.
[83] Scott A. Stout, Gregory S. Douglas, and Allen D. Uhler. Automotive Gasoline.
Pergamon Press Ltd, 2005.
[84] M. Baerns, A. Behr, A. Brehm, J. Gmehling, H. Hofmann, U. Onken, and
A. Renken. Technische Chemie. Wiley-VCH, 2008.
[85] P. A. Maschwitz and L. M. Henderson. Polymerization of Hydrocarbon Gases
to Motor Fuels. Progress in Petroleum Technology, (13):83–96, 1951.
[86] Douglas A. Nafis, Kurt A. Detrick, and Robert L. Mehlberg. Alkylation in
Petroleum Processing. In Steven A. Treese, Peter R. Pujadó, and David S.J.
Jones, editors, Handbook of Petroleum Processing, pages 435–453. 2015.
[87] United States Patent. United States Patent : 5861366 United States Patent :
5861366, 2010.
[88] Mohamed Fahim, Taher Al-Sahhaf, and Amal Elkilani. Fundamentals of-
Petroleum Refining, volume 1. 1 edition, 2010.
[89] Ravindra Prajapati and Kohli K. Slurry Phase Hydrocracking of Residue
by Phosphomolybdic and Phosphotungstic Acids. Journal of Petroleum &
Environmental Biotechnology, 7(3), 2016.
[90] E Furimsky. Catalysts for Upgrading Heavy Petroleum Feeds, volume 169.
2007.
[91] Godfried M.K. Abotsi and Alan W. Scaroni. A review of carbon-supported hy-
drodesulfurization catalysts. Fuel Processing Technology, 22(2):107–133, 1989.
[92] Tong Fengya, Yang Qinghe, Li Dadong, Dai Lishun, and Deng Zhonghuo.
Residue upgrading in slurry phase over ultra-fine NiMo/gamma-Al2O3 cata-
lyst. China Petroleum Processing and Petrochemical Technology, 17(3):1–6,
2015.
[93] Hooman Rezaei, Shahrzad Jooya Ardakani, and Kevin J. Smith. Study of
MoS2 catalyst recycle in slurry-phase residue hydroconversion. Energy and
Fuels, 26(11):6540–6550, 2012.
[94] Calvin H Bartholomew. Mechanism of catalyst deactivation. Applied Catalysis
A: General, 212:17–60, 2001.
168 Bibliography
[95] Klaus Niemann and Fritz Wenzel. The VEBA-COMBI-CRACKING-
Technology: An update. Fuel Processing Technology, 35:1–20, 1993.
[96] Günter Ritter. Hydrierende Verflüssigung von Braunkohle (HVB). In Joerg
Schmalfeld, editor, Die Veredlung und Umwandlung von Kohle: Technologien
und Projekte 1970 bis 2000 in Deutschland, pages 713–738. 2008.
[97] Marcus Yizhak. Supercritical Water A Green Solvent: Properties and Uses.
Number 101. 2012.
[98] Y Arai, T Sako, and Y Takebayashi. Supercritical Fluids, Molecular Interac-
tions, Physical Properties, and New Applications. 2002.
[99] W. Holzapfel and E. Franck. Leitfaehigkeit und Ionendissoziation des Wassers
bis 1000 C und 100 kbar. Berichte der Bunsengesellschaft fuer physikalische
Chemie, 70(9-10):1105–1112, 1966.
[100] William L. Marshall and E. U. Franck. Ion product of water substance, 0-1000
°C, 1-10,000 bars New International Formulation and its background. Journal
of Physical and Chemical Reference Data, 10(2):295–304, 1981.
[101] Hiizu Iwamura, Toshiyuki Sato, Masaki Okada, Kiwamu Sue, and Toshihiko
Hiaki. Organic Reactions in Sub- and Supercritical Water in the Absence of
Any Added Catalyst. Journal of Research Institute of Science and Technology,
College of Science and Technology, Nihon University, 2014(132):1321–1329,
2014.
[102] Phillip E Savage. Organic Chemical Reactions in Supercritical Water. Chem-
ical Reviews, 99(2):603–621, 1999.
[103] R. E. Cunningham and R. J. J. Williams. Diffusion in Gases and Porous
Media, 1980.
[104] English English. Principles of Heat Transfer. 7th editio edition, 2010.
[105] M. A. Anisimov, J. V. Sengers, and J. M. H. Levelt Sengers. Phase equilibria
of water–salt systems at high temperatures and pressures. In D. A. Palmer,
R. Fernandez-Prini, and A. H. Harvey, editors, Aqueous Systems at Elevated
Temperatures and Pressures. 2004.
[106] Igor Pioro and Sarah Mokry. Thermophysical Properties at Critical and Su-
percritical Pressures. Heat Transfer - Theoretical Analysis, Experimental In-
vestigations and Industrial Systems, (June), 2011.
[107] C.G. Malmberg and A.A. Maryott. Dielectric constant of water from 0 to 100
C. Journal of Research of the National Bureau of Standards, 56(1):1, 1956.
[108] Charles Xu. Near-critical and Supercritical Water and Their Applications for
Biorefineries. 2014.
Bibliography 169
[109] T. M. Seward and E. U. Franck. The System Hydrogen - Water up to 440
C and 2500 bar Pressure. Berichte der Bunsengesellschaft für physikalische
Chemie, 85(February):2–8, 1981.
[110] O. H. Scalise and A. E. Rodriguez. High-pressure phase equilibria study of
the hydrogen-water fluid mixture. Fluid Phase Equilibria, 99(C):49–62, 1994.
[111] P. H. V. Konynenburg and R. L. Scott. Critical Lines and Phase Equilibria
in Binary Van Der Waals Mixtures. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society A: Mathematical, Physical and Engineering Sciences, 298(1442):495–
540, 1980.
[112] Heinz Becker, Werner Berger, Günter Domscheke, Egon Fanghänel, Jürgen
Faust, Mechthild Fischer, Frithjof Gentz, Karl Gewald, Reiner Gluch, Roland
Mayer, Klaus Müller, Dietrich Pavel, Hermann Schmidt, Karl Schollberg,
Klaus Schwetlick, and Erika Seiler. Organicum Practical Handbook of Organic
Chemistry. 1 edition, 1973.
[113] Mark M. Green and Harold A. Wittcoff. How Petroleum is converted into
Useful Materials: Carbocations and Free Radicals are the Keys. In Organic
Chemistry Principles and Industrial Practice, pages 1–22. 2007.
[114] B. S. Greensfelder. The Mechanism of Catalytic Cracking. Progress in
Petroleum Technology, pages 3–12, 1951.
[115] A Corma and B W Wojciechowski. Catalysis Reviews : Science and Engineer-
ing The Chemistry of Catalytic Cracking. Catalysis Reviews - Science and
Engineering, 27(1):29–150, 1985.
[116] Vitaly L. Sushkevich, Andrey G. Popov, and Irina I. Ivanova. Sulfur-33 Iso-
tope Tracing of the Hydrodesulfurization Process: Insights into the Reaction
Mechanism, Catalyst Characterization and Improvement. Angewandte Chemie
- International Edition, 56(36):10872–10876, 2017.
[117] Frédéric Bataille, Jean Louis Lemberton, Philippe Michaud, Guy Pérot,
Michel Vrinat, Marc Lemaire, Emmanuelle Schulz, Michèle Breysse, and Slavik
Kasztelan. Alkyldibenzothiophenes hydrodesulfurization-promoter effect, re-
activity, and reaction mechanism. Journal of Catalysis, 191(2):409–422, 2000.
[118] Zhen Zhao, Huadong Wu, Aijun Duan, Tianshu Li, Roel Prins, and Xiaofeng
Zhou. Synthesis of NiMo hydrodesulfurization catalyst supported on a com-
posite of nano-sized ZSM-5 zeolite enwrapped with mesoporous KIT-6 material
and its high isomerization selectivity. Journal of Catalysis, 317:303–317, 2014.
[119] H. Schulz, W. Böhringer, F. Ousmanov, and P. Waller. Refractory sulfur
compounds in gas oils. Fuel processing technology, 61(1):5–41, 1999.
170 Bibliography
[120] Isidoro García-Cruz, Diego Valencia, Tatiana Klimova, Raúl Oviedo-Roa,
José Manuel Martínez-Magadán, Rodolfo Gómez-Balderas, and Francesc Il-
las. Proton affinity of S-containing aromatic compounds: Implications for
crude oil hydrodesulfurization. Journal of Molecular Catalysis A: Chemical,
281(1-2):79–84, 2008.
[121] James G. Speight. The desulfurization of heavy oils and residua, volume 6.
Marcel Dekker, 1982.
[122] Kevin X. Lee and Julia A. Valla. Adsorptive desulfurization of liquid hy-
drocarbons using zeolite-based sorbents: A comprehensive review. Reaction
Chemistry and Engineering, 4(8):1357–1386, 2019.
[123] Kunquan Yu, Huazhi Li, Eric J. Watson, Kurtis L. Virkaitis, Gene B. Carpen-
ter, and D. A. Sweigart. Models for deep hydrodesulfurization (HDS). Remote
activation of C-S bonds in alkylated benzothiophenes and dibenzothiophenes
by metal coordination to a carbocyclic ring. Organometallics, 20(16):3550–
3559, 2001.
[124] N Kharasch. Organic Sulfur Compounds. Organic Sulfur Compounds, I, 1961.
[125] Christopher M. Hadad, Paul R. Rablen, and Kenneth B. Wiberg. C-O and
C-S bonds: Stability, bond dissociation energies, and resonance stabilization.
Journal of Organic Chemistry, 63(24):8668–8681, 1998.
[126] Yu-Ran Luo. Handbook of Bond Dissociation Energies in Organic Compounds,
volume 126. 2004.
[127] Branko S. Jursic. Computation of bond dissociation energy for sulfides and
disulfides with ab initio and density functional theory methods. International
Journal of Quantum Chemistry, 62(3):291–296, 1997.
[128] Ramakanta Sahu, Byung Jin Song, Ji Sun Im, Young Pyo Jeon, and Chul Wee
Lee. A review of recent advances in catalytic hydrocracking of heavy residues.
Journal of Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, 27:12–24, 2015.
[129] Jorge Ancheyta, Sergio Sánchez, and Miguel A. Rodríguez. Kinetic modeling
of hydrocracking of heavy oil fractions: A review. Catalysis Today, 109(1-
4):76–92, 2005.
[130] Susana Trasobares, María A. Callejas, Ana M. Benito, María T. Martínez,
Dieter Severin, and Ludwig Brouwer. Kinetics of Conradson Carbon Residue
Conversion in the Catalytic Hydroprocessing of a Maya Residue. Industrial
and Engineering Chemistry Research, 37(1):11–17, 1998.
[131] Eduard Manek and Juma Haydary. Modelling of catalytic hydrocracking and
fractionation of refinery vacuum residue. Chemical Papers, 68(12):1716–1724,
2014.
Bibliography 171
[132] J. F. Mosby, R. D. Buttke, J. A. Cox, and C. Nikolaides. Process charac-
terization of expanded-bed reactors in series. Chemical Engineering Science,
41(4):989–995, 1986.
[133] P. T. Vasudevan and J. L. G. Fierro. A Review of Deep Hydrodesulfurization
Catalysis. Catalysis Reviews, 38(2):161–188, 1996.
[134] Jorge Ancheyta. Modeling and Simulation of Catalytic Reactors for Petroleum
Refining, volume 39. 2011.
[135] Michael T. Klein, Gang Hou, Ralph J. Bertolacini, Linda J. Broadbelt, and
Ankush Kumar. Molecular modeling in heavy hydrocarbon conversions. 2005.
[136] Pedro Álvarez, Barbara Browning, Tim Jansen, Maxime Lacroix, Christophe
Geantet, Isabelle Pitault, and Melaz Tayakout-Fayolle. Modeling of atmo-
spheric and vacuum petroleum residue hydroconversion in a slurry semi-
batch reactor: Study of hydrogen consumption. Fuel Processing Technology,
185(June):68–78, 2019.
[137] JW Scott and AG Bridge. The continuing development of hydrocracking. In
Origin and Refining of Petroleum. 1971.
[138] Abdulazem Marafi, Antony Stanislaus, and Edward Furimsky. Kinetics and
modeling of petroleum residues hydroprocessing. Catalysis Reviews - Science
and Engineering, 52(2):204–324, 2010.
[139] Arnold W. Reitze. Air Pollution Control Law: Compliance and Enforcement.
1 edition, 2001.
[140] Anatolii N. Startsev. The Mechanism of HDS Catalysis. Catalysis Reviews,
37(3):353–422, 1995.
[141] Xiaoliang Ma, Kinya Sakanishi, and Isao Mochida. Hydrodesulfurization re-
activities of various sulfur compounds in vacuum gas oil. Industrial and Engi-
neering Chemistry Research, 35(8):2487–2494, 1996.
[142] Rashad Javadli and Arno de Klerk. Desulfurization of heavy oil. Applied
Petrochemical Research, 1(1-4):3–19, 2012.
[143] Russell R. Chianelli, Mohammad H. Siadati, Myriam P. De la Rosa, Gilles
Berhault, Jess P. Wilcoxon, Roby Bearden, and Billie L. Abrams. Catalytic
properties of single layers of transition metal sulfide catalytic materials. Catal-
ysis Reviews - Science and Engineering, 48(1):1–41, 2006.
[144] Essam Al-sayed. Crude Oil and Refinery Streams Desulphurization Using
Slurry Dispersed Catalysts and Ionic. (February):0–192, 2011.
[145] Murray R. Gray. Upgrading petroleum residues and heavy oils. 1994.
172 Bibliography
[146] Haldor Topsoe. Topsoe’s two-stage HDS/HDA technology, 2019.
[147] Arzu Kanca and Basar Caglar. Advances in Refining Catalysis. 2017.
[148] ExxonMobil Chemical. Speciality hydroprocessing Celestia, 2019.
[149] Axens. News - Axens’ VGO HDS technology selected by To-
tal for its Donges Refinery, https://www.axens.net/news-and-
events/news/367/axens-vgo-hds-technology-selected-by-total-for-its-donges-
refinery-france.html#.X99IBi9oRUM, 2019.
[150] J. G. Speight. Visbreaking: A technology of the past and the future. Scientia
Iranica, 19(3):569–573, 2012.
[151] Edward Furimsky. Characterization of cokes from fluid/flexi-coking of heavy
feeds. Fuel processing technology, 67(3):205–230, 2000.
[152] Mohan S. Rana, Vicente Sámano, Jorge Ancheyta, and J. A.I. Diaz. A review
of recent advances on process technologies for upgrading of heavy oils and
residua. Fuel, 86(9 SPEC. ISS.):1216–1231, 2007.
[153] UMA. Conversion of Heavy Residues, 2000.
[154] Georgieanna L. Scheuerman, David R. Johnson, Bruce E. Reynolds, Robert W.
Bachtel, and Richard S. Threlkel. Advances in Chevron RDS technology for
heavy oil upgrading flexibility. Fuel Processing Technology, 35(1-2):39–54,
1993.
[155] L. C. Castañeda, J. A.D. Muñoz, and J. Ancheyta. Combined process schemes
for upgrading of heavy petroleum. Fuel, 100:110–127, 2012.
[156] Cassandra Schoessow. VCC Proven Flexible Technology for Residue Upgrade
and Higher Margins, 2018.
[157] Giuseppe Bellussi, Giacomo Rispoli, Alberto Landoni, Roberto Millini, Daniele
Molinari, Erica Montanari, Daniele Moscotti, and Paolo Pollesel. Hydrocon-
version of heavy residues in slurry reactors: Developments and perspectives.
Journal of Catalysis, 308:189–200, 2013.
[158] ENI. EST - eni Slurry Technology eni Slurry Technology. pages 1–8, 2014.
[159] Luis C. Castañeda, José A.D. Muñoz, and Jorge Ancheyta. Current situation
of emerging technologies for upgrading of heavy oils. Catalysis Today, 220-
222:248–273, 2014.
[160] Jeremias Martinez, Jose L. Sanchez, Jorge Ancheyta, and Richard S. Ruiz. A
review of process aspects and modeling of ebullated bed reactors for hydroc-
racking of heavy oils. Catalysis Reviews - Science and Engineering, 52(1):60–
105, 2010.
Bibliography 173
[161] V.J. Ineglezakis and S.G. Poulopoulus. Heterogeneous Processes and Reactor
Analysis 3.1. In Adsorption, Ion Exchange and Catalysis Design of Operations
and Environmental Applications, pages 57–242. 2006.
[162] Gavin Towler and Ray Sinnott. Design of Reactors and Mixers. 2013.
[163] KBR. KBR Refining Technologies, https://www.kbr.com/en/solutions/technologies/process-
technologies/refining-technologies, 2019.
[164] Giuseppe Bellussi, Giacomo Rispoli, Daniele Molinari, Alberto Landoni, Paolo
Pollesel, Nicoletta Panariti, Roberto Millini, and Erica Montanari. The role
of MoS 2 nano-slabs in the protection of the heterogeneous cracking catalyst
for the total conversion of heavy oils to good quality distillates . pages 1–8,
2013.
[165] ENI. Fire at Sannazzaro refinery, https://de.reuters.com/article/uk-refinery-
eni-fire/fire-breaks-out-at-enis-sannazzaro-refinery-idUKKBN13Q5CL, 2016.
[166] ENI. Sinopec, the world’s largest refining operator, is to use Eni’s EST tech-
nology, 2018.
[167] Honeywell UOP. UOP UniflexSlurry Hydrocracking Pro-
cess, https://www.uop.com/processing-solutions/refining/residue-
upgrading/#slurry-hydrocracking, 2019.
[168] Gary R Brierley. Honeywell UOP Uniflex Technology. (February):0–17, 2018.
[169] Vimal Chandra Srivastava. An evaluation of desulfurization technologies for
sulfur removal from liquid fuels. RSC Advances, 2(3):759–783, 2012.
[170] M. J. Angeles, C. Leyva, J. Ancheyta, and S. Ramírez. A review of experimen-
tal procedures for heavy oil hydrocracking with dispersed catalyst. Catalysis
Today, 220-222:274–294, 2014.
[171] Shuyi Zhang, Dong Liu, Wenan Deng, and Guohe Que. A review of slurry-
phase hydrocracking heavy oil technology. Energy and Fuels, 21(6):3057–3062,
2007.
[172] S. Eijsbouts, S. W. Mayo, and K. Fujita. Unsupported transition metal sulfide
catalysts: From fundamentals to industrial application. Applied Catalysis A:
General, 322(SUPPL.):58–66, 2007.
[173] A. Marafi, A. Hauser, and A. Stanislaus. Atmospheric residue desulfurization
process for residual oil upgrading: An investigation of the effect of catalyst type
and operating severity on product oil quality. Energy and Fuels, 20(3):1145–
1149, 2006.
174 Bibliography
[174] Meng Li, Jinhe Song, Fan Yue, Fan Pan, Wei Yan, Zelin Hua, Long Li, and
Zhuhong Yang. Complete Hydrodesulfurization of Dibenzothiophene via Di-
rect Desulfurization Pathway over Mesoporous TiO2-Supported NiMo Cata-
lyst Incorporated with Potassium. Catalysts, 2019.
[175] M. V. Landau, D. Berger, and M. Herskowitz. Hydrodesulfurization of methyl-
substituted dibenzothiophenes: fundamental study of routes to deep desulfu-
rization. Journal of Catalysis, 159(1):236–245, 1996.
[176] C. Ferreira, M. Tayakout-Fayolle, I. Guibard, F. Lemos, H. Toulhoat, and
F. Ramôa Ribeiro. Hydrodesulfurization and hydrodemetallization of different
origin vacuum residues: Characterization and reactivity. Fuel, 98:218–228,
2012.
[177] Nikolaj Hermann, Michael Brorson, and Henrik Topsøe. Activities of un-
supported second transition series metal sulfides for hydrodesulfurization of
sterically hindered 4,6-dimethyldibenzothiophene and of unsubstituted diben-
zothiophene. Catalysis Letters, 65(4):169–174, 2000.
[178] Chinh Nguyen-Huy, Hyukmin Kweon, Hanna Kim, Do Kyoung Kim, Do Woan
Kim, Seung Hoon Oh, and Eun Woo Shin. Slurry-phase hydrocracking of
vacuum residue with a disposable red mud catalyst. Applied Catalysis A:
General, 447-448:186–192, 2012.
[179] N. Panariti, A. Del Bianco, G. Del Piero, M. Marchionna, and P. Carniti.
Petroleum residue upgrading with dispersed catalysts. Part 1. Catalysts activ-
ity and selectivity. Applied Catalysis A: General, 204(2):215–222, 2000.
[180] N. Panariti, A. Del Bianco, G. Del Piero, M. Marchionna, and P. Carniti.
Petroleum residue upgrading with dispersed catalysts. Part 2. Effect of oper-
ating conditions. Applied Catalysis A: General, 204(2):215–222, 2000.
[181] R. Huirache-Acuña, M. A. Albiter, C. Ornelas, F. Paraguay-Delgado,
R. Martínez-Sánchez, and G. Alonso-Nuñez. Ni(Co)-Mo-W sulphide unsup-
ported HDS catalysts by ex situ decomposition of alkylthiomolybdotungstates.
Applied Catalysis A: General, 308:134–142, 2006.
[182] Pushkaraj R. Patwardhan, Michael T. Timko, Caleb A. Class, Robin E.
Bonomi, Yuko Kida, Hector H. Hernandez, Jefferson W. Tester, and
William H. Green. Supercritical water desulfurization of organic sulfides is
consistent with free-radical kinetics. Energy and Fuels, 2013.
[183] B. M. Vogelaar, M. Makkee, and J. A. Moulijn. Applicability of supercritical
water as a reaction medium for desulfurisation and demetallisation of gasoil.
Fuel Processing Technology, 61(3):265–277, 1999.
Bibliography 175
[184] Jian Cheng, Yihong Liu, Yunhua Luo, and Guohe Que. Hydrocracking of
Gudao residual oil with dispersed catalysts using supercritical water-syngas
as a hydrogen source. Petroleum Science and Technology, 23(11):1453–1462,
2005.
[185] Jian Cheng, Yihong Liu, Yunhua Luo, and Guohe Que. Hydrocracking of
Gudao residual oil with dispersed catalysts using supercritical water-syngas
as a hydrogen source. Part II: The comparison of residue hydrocracking in
different hydrogen sources. Petroleum Science and Technology, 24(11):1339–
1346, 2006.
[186] Tadafumi Adschiri, Ryuji Shibata, Takafumi Sato, Masaru Watanabe, and
Kunio Arai. Catalytic hydrodesulfurization of dibenzothiophene through par-
tial oxidation and a water-gas shift reaction in supercritical water. Industrial
and Engineering Chemistry Research, 37(7):2634–2638, 1998.
[187] Masato Morimoto, Yoshikazu Sugimoto, Shinya Sato, and Toshimasa
Takanohashi. Effect of supercritical water on desulfurization behavior of oil
sand bitumen. Journal of the Japan Petroleum Institute, 55(4):261–266, 2012.
[188] D. Stratiev and K. Petkov. Residue upgrading: Challenges and perspectives.
Hydrocarbon Processing, 88(9), 2009.
[189] Hui Du, Ming Li, Dong Liu, Yuyang Ren, and Yajing Duan. Slurry-phase
hydrocracking of heavy oil and model reactant: effect of dispersed Mo catalyst.
Applied Petrochemical Research, 5(2):89–98, 2015.
[190] Sung Ho Kim, Ki Duk Kim, Hwankyu Lee, and Yong Kul Lee. Beneficial roles
of H-donors as diluent and H-shuttle for asphaltenes in catalytic upgrading of
vacuum residue. Chemical Engineering Journal, 314:1–10, 2017.
[191] Sung Ho Kim, Ki Duk Kim, and Yong Kul Lee. Effects of dispersed MoS2
catalysts and reaction conditions on slurry phase hydrocracking of vacuum
residue. Journal of Catalysis, 347:127–137, 2017.
[192] Ki Duk Kim and Yong Kul Lee. Active phase of dispersed MoS2 catalysts for
slurry phase hydrocracking of vacuum residue. Journal of Catalysis, 369:111–
121, 2019.
[193] Hyun Rok Jeong and Yong Kul Lee. Comparison of unsupported WS2 and
MoS2 catalysts for slurry phase hydrocracking of vacuum residue. Applied
Catalysis A: General, 572(August 2018):90–96, 2019.
[194] Tim Jansen, Dimitri Guerry, Delphine Gotteland, Robert Bacaud, Maxime
Lacroix, Marie Ropars, Chantal Lorentz, Christophe Geantet, and Mélaz
Tayakout-Fayolle. Characterization of a continuous micro-scale pilot unit for
petroleum residue hydroconversion with dispersed catalysts: Hydrodynamics
176 Bibliography
and performances in once-through and recycling mode. Chemical Engineering
Journal, 253:493–501, 2014.
[195] Yuko Kida. Supercritical Water Desulfurization of Crude Oil. PhD thesis,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2014.
[196] Ning Li, Bo Yan, and Xian Ming Xiao. A review of laboratory-scale research
on upgrading heavy oil in supercritical water. Energies, 8(8):8962–8989, 2015.
[197] V. Schröder, B. Emonts, H. Janßen, and H.-P. Schulze. Explosionsgrenzen von
Wasserstoff/Sauerstoff-Gemischen bei Drücken bis 200 bar. Chemie Ingenieur
Technik, 75(7):914–918, 2003.
[198] N. Basson. Free volume of electrospun organic-inorganic copolymers, MSc
Thesis. (April), 2014.
[199] University of Missouri–St. Louis. Nomograph,
http://www.umsl.edu/˜orglab/documents/distillation/dist.htm, 2019.
[200] Jimoon Kang, Aye Aye Myint, Seungjae Sim, Jonghyeon Kim, Won Bae Kong,
and Youn-woo Lee. Kinetics of the upgrading of heavy oil in supercritical
methanol. The Journal of Supercritical Fluids, 2017.
[201] S. G. Pakdehi, M. Sohrabi, and A. S. Moghaddam. Liquid phase hydrogena-
tion of Acethydrazone to n’-methyl Acethydrazide over pd/ γ-al2o3 catalyst.
Brazilian Journal of Chemical Engineering, 27(1):145–152, 2010.
[202] Paul Robinson. Hydrotreating and Hydrocracking: Fundamentals. In Practical
Advances in Petroleum Processing, number June. 2006.
[203] Chang Hsu and Paul Robinson. Handbook Petroleum Technology. 2017.
[204] Heinz Heinemann. Hydrocracking science and technology. 1996.
[205] Takashi Fujikawa, Kazuo Idei, Katsuyoshi Ohki, Hirofumi Mizuguchi, and
Kazushi Usui. Kinetic behavior of hydrogenation of aromatics in diesel fuel
over silica-alumina-supported bimetallic Pt-Pd catalyst. Applied Catalysis A:
General, 205(1-2):71–77, 2001.
[206] Marcin Konkol, Waldemar Wróbel, Robert Bicki, and Andrzej Goł Biowski.
The influence of the hydrogen pressure on kinetics of the canola oil hydrogena-
tion on industrial nickel catalyst. Catalysts, 6(4), 2016.
[207] William R. Moser, George A. Rossetti, John T. Gleaves, and Jerry R. Ebner.
Tetrahydrothiophene desulfurization on Co-Mo/γ-Al2O3: A temporal analysis
of products (TAP) investigation. Journal of Catalysis, 127(1):190–200, 1991.
[208] Huamin Wang and Roel Prins. HDS of benzothiophene and dihydrobenzothio-
phene over sulfided Mo/γ-Al 2 O 3. Applied Catalysis A: General, 350(2):191–
196, 2008.
Bibliography 177
[209] P.L. Frost, C.M. and Cottingham. Hydrodesulfurization of Venezuelan residual
fuel oils. 1971.
[210] Tadao Ohtsuka, Shin’ichi Shimizu, Takeo Nagata, Naohisa Nakamura, and
Tadao Shiba. Kinetic Study on the Hydrodesulfurization of Petroleum Distil-
lates. Bulletin of The Japan Petroleum Institute, 2:13–18, 1960.
[211] M. Mapiour, V. Sundaramurthy, A. K. Dalai, and J. Adjaye. Effects of hydro-
gen partial pressure on hydrotreating of heavy gas oil derived from oil-sands
bitumen: Experimental and kinetics. Energy and Fuels, 24(2):772–784, 2010.
[212] Refa Ö Köseoglu and Colin R. Phillips. Kinetic models for the non-catalytic
hydrocracking of Athabasca bitumen. Fuel, 67(7):906–915, 1988.
[213] Refa O Koseotglu and Colins R. Phillips. Kinetics of non-catalytic Athabasca
bitumen hydrocracking of. 66:741–748, 1987.
[214] Carmen E. Galarraga, Carlos Scott, Herbert Loria, and Pedro Pereira-Almao.
Kinetic models for upgrading athabasca bitumen using unsupported NiWMo
catalysts at low severity conditions. Industrial and Engineering Chemistry
Research, 51(1):140–146, 2012.
[215] G. Alonso-Ramírez, F. Sánchez-Minero, Jorge Ramírez, Rogelio Cuevas-
Garcia, and N. Moreno-Montiel. Analysis of the thermal hydrocracking of
heavy fuel oil. Petroleum Science and Technology, 36(7):507–513, 2018.
[216] Hiroshi Nagaishi, Edward W. Chan, Emerson C. Sanford, and Murray R.
Gray. Kinetics of high-conversion hydrocracking of bitumen. Energy and Fuels,
11(2):402–410, 1997.
[217] A. Del Bianco, N. Panariti, B. Prandini, P.L. Beltrame, and P. Carniti. Ther-
mal cracking of petroleum residues. Fuel, 72(1):81–85, 1993.
[218] L. Díaz-Garcia, M. T. Cortez De La Paz, R. Zárate-Ramos, V. Santes, L. G.
Pérez, M. A. Domínguez-Crespo, E. M. Arce-Estrada, and A. M. Torres-
Huerta. Influence of alumina crystal size on the hydrotreating activity of
supported NiMo catalysts using real feedstock. Petroleum Science and Tech-
nology, 24(5):485–506, 2006.
[219] Mikko S. Lylykangas, Petri A. Rautanen, and A. Outi I. Krause. Liquid-phase
hydrogenation kinetics of multicomponent aromatic mixtures on Ni/Al2O3.
Industrial and Engineering Chemistry Research, 41(23):5632–5639, 2002.
[220] Rafael Menegassi De Almeida and Reginaldo Guirardello. Hydroconversion
kinetics of Marlim vacuum residue. Catalysis Today, 109(1-4):104–111, 2005.
[221] Murray R. Gray. Upgrading oilsands bitumen and heavy oil. 2015.
178 Bibliography
[222] Ko Aoyagi, William C. McCaffrey, and Murray R. Gray. Kinetics of hydroc-
racking and hydrotreating of coker and oilsands gas oils. Petroleum Science
and Technology, 21(5-6):997–1015, 2003.
[223] D. I. Orochko, I. Ya Perezhigina, S. P. Rogov, M. V. Rysakov, and G. N.
Chernakova. Applied over-all kinetics of hydrocracking of heavy petroleum
distillates. Chemistry and Technology of Fuels and Oils, 6(8):561–565, 1970.
[224] Michael J. Girgis and Bruce C. Gates. Reactivities, Reaction Networks, and
Kinetics in High-pressure Catalytic Hydroprocessing. pages 2021–2058, 1991.
[225] R. Krishna, Y. K. Kuchhal, G. S. Sarna, and I. D. Singh. Visbreaking studies
on Aghajari long residue. Fuel, 67(3):379–383, 1988.
[226] Alireza Taghipour and Abbas Naderifar. Kinetic Modeling of Vacuum Residue
Thermal Cracking in the Visbreaking Process Using Multiobjective Optimiza-
tion. Energy Technology, 3(7):758–767, 2015.
[227] Reza Asgharzadeh Shishavan, Mohammad Ghashghaee, and Ramin
Karimzadeh. Investigation of kinetics and cracked oil structural changes in
thermal cracking of Iranian vacuum residues. Fuel Processing Technology,
92(12):2226–2234, 2011.
[228] Peter Atkins and Julio De Paula. Physical Chemisty. In Physical Chemisty. 9
edition, 2010.
[229] Barbara Browning, Isabelle Pitault, Francoise Couenne, Tim Jansen, Maxime
Lacroix, Pedro Alvarez, and Mélaz Tayakout-Fayolle. Distributed lump ki-
netic modeling for slurry phase vacuum residue hydroconversion. Chemical
Engineering Journal, 377(xxxx):0–1, 2019.
[230] Tao Song, Zisheng Zhang, Jinwen Chen, Zbigniew Ring, Hong Yang, and Ying
Zheng. Effect of aromatics on deep hydrodesulfurization of dibenzothiophene
and 4,6-dimethyldibenzothiopene over NiMo/Al2O3 catalyst. Energy and Fu-
els, 20(6):2344–2349, 2006.
[231] John Gordon, Javier Avare, and Neil Camarta. Upgrading Bitumen using
Molten Sodium Enabling Cost Effective Upgrading at Modest Scale. Canadian
Journal of Chemical Engineering, page 25, 2013.
[232] Marina Egorova and Roel Prins. The role of Ni and Co promoters in the
simultaneous HDS of dibenzothiophene and HDN of amines over Mo/γ-Al2O3
catalysts. Journal of Catalysis, 241(1):162–172, 2006.
[233] Jana Rentner, Marko Kljajic, Lisa Offner, and Rolf Breinbauer. Recent ad-
vances and applications of reductive desulfurization in organic synthesis. Tetra-
hedron, 70(47):8983–9027, 2014.
Bibliography 179
[234] Antonio Iannibello, Sergio Marengo, and Alberto Girelli. Bauxite-based cata-
lysts in heavy crude oil hydrotreating. Applied Catalysis, 3:261–272, 1982.
[235] S. Marengo, A. Iannibello, and A. Girelli. Criteria For the evaluation of bauxite
as carrier for low-cost hydrotreating catalysts, volume 16. 1983.
[236] Hong Yang, Craig Fairbridge, Jinwen Chen, and Zbigniew Ring. Structure-
HDS reactivity relationship of dibenzothiophenes based on density functional
theory. Catalysis Letters, 97(3-4):217–222, 2004.
[237] Diego Valencia, Laura Peña, and Isidoro García-Cruz. Reaction mechanism of
hydrogenation and direct desulfurization routes of dibenzothiophene-like com-
pounds: A density functional theory study. International Journal of Quantum
Chemistry, 112(22):3599–3605, 2012.
[238] Olobunmi M. Ogunsola and Norbert Berkowitz. Removal of heterocyclic S and
N from oil precursors by supercritical water. Fuel, 74(10):1485–1490, 1995.
[239] Yuko Kida, Caleb A. Class, Anthony J. Concepcion, Michael T. Timko, and
William H. Green. Combining experiment and theory to elucidate the role
of supercritical water in sulfide decomposition. Physical Chemistry Chemical
Physics, 16(20):9220–9228, 2014.
[240] Michael T. Timko, Ahmed F. Ghoniem, and William H. Green. Upgrading and
desulfurization of heavy oils by supercritical water. Journal of Supercritical
Fluids, 96:114–123, 2015.
[241] Muhammad Kashif Khan, Winarto Kwek, and Jaehoon Kim. Upgrading
Heavy Crude Oils and Extra Heavy Fractions in Supercritical Methanol. En-
ergy and Fuels, 31(11):12054–12063, 2017.
[242] Muhammad Kashif Khan, Bipul Sarkar, Hassan Zeb, Minhoe Yi, and Jae-
hoon Kim. Simultaneous breaking and conversion of petroleum emulsions into
synthetic crude oil with low impurities. Fuel, 199(July):135–144, 2017.
[243] P. Arcelus-Arrillaga, J. L. Pinilla, K. Hellgardt, and M. Millan. Application
of Water in Hydrothermal Conditions for Upgrading Heavy Oils: A Review.
Energy and Fuels, 31(5):4571–4587, 2017.
[244] Mehdi Dejhosseini, Tsutomu Aida, Masaru Watanabe, Seiichi Takami, Daisuke
Hojo, Nobuaki Aoki, Toshihiko Arita, Atsushi Kishita, and Tadafumi Ad-
schiri. Catalytic cracking reaction of heavy oil in the presence of cerium oxide
nanoparticles in supercritical water. Energy and Fuels, 27(8):4624–4631, 2013.
[245] Mohammad M. Hossain. Upgrading of Heavy Oil in Supercritical Water using
an Iron based Multicomponent Catalyst. International Journal of Chemical
Reactor Engineering, 15(1):161–167, 2017.
180 Bibliography
[246] João Marques, Denis Guillaume, Isabelle Merdrignac, Didier Espinat, and Syl-
vette Brunet. Effect of catalysts acidity on residues hydrotreatment. Applied
Catalysis B: Environmental, 101(3-4):727–737, 2011.
[247] A. Kruse and E. Dinjus. Hot compressed water as reaction medium and re-
actant. Properties and synthesis reactions. Journal of Supercritical Fluids,
39(3):362–380, 2007.
[248] Suk Hyun Lim, Kang Seok Go, Nam Sun Nho, and Jae Goo Lee. Effect of reac-
tion temperature and time on the products and asphaltene dispersion stability
in slurry-phase hydrocracking of vacuum residue. Fuel, 234(March):305–311,
2018.
[249] Kang Seok Go, Suk Hyun Lim, Yong Ku Kim, Eun Hee Kwon, and Nam Sun
Nho. Characteristics of slurry-phase hydrocracking for vacuum residue with re-
action temperature and concentrations of MoS2 dispersed catalysts. Catalysis
Today, 305(August 2017):92–101, 2018.
[250] Hui Du, Dong Liu, Ming Li, Pingping Wu, and Yuanxi Yang. Effects of the
temperature and initial hydrogen pressure on the isomerization reaction in
heavy oil slurry-phase hydrocracking. Energy and Fuels, 29(2):626–633, 2015.
[251] Ning Li, Bo Yan, and Xian Ming Xiao. Kinetic and reaction pathway of
upgrading asphaltene in supercritical water. Chemical Engineering Science,
134:230–237, 2015.
[252] I. V. Kozhevnikov, A. L. Nuzhdin, and O. N. Martyanov. Transformation of
petroleum asphaltenes in supercritical water. Journal of Supercritical Fluids,
55(1):217–222, 2010.
[253] Sara Houda, Christine Lancelot, Pascal Blanchard, Line Poinel, and Carole
Lamonier. Oxidative Desulfurization of Heavy Oils with High Sulfur Content:
A Review. Catalysts, 8(9):344, 2018.
[254] M. Jesus Sanchez-Montero, Jennifer Pelaz, Nicolas Martin-Sanchez, Carmen
Izquierdo, and Francisco Salvador. Supercritical regeneration of an activated
carbon fiber exhausted with phenol. Applied Sciences (Switzerland), 8(1),
2018.
[255] Yuechao Zhang, Senlin Tian, Junjie Gu, Ping Ning, and Yingjie Li. Changes in
physicochemical properties of activated carbon during treatment with super-
critical water. Canadian Journal of Chemical Engineering, 96(January):2369–
2377, 2018.
[256] Jia Guo and Aik Chong Lua. Characterization of chars pyrolyzed from oil
palm stones for the preparation of activated carbons. Journal of Analytical
and Applied Pyrolysis, 46(2):113–125, 1998.
Bibliography 181
[257] Jandyson M. Santos, Alessandro Vetere, Alberto Wisniewski, Marcos N. Eber-
lin, and Wolfgang Schrader. Comparing crude oils with different API gravities
on a molecular level using mass spectrometric analysis. Part 2: Resins and
asphaltenes. Energies, 11(10), 2018.
[258] Noor Mona Md Yunus, Cecilia Devi Wilfred, and Zakaria Man. Characteriza-
tion of asphaltenes from the middle east crude oil. AIP Conference Proceedings,
2016(September), 2018.
[259] D. Duayne Whitehurst, Takaaki Isoda, and Isao Mochida. Present State of
the Art and Future Challenges in the Hydrodesulfurization of Polyaromatic
Sulfur Compounds. Advances in Catalysis, 42(C):345–471, 1998.
[260] Chang Long Yin, Xi Ping Zhai, Lei Yan Zhao, and Chen Guang Liu. Mech-
anism of hydrodesulfurization of dibenzothiophenes on unsupported NiMoW
catalyst. Ranliao Huaxue Xuebao/Journal of Fuel Chemistry and Technology,
41(8):991–997, 2013.
[261] M. Houalla, D. H. Broderick, A. V. Sapre, N. K. Nag, V. H.J. de Beer, B. C.
Gates, and H. Kwart. Hydrodesulfurization of methyl-substituted dibenzothio-
phenes catalyzed by sulfided CoMo γ-Al2O3. Journal of Catalysis, 61(2):523–
527, 1980.
[262] Hendrik Mueller, Jan T. Andersson, and Wolfgang Schrader. Characterization
of High Molecular Weight Sulfur-Containing Aromatics in Vacuum Residues
Using Fourier Transform Ion Cyclotron Resonance Mass Spectrometry. PhD
thesis, 2004.
[263] Hamid Al-Megren and Tiancun Xiao. Petrochemical Catalyst Materials, Pro-
cesses, and Emerging Technologies. 2016.
[264] I. Guibard, F. X. Haulle, S. Kressmann, and I. Merdrignac. Characterization
of refractory sulfur compounds in residua: Help for deep residue hydrodesul-
furization. ACS Division of Fuel Chemistry, Preprints, 48(1):92–93, 2003.
[265] Junjie Wu. Advances in K-means Clustering. 2012.
[266] Kaoru Fujimoto, Jie Chang, and Noritatsu Tsubaki. Hydrothermal cracking
of residual oil. Sekiyu Gakkaishi (Journal of the Japan Petroleum Institute),
43(1):25–36, 2000.
[267] Javier Vilcáez, Masaru Watanabe, Noriaki Watanabe, Atsushi Kishita, and
Tadafumi Adschiri. Hydrothermal extractive upgrading of bitumen without
coke formation. Fuel, 102:379–385, 2012.
[268] Rodolfo B. Solari. Chapter 7 Asphaltene Hydroconversion. In Asphaltenes and
Asphalts, 2, volume 40, pages 149–171. 2000.
182 Bibliography
[269] ExxonMobil. Fact Sheet Exxon Baton Rouge Refinery in Baton Rouge, 2015.
[270] James Riley Couper. Process Engineering Economics. 2003.
[271] Charles River Associates. Economic Analysis of IMO 2020. 2019.
[272] IHS Markit. Imo 2020 What Every Shipper Needs To Know. Technical Report
March 2019, 2019.
[273] IFP Energies nouvelles. Reducing sulfur emissions in shipping : An economic
and technological the increasingly widespread use of very low-sulfur marine
fuels. 2018.
[274] Ship&Bunker. Bunker Prices Global 20 Ports Average,
https://shipandbunker.com/prices/emea/nwe/nl-rtm-rotterdam, 2019.
[275] Arno Behr, David W. Agar, and Jakob Jörissen. Einführung in die Technische
Chemie. 2010.